Undergraduate Public Health Program
Master of Public Health Program
PhD in Public Health Sciences
2023
SEPTEMBER
Report
Self-Study
2
Contents
Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 4
A1. Organization and Administrative Processes ........................................................................... 11
A2. Multi-Partner Programs .......................................................................................................... 16
A3. Student Engagement .............................................................................................................. 17
A4. Autonomy for Schools of Public Health .................................................................................. 21
A5. Degree Offerings in Schools of Public Health ......................................................................... 22
B1. Guiding Statements ................................................................................................................ 23
B2. Evaluation and Quality Improvement ..................................................................................... 25
B3. Graduation Rates .................................................................................................................... 34
B4. Post-Graduation Outcomes .................................................................................................... 38
B5. Alumni Perceptions of Curricular Effectiveness ..................................................................... 40
C1. Fiscal Resources ...................................................................................................................... 44
C2. Faculty Resources ................................................................................................................... 50
C3. Staff and Other Personnel Resources ..................................................................................... 55
C4. Physical Resources .................................................................................................................. 57
C5. Information and Technology Resources ................................................................................. 59
D1. MPH & DrPH Foundational Public Health Knowledge ........................................................... 63
D2. MPH Foundational Competencies .......................................................................................... 65
D3. DrPH Foundational Competencies ......................................................................................... 77
D4. MPH & DrPH Concentration Competencies ........................................................................... 78
D5. MPH Applied Practice Experiences ......................................................................................... 89
D6. DrPH Applied Practice Experience .......................................................................................... 94
D7. MPH Integrative Learning Experience .................................................................................... 95
D8. DrPH Integrative Learning Experience ................................................................................... 98
D9. Public Health Bachelor’s Degree Foundational Domains ....................................................... 99
D10. Public Health Bachelor’s Degree Foundational Competencies .......................................... 105
D11. Public Health Bachelor’s Degree Cumulative and Experiential Activities .......................... 108
D12. Public Health Bachelor’s Degree Cross-Cutting Concepts and Experiences ...................... 112
D13. MPH Program Length ......................................................................................................... 114
D14. DrPH Program Length ......................................................................................................... 115
D15. Bachelor’s Degree Program Length .................................................................................... 116
D16. Academic and Highly Specialized Public Health Master’s Degrees .................................... 118
3
D17. Academic Public Health Doctoral Degrees ......................................................................... 119
D18. All Remaining Degrees ........................................................................................................ 130
D19. Distance Education ............................................................................................................. 131
E1. Faculty Alignment with Degrees Offered .............................................................................. 135
E2. Integration of Faculty with Practice Experience ................................................................... 141
E3. Faculty Instructional Effectiveness ....................................................................................... 143
E4. Faculty Scholarship ............................................................................................................... 148
E5. Faculty Extramural Service .................................................................................................... 154
F1. Community Involvement in Program Evaluation and Assessment ....................................... 158
F2. Student Involvement in Community and Professional Service ............................................. 164
F3. Delivery of Professional Development Opportunities for the Workforce ............................ 167
G1. Diversity and Cultural Competence...................................................................................... 169
H1. Academic Advising ................................................................................................................ 177
H2. Career Advising ..................................................................................................................... 182
H3. Student Complaint Procedures ............................................................................................ 186
H4. Student Recruitment and Admissions .................................................................................. 190
H5. Publication of Educational Offerings .................................................................................... 197
4
Introduction
1) Describe the institutional environment, which includes the following:
a. year institution was established and its type (e.g., private, public, land-grant, etc.)
The University of Tennessee, Knoxville (UTK) is the flagship, land-grant, comprehensive research
university in the University of Tennessee System (UT System). UT Knoxville is one of the nation’s oldest
institutions of higher education. UT Knoxville’s Carnegie Classification is Research University/very high
and holds the Elective Carnegie Community Engagement Classification. Established in 1794 as Blount
College, it was renamed East Tennessee College (1820) and again as East Tennessee University (1840).
The Civil War forced the institution to close, and its buildings were used as a hospital. The University
reopened after the war and, in 1869, was chosen as Tennessee’s land-grant institution, changing its
name to the University of Tennessee (UT) in 1879. The medical campus in Nashville was acquired by the
University in 1879 and moved to Memphis in 1911. The UT System was created in 1968, bringing various
entities together under one Board of Trustees.
b. number of schools and colleges at the institution and the number of degrees offered by the
institution at each level (bachelor’s, master’s, doctoral and professional preparation degrees)
The University has 11 Colleges, which includes more than 360 undergraduate degree options,
undergraduate degrees, 65 doctoral programs, 81 master's programs, 71 graduate certificates, 3
educational specialist programs, and 4 professional programs. The public health programs are in the
Department of Public Health (DPH) under the College of Education, Health, and Human Sciences
(CEHHS).
c. number
of university faculty, staff, and students
The University offers more than 300 degree programs to its 33,805 students and is authorized to award
bachelor, master, professional, and doctoral degrees. According to UT Data Central, UTK employs 1,178
faculty and 3,868 staff (Human Resources Dashboard, https://data.utk.edu/humanresources/) and
enrolled 33,805 students in fall 2022, including 27,039 undergraduates and 5,988 graduate students
(UTK Fact Book, 2022-2023, https://oira.utk.edu/reporting/fact-book/).
d. brief statement of distinguishing university facts and characteristics
The university is situated a short trolley ride from downtown Knoxville and less than three miles from our
local public health department (Knox County Health Department), where we formalized by MOU
(Memorandum of Understanding) the state’s first Academic Health Department (AHD) in 2011. Campus
boasts green space and nearby outdoor recreation, lakes, urban wilderness, and the Great Smoky
Mountain National Park. UTK attracts students from around the world and has more than 400 student
organizations. We have an 87% freshman retention rate. Ninety-three percent of students receive
financial aid and scholarships. Since the creation of the state lottery that provides funds for the
Tennessee Hope Scholarship, applications to UT have increased, and the quality of incoming first-year
students has risen continuously during the past decade. The incoming fall 2022 freshman class had an
average ACT composite score of 27.7 and average high school GPA of 4.07 (data from the Office of
Institutional Research and Assessment “5 Year Trend of First-Time Freshmen By Equivalent ACT and
GPA Group Fall 2018-2022”, https://oira.utk.edu/).
e. names of all accrediting bodies (other than CEPH) to which the institution responds. The list must
include the institutional accreditor for the university as well as all specialized accreditors to which
any school, college or other organizational unit at the university responds
The University is accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission on
Colleges (SACSCOC) to award baccalaureate, master’s, and doctoral degrees. UTK has been
5
continuously accredited by SACSCOC since 1897. In addition to SACSCOC and the Council on
Education for Public Health, other accrediting agencies with a presence at UT include
(https://sacs.utk.edu/programmatic-accreditation/
):
AACSB International The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB)
Advertising and Public Relations (ACEJMC)
Accrediting Board of Engineering and Technology (ABET)
Accreditation Council for Education in Nutrition and Dietetics (ACEND)*
Accrediting Council on Education in Journalism and Mass Communications (ACEJMC)
American Bar Association (ABA)
American Chemical Society (ACS)
American Horticultural Therapy Association (AHTA)
American Library Association (ALA)
American Psychological Association (APA)
American Veterinary Medical Association (AVMA)
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE)
Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP)*
Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (formerly NCATE, National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education) (CAEP)*
Commission on Accreditation of Medical Physics Education Programs (CAMPEP)
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE)
Council on Interior Design Accreditation (CIDA)
Council on Accreditation of Nurse Anesthesia Educational Programs (COA)
Council on Accreditation of Parks, Recreation, Tourism and Related Professions (COAPRT)*
Council on Interior Design (CIDA)
Council on Social Work Education (CSWE)
Landscape Architectural Accreditation Board (LAAB)
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS)
National Architectural Accrediting Board (NAAB)
National Association of School Psychologists (NASP)
National Association of Schools of Art and Design (NASAD)
National Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
National Association of Schools of Theatre (NAST)
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE)*
Society of American Foresters (SAF)
*Identifies those agencies which accredit programs in the College of Education, Health, and
Human Sciences
f. brief history and evolution of the public health program (PHP) and related organizational
elements, if applicable (e.g., date founded, educational focus, other degrees offered, rationale for
offering public health education in unit, etc.)
In 1969, we were the first public health degree program outside a school of public health or
college of medicine in the USA to receive accreditation by the Committee on Professional
Education of the American Public Health Association (APHA). The accredited MS degree in
Public Health Education was housed in the UTK College of Education. By 1971, the state of
Tennessee approved the academic MPH degree at UTK, which is also when our MPH Program
became fully accredited. Also in 1972, an MPH concentration in health planning and
administration (HPA) was approved.
In 1974, we established a third MPH concentration in occupational and environmental health and
safety (OEHS). We received initial accreditation by the Council on Education for Public Health
(CEPH) as a community health education program in 1982. During fall 1984, a statistics minor
was offered through the MPH program affiliation with the Intercollegiate Graduate Statistics
6
Program. In 1987, the MPH program received accreditation in the broader category, community
health/preventive medicine (CH/PM), from the Council on Education for Public Health. The UTK
program became the first program in the nation outside of a school of medicine to be accredited
in this category. This accreditation included all three concentrations, CHE, HPA, and OEHS.
UT offered the first MPH degree program with a community health education concentration for US
Army Veterinarians in cooperation with the College of Veterinary Medicine and the College of
Social Work in 1990. The MPH program was awarded an accreditation extension by CEPH in
1993. In cooperation with the Department of Nutrition, a dual degree (MS-MPH) was approved in
1997 for students in public health nutrition with the first graduate later that same year. These
students could select either the CHE or HPA concentration. The occupational and environmental
health and safety (OEHS) concentration had its last graduate in 1998. The concentration was
discontinued due to a lack of financial resources. A gerontology concentration was developed and
approved in August 1998 and graduated its first student in 1999. The veterinary public health
(VPH) concentration in the MPH program was initiated in August 2004. The course offerings were
a collaboration with the College of Veterinary Medicine making VPH the fifth MPH concentration
approved. The veterinary public health (VPH) concentration graduated its first MPH student in
2005. The gerontology concentration was discontinued in 2006; and the final student in
gerontology graduated in 2007.
The Department of Public Health was established in July 2010 as one of eight academic
departments in the College of Education, Health, and Human Sciences. An epidemiology minor
(12 credit hours) was initiated in August 2010. In March 2011, the Department of Public Health
and the Knox County Health Department formed the UT-Knox County Academic Health
Department (AHD), which was the first AHD in Tennessee! In fall 2014, the first student was
enrolled in the new JD/MPH degree program, a dual degree offered with the cooperation of the
University of Tennessee College of Law, that reflects the interrelationship between the legal
system and the protection and promotion of the public’s health. A 12-hour health policy graduate
certificate was offered in August 2011. The JD/MPH degree was eliminated in 2020-2022 due to
low enrollment. In cooperation with the University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine,
the dual Doctor of Veterinary Medicine / Master of Public Health (DVM/MPH) degree program
launched in fall 2016.
The DrPH degree started in fall 2015 and a PhD in Public Health Sciences launched in fall 2020.
The DrPH stopped admitting new students in fall 2018.
In 2014, an undergraduate minor in public health launched which grew to nearly 200 declared
minors in 2022. Based on growing student interest and workforce demand, in fall 2022, we began
offering an undergraduate major in public health (BSPH degree) with a concentration in
Population Health Sciences.
In fall 2023, two combined/accelerated programs began: 1) an undergraduate public health minor
paired with any BS or BA degree / MPH and 2) a public health major / MPH degree. The
combined accelerated degree is a competitive program that allows a select number of high
performing undergraduates to pursue 9 graduate credits during senior year that count towards the
120 undergraduate degree and the 42-credit hour MPH degree. In fall 2023, we also launched a
new MPH concentration in Nutrition and began offering the Epidemiology concentration to DE
MPH students. Additional program history is listed here -
https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-
programs/mph/mph-history/.
2) Organizational charts that clearly depict the following related to the program:
a. the program’s internal organization, including the reporting lines to the dean/director
ERF A-Introduction contains copies of organization charts (department, college, and university).
7
*A copy of Department, College, and University organizational charts are also provided in ERF A
Introduction.
b. the relationship between program and other academic units within the institution. Ensure that the
chart depicts all other academic offerings housed in the same organizational unit as the program.
Organizational charts may include committee structure organization and reporting lines
8
c. the lines of authority from the program’s leader to the institution’s chief executive officer
(president, chancellor, etc.), including intermediate levels (e.g., reporting to the president through
the provost)
9
d. for multi-partner programs (as defined in Criterion A2), organizational charts must depict all
participating institutions
Not Applicable.
3) An
instructional matrix presenting all of the program’s degree programs and concentrations
including bachelor’s, master’s and doctoral degrees, as appropriate. Present data in the
format of Template Intro-1.
The matrix must
show undergraduate and graduate degrees
distinguish between professional and academic degrees for all graduate public health
degrees offered
identify whether public health degrees/concentrations are offered in campus-based,
distance learning, or both formats
SPH only: distinguish public health degrees from other degrees
Non-degree programs, such as certificates or continuing education, should not be included
in the matrix.
Template Intro-1
Instructional Matrix - Degrees and Concentrations
Campus
based
Distance
based
Bachelor's Degrees
Population Health Sciences*
BSPH
BSPH
Master's Degrees
Academic
Professional
Community Health Education
MPH
MPH
MPH
Epidemiology
MPH
MPH
MPH*
10
Health Policy and Management
MPH
MPH
MPH
Nutrition**
MPH
MPH
Veterinary Public Health
MPH
MPH
MPH
Doctoral Degrees
Academic
Professional
Public Health Sciences
PhD
PhD
Joint Degrees (Dual, Combined, Concurrent,
Accelerated Degrees)
Academic
Professional
2nd Degree Area
Public Health Concentration
4+1 accelerated
BSPH in Population Health
Sciences; any MPH
concentration**
BSPH-MPH
BSPH,
MPH
MPH
4+1 accelerated
Any BS or BA + public health
minor; any MPH concentration**
BS or BA-
MPH
BS or BA,
MPH
MPH
DVM
DVM
-MPH Veterinary Public
Health concentration
DVM-MPH
DVM,
MPH
MS Nutrition
Community Health Education or
Health Policy and Management
MS
MPH
MS, MPH
*Started academic year 2022-23.
**Started academic year 2023-24.
4) Enrollment data for all of the program’s degree programs, including bachelor’s, master’s and
doctoral degrees, in the format of Template Intro-2.
Template Intro-2
Degree
Current Enrollment, Fall 2023
Master's
135
MPH Community Health Education
62
MPH Epidemiology
21
MPH Health Policy and Management
35
MPH Nutrition
0
MPH Veterinary Public Health
17
Doctoral
PhD in Population Health
20
Bachelor's
BSPH Population Health Sciences
62
11
A1. Organization and Administrative Processes
The program demonstrates effective administrative processes that are sufficient to affirm its
ability to fulfill its mission and goals and to conform to the conditions for accreditation.
The program establishes appropriate decision-making structures for all significant functions and
designates appropriate committees or individuals for decision making and implementation.
The program ensures that faculty (including full-time and part-time faculty) regularly interact with
their colleagues and are engaged in ways that benefit the instructional program (e.g., participating
in instructional workshops, engaging in program specific curriculum development and oversight).
1) List the program’s standing and significant ad hoc committees. For each, indicate the formula for
membership (e.g., two appointed faculty members from each concentration) and list the current
members.
As per DPH (Department of Public Health) bylaws, there are seven standing committees of the faculty:
The MPH Academic Program Committee (MPH/APC), the Doctoral Program Committee (DPC), the
Departmental Human Subjects Review Committee (DHSRC), the Department Promotion and Tenure
Committee (DPTC), the Departmental Technology Committee, the Undergraduate Public Health (UG PH)
Program Committee and the Equity and Diversity Committee. The department head appoints
chairpersons for these committees except the DPTC, which selects its own chair from the membership.
The MPH/APC serves as the governance committee for the MPH program. It is one of the standing
committees of DPH, described in the DPH bylaws. Details on the objectives, composition, and functions
of the committee are described in Appendix B of the bylaws (ERF A1.3). This program-specific committee
is chaired by the MPH program director. The MPH concentrations of study are community health
education, epidemiology, health policy and management, nutrition, and veterinary public health. Early
each fall, a schedule of committee meetings is established for the academic year. All meetings of the
committee are open, so other students, faculty members, and interested parties may attend and share in
the discussion.
The objectives of the MPH/APC are to:
provide identity and direction for the Master of Public Health program;
foster creative goal-setting and problem-solving related to the MPH program;
secure student involvement in academic policy development and program governance;
facilitate broad-based participation and deliberation;
enhance recruitment of academically superior students; and
maintain program accreditation.
The Doctoral Program Committee (DPC) (PhD program-specific) is composed of faculty members who
have been approved to direct doctoral dissertations and is charged with overseeing all matters, including
academic, as they pertain to the doctoral degree in Public Health Science.
Membership: L Meschke (D
irector and Chair), K Smith, S Ehrlich
The Human Subjects Review Committee (department-wide) is charged with reviewing all faculty and
student research proposals involving human subjects to ensure that these proposals adequately address
the necessary compliance procedures as outlined by the Office of Research. The committee serves the
MPH program by assuring timely review of proposals and providing support and guidance for compliance.
As a small department, the DPH is allowed to have a single person serve as the review committee. As
such, there are no minutes.
Membership: J Chen (Ch
air)
The Department Promotion and Tenure Committee (DPTC) (department-wide) reviews dossiers
prepared by tenure-track faculty members and makes written recommendations to the department head
12
regarding annual retention of probationary faculty members and the awarding of tenure and promotion to
a higher rank. The committee reports summarize the meeting deliberations, the strengths and
weaknesses of the candidate, and a recorded vote. A draft report is circulated and approved by all
members of the DPTC committee, with the finalized, confidential report submitted to the department
head.
Membership: J Chen (Chair) and all tenured faculty
The Technology Committee (department-wide) handles website review, revisions, and management,
assessment and prioritization of departmental technology-related needs, and liaison with the College
Technology Committee. It operates on an informal, as-needed basis.
Membership: J Grubaugh (Chair), W Smith, Student (appointed 1-year
term).
Undergraduate Public Health (UG PH) Program Committee: The function of this committee is to
oversee all matters, including academic (I.e., curriculum, degree requirements), as they pertain to the 11
Department of Public Health By-Laws 11/2/2022 undergraduate program
Membership: J G
rubaugh (Chair), J Chen, A Parks, and B Shelton
Students (1 year term): Samuel Ellis, PUBH major; and Yaswanth Singamaneni, PUBH minor.
Departmental Equity and Diversity Committee: The functions of this committee include a) oversight of
the implementation and evaluation of the department’s Equity and Diversity Plan; b) updating and revising
the plan as needed; c) advising the Department Head otherwise on matters related to Equity and
Diversity.
Membership: LL Meschke (Chair), Jordan Shipley (Co-chai
r, Student), P. Prothero, M Walker, and
Students (full membership listed here https://publichealth.utk.edu/diversity/)
Other committees are appointed as needs arise on an ad hoc basis. These include: faculty search
committees, graduate assistantship review committee, peer review committee, and the Accreditation Self-
study Review Committee.
Also, the full faculty body meets at least monthly after a faculty retreat in August preceding the new
academic year's start. Faculty meeting minutes are provided for review (ERF A1.1 Meeting Minutes).
2) Briefly describe which committee(s) or other responsible parties make decisions on each of the
following areas and how the decisions are made:
a. degree requirements
The program directors (MPH, and PhD) serve as co-directors of public health graduate studies and
program liaison to the UT (University of Tennessee) Graduate School, which is responsible for checking
the requirements for awarding degrees on behalf of the University. The Graduate School conducts two
workshops each academic year to keep directors apprised of procedural and policy changes.
The Office of the Provost oversees undergraduate degree requirements
(https://provost.utk.edu/academic-affairs/
). The Provost’s Division of Academic Affairs Interim Vice
Provost, Ozlem Kilic, oversees degree requirement decision making in concert with the Undergraduate
Council’s Academic Policy, Curriculum, and General Education committees, with the university’s
Classroom Upgrade Committee, and with the University Calendar Committee. The UG PH program
committee facilitates public health degree requirement decisions in compliance with the university policies
and procedures.
b. cur
riculum design
The development of academic standards and curriculum undergoes a multi-level process of planning and
review. Internal to the department, proposed changes typically move from a sub-committee of faculty
13
members to the relevant degree program committee (i.e., UGPH, MPH/APC, or PhD/APC and ultimately
to the DPH faculty. This process is exemplified in relation to curriculum development.
The DPH faculty plays a pivotal role in the development of curriculum both specific courses and
ensuring it addresses the foundation and concentration competencies and that optimal sequencing
occurs. Faculty members strategize to ensure that all competencies are addressed by the foundation
classes, and that specific competencies are emphasized by various courses. Scheduling of courses and
the prerequisites are also scrutinized and adjusted to ensure optimal sequencing of courses. The UGPH,
MPH/APC, and doctoral committee are responsible for on-going evaluation and development of the
curriculum, academic standards and policies, setting guidelines for specialized study opportunities, and
for preparing self-study and other program review reports. Following UGPH, MPH/APC and doctoral
committee review and DPH faculty support, the approved curricular changes are then submitted to the
Undergraduate or Graduate Curriculum Review Committee (CRC) first at the College level and then at the
University level Undergraduate Council (https://ugcouncil.utk.edu/), Graduate Council
(https://gradschool.utk.edu/faculty-staff/graduate-council/
) for the final review prior to inclusion in the
University of Tennessee course catalog.
c. st
udent assessment policies and processes
Student assessment policies and processes are established with each degree program committee.
Decisions are made based on compliance with university, college, and department policies and
procedures.
d. admissions policies and/or decisions
The Graduate School sets minimum standards for admission and finalizes admission to the University.
Program admission policies are determined by the program committees (MPH-APC and doctoral). Faculty
members serve as the admissions review committee for the graduate programs (MPH and PhD). The
program director conducts the final review of all applications and provides the final decision. Application
materials are routed electronically through the University’s SLATE system.
Undergraduate admissions policies and decisions are made by the university admissions office,
https://admissions.utk.edu/
.
e. faculty recruitment and promotion
An ad hoc search committee chaired by a faculty member handles faculty recruitment and selection.
Established by the department head for each search, the committee is comprised of faculty
representatives and at least one student representative. To the extent possible, each committee includes
degree/concentration-specific faculty membership, at least one faculty member from a related
department, a student, and a practitioner. Specific guidance is provided by the Office of the Provost
(https://provost.utk.edu/faculty-search-process/
)
The Provost’s office establishes promotion and tenure guidelines for tenure and non-tenured faculty
(https://provost.utk.edu/appr_tenure_promotion/
). Faculty retention, promotion, and tenure
recommendations are shared responsibilities of the tenured faculty members and the department head.
Each tenure-track faculty member has a designated faculty mentor, offering guidance and support. A
promotion and tenure committee (DPTC) of tenured faculty reviews materials of tenure-track faculty
members for retention annually and reviews dossiers for those seeking tenure and promotion.
f. r
esearch and service activities
The department head conducts annual faculty evaluations based on faculty-submitted activity reports
related to research and service activities using an online system. The department head’s evaluation
report includes narrative comments and ratings of research/scholarship/creative activity, teaching,
14
service, and overall performance. The department head finalizes assessment of faculty performance by
assigning a rating of far exceeds expectations, exceeds expectations, meets expectations, falls short of
meeting expectations, or falls far short of meeting expectations. Tenure-track faculty members undergo
an enhanced performance review at the beginning of their fourth year, when their accomplishments over
the first three years are reviewed. (ERF Criterion A2. Faculty Handbook or at
https://facultyhandbook.utk.edu
)
3) A copy of the bylaws or other policy documents that determine the rights and obligations of
administrators, faculty, and students in governance of the program.
Several documents specify the rights and obligations of administrators, faculty, and students in
the governance of the academic program available for review in ERF Criterion A2 or online.
These include:
Faculty Handbook
https://facultyhandbook.utk.edu/wp-
content/uploads/sites/82/2020/12/Faculty-Handbook-2021-Final-2021-01-01.pdf
DPH Graduate Student Handbook http://publichealth.utk.edu/wp-
content/uploads/sites/20/2019/09/Graduate_Handbook_2022.pdf
DPH bylaws
http://publichealth.utk.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/20/2015/10/doc_PHSAbylaws.pdf
CEHHS bylaws https://cehhs.utk.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/15/2022/04/CEHHS-By-
Laws-Revised-19April22.pdf
Graduate Council Appeal Procedures https://gradschool.utk.edu/graduate-
council/appeals-committee/the-university-of-tennessee-graduate-council-appeal-
procedure/
Hilltopics, Student Handbook https://hilltopics.utk.edu
Graduate Catalog https://catalog.utk.edu/index.php?catoid=35
Undergraduate Catalog https://catalog.utk.edu/index.php
4) Briefly describe how faculty contribute to decision-making activities in the broader institutional
setting, including a sample of faculty memberships and/or leadership positions on committees
external to the unit of accreditation.
Faculty members in the department have several opportunities to engage in various decision-
making activities at the College and at the University levels. Some of these opportunities might be
on an ad hoc basis, but several other opportunities where faculty serve for multiple years, as
voting members of different committees where faculty have direct input in establishing policy,
requirements and/or other changes for the University. These are summarized in Table A1.4
below.
Table A1.4 Faculty Service on College and University Committees
Committee
Level
Position
Name
Years
IRB
College
Chair
Jiangang Chen
2023-present
Equity, Inclusion and
Justice Institute
College
Member
Jennifer Jabson
Tree*
2021-2023
UG Curriculum Review
Committee
College
Member
Jiangang Chen
2023-present
Graduate Curriculum
Review Committee
College
Member
Jennifer
Russomanno
2022-present
Workload Equity
Committee (ad hoc)
College
Member
Jennifer Perion
Samantha Ehrlich
2021-present
Food Security
Community of Scholars
College
Member
Jennifer
Russomanno
2021-2022
15
Graduate Assistantship
Task Force (ad hoc)
College
Member
Samantha Ehrlich
2022-present
Awards Committee
College
Member
Samantha Ehrlich
2022-present
Committee on Disease
Detectives
University
Member
Samantha Ehrlich
2022-present
Graduate Curriculum
Review Committee
University
Chair
Laurie Meschke
2021-present
Reimagining Committee
(ad hoc)
College
Member
Laurie Meschke
2023
Academic Restructuring
Committee (ad hoc)
University
Member
Thankam Sunil
2021-2022
*Jennifer Jabson Tree left the university on July 31, 2023.
5) Describe how full-time and part-time faculty regularly interact with their colleagues (self-study
document) and provide documentation of recent interactions, which may include minutes,
attendee lists, etc.
Weekly, program directors meet with each other and the department head to address program needs.
Full-time faculty regularly interact with each other during biweekly faculty meetings held in person and
zoom (hybrid). Program directors have regular interaction with part-time instructors regarding syllabus,
course content, student issues, and scheduling. Degree program committees periodically invite specific
faculty (full-time and part-time) to participate in committee monitoring and evaluation of course content
and instruction.
6) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
DPH faculty meetings occur twice per month (compared to only once per month for other
departments), which creates more frequent opportunities for faculty interaction regarding
organization and administration.
Program directors meet biweekly with the department head.
The faculty in the DPH participate in decision making process at the department, college
and at the university levels.
Students have multiple opportunities to be fully engaged in program governance through
voting membership on departmental, college, and university level committees.
Weakness
None noted
Plans
Provide more resources such, course buyouts for junior faculty who are engaging various
committees at the department, college, and university levels.
Add program directors meeting as an official DPH committee.
16
A2. Multi-Partner Programs (applicable ONLY if functioning as a “collaborative unit” as defined in
CEPH procedures)
Not applicable
17
A3. Student Engagement
Students have formal methods to participate in policy making and decision making within the
program, and the program engages students as members on decision-making bodies whenever
appropriate.
1) Describe student participation in policy making and decision making at the program level,
including identification of all student members of program committees over the last three
years, and student organizations involved in program governance.
Students participate in policy making and decision making for the MPH and the PhD through membership
on departmental committees. The Department of Public Health has seven standing committees described
in the DPH by-laws. Details on the objectives, composition, and functions of the committee are decsribed
in Section 3.3 of the by-laws (Resource File A3.1 DPH Bylaws)
http://publichealth.utk.edu/wp-
content/uploads/sites/20/2015/10/doc_PHSAbylaws.pdf. Five of the seven committees include student
representatives. Only committees (3) with student representatives are described. The Technology
committee has scaled down and does not have student representatives currently. The Undergraduate
Public Health Committee does not have student representatives as the degree program started this
academic year (2022-2023). Starting in 2023-2024, students will be recruited to serve on the committee.
The following presents each committee, student membership and their associated role in decision
making. The Public Health Student Association is also discussed.
MPH
Academic Program Committee (MPH-APC)
Consistent with department bylaws, the MPH Academic Program Committee (MPH/APC) serves as the
governance committee for the MPH Program. This program-specific committee is chaired by the MPH
program director. The committee's composition includes faculty and student representatives for each
concentration, the director of the Public Health Nutrition Program, the DVM-MPH representative and the
field practice coordinator (See Table A.3.1). The MPH concentrations of study are community health
education, health policy and management, epidemiology, and veterinary public health. Student
representatives are recruited through the Public Health Student Association and the MPH listserv.
Starting in fall 2022, representatives from the Distance education (DE) option of the MPH were added to
the permanent membership per a change in the by-laws. Early each fall, a schedule of committee
meetings is established for the academic year. All meetings of the committee are open, so other students,
faculty members, and interested parties may attend and share in the discussion. Meetings are via ZOOM
to assure access. Proposed changes to the MPH Program are presented as action items and voted on by
the membership. Approved items are then presented to full DPH faculty for approval. Recent action items
include elimination of the GRE for admission, addition of a concentration in Nutrition, and elimination of
the JD-MPH degree.
The objectives of the MPH/APC are to:
provide identity and direction for the Master of Public Health program;
foster creative goal-setting and problem-solving related to the MPH program;
secure student involvement in academic policy development and program governance;
facilitate broad-based participation and deliberation;
enhance recruitment of academically-superior students, and
maintain program accreditation.
Table A.3.1 MPH-APC Student Membership, 2020-2021, 2021-2022, 2022-2023
MPH/- APC Membership
2020-2021
2021-2022
2022-2023
CHE
Peyton Prothero
Peyton Prothero
Sandra Wairimu
CHE alt
Vacant
Vacant
Vacant
CHE (DE)
NA
NA
Sandra Cridlin
EPI
Gulsah Onar
Gulsah Onar
Priscilla Pineda
18
EPI alt.
Vacant
Vacant
Sara Lyon
HPM
Kenneth Mapp
Kenneth Mapp
Rachel Clement
HPM alt.
Emily Wells
Vacant
Vacant
HPM (DE)
NA
NA
Janelle Alexander
VPH
Robert Stilz
Robert Stilz
Katherine Deal
VPH alt.
Chelsey Alvina
Chelsey Alvina
Vacant
VPH (DE)
NA
NA
Jena West
Doctoral Program Committee
The function of this committee is to oversee all matters, including academic (i.e., curriculum, degree
requirements), as they pertain to the doctoral degree. The Committee was reinvigorated with a new
director of the PhD Program, Dr. Jennifer Jabson Tree (2021-2023) and Dr. Laurie Meschke (2023-
present). The previous two years were years of change and curriculum development and few students.
Students help provide insight in reviewing policies and procedures, they provide their impressions for
annual committee priorities and goals, and they assist in other committee related matters. When specific
student issues arise that require confidentiality, they are not included. Student membership on the
doctoral Program committee is presented in Table A.3.2
Table A.3.2 Doctoral Program Committee Student Membership, 2020-2021, 2021-2022, 2022-2023
2020-2021
2021-2022
2022-2023
NA
NA
Will Martinez
NA
NA
Katherine Buchman
Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Committee formerly Departmental Equity and Diversity Committee
Diversity, equity, and inclusion are core principles of Public Health and its practice, and so are central to
the Department of Public Health at the University of Tennessee, Knoxville. The mission of the Department
of Public Health’s Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Committee is to advance, promote, and support structural,
intra-, and inter- personal activities, and policies that enhance and strengthen diversity, equity, and inclusion
for the department. The Committee strives to support the department in doing whatever work is necessary
to ensure that all students, faculty, and staff feel included, welcomed, and have equitable/fair opportunities.
Students play a key role in determining and presenting learning, social and other activities. The DEI
committee regularly presents two sessions per semester in the Graduate Seminar in Public Health (PUBH
509) course. The students serve as moderators, facilitators or presenters depending on the focus of the
session. The topics are determined by the students in concert with the faculty advisor Dr. Laurie L. Meschke
and other members. The students also assist with the administration of the climate Survey. Student
members for the past three years is presented in Table A.3.3
Thi
s committee engages in activities that:
cultivate and nurture a departmental environment that enables students, faculty, and staff to feel
empowered, valued, respected, and safe.
promote ideas and events to further the spirit of inclusion, diversity, and equity.
advocate for policies and practices to recruit, support, and retain students, faculty, and staff with
diverse experiences and attributes.
Table A.3.3 DEI Student Membership, 2020-21, 2021-22, 2022-23
2020-2021
2021-2022
2022-2023
Sara Keel
Kenny Mapp
Channie Cretsinger
19
Samira Tamimi
Egla Lopez
Sara Lyon
Sierra Turner
Will Martinez
Priscilla Pineda
Isis West
Priscilla Pineda
Sandra Wairimu
Public Health Student Association
The Public Health Student Association (PHSA) is a voluntary student organization for students enrolled in
public health programs at the University of Tennessee. The PHSA allows public health students, both new
and seasoned, to develop leadership skills, enjoy time together, and develop health-promoting initiatives
for the university community and beyond.
PHSA activities include planning and leading the new student orientation each fall semester,
participating in campus wellness events, and engaging in other service-learning activities that
promote health.
Public health students are elected each year for the positions of president, vice president,
secretary, and treasurer.
Some PHSA membership contributions include recruiting students for membership on other committees
and building community. The PHSA plans and co-hosts a new student orientation each August. The
PHSA also organizes review sessions for the MPH Comprehensive exam in coordination with the faculty
advisor and course faculty. The organization is utilized as one of the mechanisms for communicating with
students. Specific to governance, the membership may be asked to provide an opinion or perspective on
the current and future efforts of the program(s).
Table A.3.4. Public Health Student Association, Officers, and Total Membership, 2020-2021, 2021-
2022, 2022-2023
Role
2020*
2021-2022
2022-2023
Faculty Advisor
Dr. Kathleen Brown
Dr. Kathleen Brown
Drs. Kathleen Brown
and Jiangang Chen
President
Ahmad Mitoubsi
Egla Lopez
Catherine Warner/ Will
Martinez
Vice-President
Zhannae Cummings
Jeremy Kourvelas
Will Martinez
Secretary
Kayla Simon
Bethany Rand
Meredith Horton
Treasurer
Samira Tamimi
Parth Goenka
Bonnie Valerio
Philanthropy Chair
Sierra Turner
Isis West
Eritrea Negussie
Undergraduate Student
Representative
NA
Eritrea Negussie
Elsa Hendrick
*The term for officers and the functional year changed from calendar year to academic year in 2020.
2) If
applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
The committees continued to function despite a more virtual environment than face-to-face due to
Covid-19.
Interest by students to participate in governance.
Active engagement around DEI
Commitment from faculty to engage with students.
20
Weaknesses
The assessment years include the impact of Covid-19. Operating virtually presented challenges
for robust student engagement.
No student representation on the Doctoral Committee for two assessment years attributed to the
revisions, low enrollment and change in leadership.
No student representative on the Technology Committee.
Time constraints keeping membership in the PHSA low.
Plans
Assure student representation at all levels on DEI Committee i.e., add UG representation.
Evolve Undergraduate Public Health Committee to include student representatives, starting in
2023-2024
Add student representation on the Technology committee, particularly given plans to update the
website to be more focused on prospective students.
21
A4. Autonomy for Schools of Public Health
Not applicable.
22
A5. Degree Offerings in Schools of Public Health
Not applicable.
23
B1. Guiding Statements
The program defines a vision that describes how the community/world will be different if the
program achieves its aims.
The program defines a mission statement that identifies what the program will accomplish
operationally in its instructional, community engagement and scholarly activities. The mission
may also define the program’s setting or community and priority population(s).
The program defines goals that describe strategies to accomplish the defined mission.
The program defines a statement of values that informs stakeholders about its core principles,
beliefs, and priorities.
1) The program’s vision, mission, goals, and values.
Vision Statement: The Department of Public Health will be nationally recognized for academic
excellence, the expertise and talents of its faculty, and its dedication to preparing students for practical
and academic careers in public health. Our alumni and students will improve the health of communities
through outreach, support, and research, reducing health disparities and positively influencing health
policy and resource development.
Mission Statement: The University of Tennessee’s Department of Public Health prepares and mentors
its students for exceptional careers in academia, public health research, administration, and practice,
which promote optimal health of individuals and communities.
Go
als:
The goal statements listed below reflect major functions of the department and assist in the attainment of
the mission and movement toward the vision. The goal statements are linked to instruction, research,
and service.
1. Instructional Goal: Preparation of future professionals competent in public health core content
and methodological approaches.
2. Research Goal: Public health faculty and students engaged in research projects that address
health concerns, contribute to community health improvement, and add to the knowledge base.
3. Service Goal: Public health faculty and students engaged in community, government,
and
professional service to benefit populations at the local, state, and national levels.
Values:
Humans have a right to the resources necessary for health.
Humans are inherently social and interdependent.
The effectiveness of institutions depends heavily on the public’s trust.
Collaboration is a key element to public health.
People and their physical environment are interdependent.
Each person in a community should have an opportunity to contribute to public discourse.
Guiding Principles:
We are committed to providing an academically challenging, state-of-the-art education that
bridges and integrates community health with epidemiology, health behavior and health
education, health planning, administration, and environmental sciences.
We seek to understand the common interests of societies and to promote social justice through
focused efforts on equity and fairness.
24
We engage in outreach, service, and research that directly benefit the communities we serve.
We respect and strongly believe in ethnic and cultural diversity.
We foster interdisciplinary collaboration across departments within the university and with other
health-promoting institutions worldwide.
2) If
applicable, a program-specific strategic plan or other comparable document.
See ERF Criterion B1.2 DPH Strategic Plan
3) If
applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
The DPH strives to maintain student participation in formulating statements of mission, vision,
values, goals, and objectives, which provide a guiding context for all faculty, students, staff, and
administrators.
The program’s mission, vision, and values are highly compatible with that of its academic
department.
Program values are discussed in both informal and formal settings. In these discussions, students
are encouraged to develop a deeper commitment to public service.
Consistent with program values, faculty interactions with students are based on respect, honesty,
and fairness.
Faculty recognizes the inherent responsibility of mentoring students toward ethical public health
practice and acceptable personal behaviors.
Weaknesses
Due to the challenges associated with the pandemic, the department was unable to revise the
strategic plans and goals.
Pandemic-related disruption has also contributed to the lack of engagement of professionals
external to the University in developing the goals and objectives for future years.
Plans
Develop new five-year objectives for 2028
Revise department’s strategic plan in 2024
25
B2. Evaluation and Quality Improvement
The program defines and consistently implements an evaluation plan that fulfills the
following functions:
includes all measures listed in Appendix 1 in these Accreditation Criteria
provides information that allows the program to determine its effectiveness in advancing
its mission and goals (as defined in Criterion B1)
o Measures must capture all aspects of the unit’s mission and goals. In most cases,
this will require supplementing the measures captured in Appendix 1 with
additional measures that address the unit’s unique context.
defines a process to engage in regular, substantive review of evaluation findings, as well
as strategic discussions about their implications
allows the program to make data-driven quality improvements e.g., in curriculum, student
services, advising, faculty functions, research and extramural service, and operations, as
appropriate
1) Present an evaluation plan in the format of Template B2-1 that lists the following for each
required element in Appendix 1:
a. the specific data source(s) for each listed element (e.g., alumni survey, student
database)
b. a brief summary of the method of compiling or extracting information from the data
source
c. the entity or entities (generally a committee or group) responsible for reviewing and
discussing each element and recommending needed improvements, when applicable
d. the timeline for review (e.g., monthly, at each semester’s end, annually in September)
Template B2-1
Measures
Criteria
or
Templat
e
Data source &
method of analysis
Who has
review &
decision-
making
responsibility
?
Does it
measure
Goal 1?
Does it
measur
e Goal
2?
Does it
measur
e Goal
3?
Student enrollment
Intro-2
Registrar’s official
report every
semester
Program
directors and
Department
Head
Student scores on
comprehensive
exam
B2-1
SACSCOC annual
report in September
MPH
concentration
faculty; PhD
Program
Director, PhD
Primary
Advisor, PhD
Committee
X (MPH
and PhD
Programs
)
X (PhD
Program
)
Student-led
conference
presentations and
publications
B2-1
PhD student annual
assessment in
January; MPH Exit
Survey; BSPH Exit
Survey (planned May
2024)
PhD, MPH,
BSPH program
directors
X
(BSPH,
MPH,
PhD)
X (PhD,
MPH,
BSPH)
End of program
student survey
assessing
competencies
B2-1
SACSCOC annual
report in September
(self-assessed
competencies)
PhD, MPH,
BSPH program
directors
X (BSPH,
MPH,
PhD)
Applied Practice
Experience (APEx)
B2-1
APEx final report &
oral presentation
MPH APEx
coordinator &
X (MPH)
X
(MPH)
X (MPH)
26
MPH program
director
Faculty service
B2-1
Elements database;
annually October.
Department
head (annual
reviews)
X
BSPH practice
experience
B2-1
PUBH 489 course
grade & Preceptor
evaluation; each
semester
BSPH program
director and
UG PH
committee
X (BSPH)
X
(BSPH)
X
(BSPH)
At least three specific
examples of
improvements
undertaken in the last
three years based on
the evaluation plan.
At least one of the
changes must relate
to an area other than
the curriculum
B2-2
Graduation rates
B3-1
UT Data Central;
annually in January
Department
Head and
program
directors
X
Doctoral student
progression (e.g., #
newly admitted, #
completed
coursework)
B3-2
Annual PhD Student
Assessment in
January
Doctoral
Committee;
Faculty
Members
X
Post-graduation
outcomes (e.g.,
employment,
enrollment in further
education)
B4-1
MPH Exit Survey
Program
Directors and
associated
committees
X
X
Actionable data
(quantitative and/or
qualitative) from
recent alumni on their
self-assessed
preparation for post-
graduation
destinations
B5
Alumni Survey, every
2-3 years
Department
Head and
Program
Directors and
associated
committees
(e.g., MPH-
APC)
X
Budget table
C1-1
CEHHS Budget
Director’s Office;
Annual August
Department
Head, Budget
Director, Dean
X
X
X
Student perceptions
of faculty availability
C2
Annual student
Satisfaction Survey
(April)
Department
Head and
Program
directors
X
X
X
Student perceptions
of class size &
relationship to
learning
C2
Annual student
Satisfaction Survey
(April)
Department
Head and
Program
directors
X
List of all faculty,
which concentrations
they support & their
FTE allocation to the
unit as a whole
C2-1,
E1-1,
E1-2
CVs; Annually
Department
Head and
Program
directors
X
X
X
Ratios for student
academic advising
(all degree levels)
C2-2
Banner Faculty
Advising report
(BSPH), Dept. list of
MPH Advisees; twice
Department
Head and
Program
directors;
27
annually by semester
fall and spring
CEHHS
Advising
Center (BSPH
only)
Ratios for supervision
of MPH ILE
C2-2
-
Faculty list by
concentration (2
faculty per student)
MPH Program
Director
X
Ratios for supervision
of bachelor’s
cumulative/experienti
al activity
C2-2
Course enrollment
BSPH
Program
Director and
UG PH
Committee
X
X
Ratios for PhD
dissertation advising
C2-2
Graduate Handbook
2023-24; (4:1;
dissertation
committee); annually
January Review
Primary
advisor; PhD
student; PhD
program
director
Count, FTE (if
applicable), and
type/categories of
staff resources
C3-1
Faculty and Staff
input; Biweekly
meetings
Department
Head;
X
X
Faculty participation
in activities/resources
designed to improve
instructional
effectiveness
(maintain ongoing list
of exemplars)
E3
Department bylaws;
Faculty evaluation
handbook;
Department
Head; Peer
evaluations;
APPR
X
Faculty maintenance
of relevant
professional
credentials or
certifications that
require continuing
education
E3
Annual Performance
and Planning Review
(APPR) January-NTT
faculty and October-TT
faculty
Department
Head
X
Student satisfaction
with instructional
quality
E3
(TN Voice Student
semester evaluations);
APPR; end of every
semester; annually
Department
Head
X
Peer evaluation of
teaching
E3
APPR (as collected
for pre-tenure review,
tenure review and
review for promotion),
NTT promotion
Department
Head; Peer
Observers
X
Teaching assistants
trained in
pedagogical
techniques
E3
Annual Student
Evaluation Discussion
Teaching
Assistant
assigned
faculty
supervisor.
X
Faculty
research/scholarly
activities with
connections to
instruction (maintain
ongoing list of
exemplars)
E4
Departmental Bylaws;
Faculty Evaluation
Handbook; annually
Department
Head; APPR
X
Number of faculty
initiated IRB
applications
E4-1
iMedris; APPR
October-TT faculty
Department
Head
X
28
Number of articles
published in peer
review journals
E4-1
Elements; APPR
October-TT faculty
Department
Head
X
Presentations at
professional
conferences
E4-1
APPR; Elements;
annually October TT,
NTT January
Department
Head
X
Percentage of faculty
with grant
submissions
E4-1
IMedris; APPR;
annually October TT,
January NTT
Department
Head
X
Faculty extramural
service activities with
connections to
instruction (maintain
ongoing list of
exemplars)
E5
Departmental Bylaws;
Faculty Evaluation
Handbook; annually
October TT, NTT
January
Department
Head
X
Percentage of
faculty participating
in extramural
service activities
E5
APPR; annually
October TT, NTT
January
Department
Head
X
Number of
community based
service activities
E5
APPR; annually
October TT, NTT
January
Department
Head
X
Number of faculty-
study service
collaborations
E5
APPR; annually
October TT, NTT
January
Department
Head
X
Number of faculty
appointed on
professional
practice track
E5
Human Resources;
annually
Department
Head, Dean
X
Actionable data
(quantitative and/or
qualitative) from
employers on
graduates
preparation for post-
graduation
destinations
F1
Community survey
(MPH) every 2-3 years
MPH Program
director, APEx
Coordinator
Feedback from
external stakeholders
on changing practice
& research needs
that might impact unit
priorities and/or
curricula
F1
AHD Steering
Committee, quarterly
Department
Head and
Program
Directors
X
X
X
Feedback from
stakeholders on
guiding statements
and ongoing self-
evaluation data
F1
Community Survey;
Academic Health
Department Steering
Committee; Preceptor
Feedback
Department
Head; Program
Directors;
APEx
coordinator;
X
X
X
Professional AND
community service
activities that
students participate in
(maintain ongoing list
of exemplars)
F2
BSPH, MPH and PhD
listserv
announcements
Program
directors
X
29
Current educational
and professional
development needs
of self-defined
communities of public
health workers
(individuals not
currently enrolled in
unit’s degree
programs)
F3
Community partners
(Academic health
department, Academic
medical center, ETC,
TPHA)
DPH faculty
and staff
X
Continuing education
events presented for
the external
community, with
number of non-
student, non-faculty
attendees per event
(maintain ongoing
list)
F3-1
APPR - Elements,
January-NTT faculty
and October-TT faculty
Department
head
X
Quantitative and
qualitative
information that
demonstrates unit’s
ongoing efforts to
increase
representation and
support success of
self-defined priority
underserved
populations
among students
AND faculty (and
staff if applicable)
G1
Graduate School
Admissions; SLATE;
Diversity Action Plan,
DPH Climate Survey,
EIJ participation rates,
Departmental Retreat
Department
Head; Program
Directors;
Equity and
Inclusion
Committee
X
X
X
Student AND faculty
(staff, if applicable)
perceptions of unit’s
climate regarding
diversity & cultural
competence
G1
Climate Survey every
2 years
Equity and
Inclusion
Committee;
Department
Head
X
X
X
Student satisfaction
with academic
advising
H1
Annual Student
satisfaction survey in
April
Program
directors and
associated
committees
Student satisfaction
with career advising
H2
Annual student
satisfaction survey in
April
Program
directors and
associated
committees
X
Events or services
provided to assist
with career
readiness, job
search, enrollment in
additional education,
etc. for students and
alumni (maintain
ongoing list of
exemplars)
H2
Professional
development
workshops (3 per
semester)
APEx
Coordinator,
MPH Program
director
Number of student
complaints filed (and
info on disposition or
progress)
H3
Graduate Council;
Graduate School
Assistant Dean; Vice
Present of Academic
Faculty Affairs;
Department
Head; Program
Directors
30
Recruitment &
admissions
measure
H4
Slate (MPH and PhD);
Third party
recruiting/marketing
organization (DE
program)
Faculty;
Program
Directors
2) Provide evidence of implementation of the plan described in Template B2-1. Evidence may
include reports or data summaries prepared for review, notes from meetings at which results
were discussed, etc.
ERF B2.2 contains the following examples of evidence of implementation.
PhD Examples
Student progression - The Annual Doctoral Student Evaluation Form and Sample PhD Student
Annual Reviews reflect our process to support doctoral student progression. Three student
samples are provided in ERF B2.2.
Research - Each year the University of Tennessee offers a variety of graduate student
fellowships for incoming and current students. In Fall 2022, three PhD students were nominated
for these fellowships. A nomination for a current PhD student is provided in ERF B2.2 as an
example of the quality of our students and their achievements.
Student involvement in PhD curriculumStudent voice is a critical component of planning and
evaluating the PhD curriculum. In addition to the teaching evaluation surveys completed by the
PhD students, the PhD Committee also has student representation. In 2022-2023 the PhD
committee included two doctoral students (Will and Katherine). The activity of the committee,
including the student involvement, is represented in the PhD committee notes in ERF B2.2.
BSPH Examples
Teaching The UG PH committee has been responsive to faculty, student, GTA, and the
Registrar (i.e., classroom size constraints) to develop a formula for UG class size that will assure
course rigor, individualized student attention, utilize teaching resources effectively, and align with
university classroom availability. Minutes from the UG PH Committee meeting reflect discussion
of faculty and student input regarding appropriate class size. Subsequent BSPH class size
Proposal to Faculty on the class size proposal and rationale demonstrates commitment to
seeking input for monitoring appropriate class size in terms of quality of instruction, workload
equity, and feasibility.
Advising The UG PH committee has developed a close working relationship with the CEHHS
Advising Center. As meeting notes indicate, in early August 2022, before the launch of the BSPH
degree, UG PH committee members met with CEHHS advising director to discuss plans PH
faculty to train the CEHHS advising team on the new BSPH major to assure effective recruitment
and advising into the major, as well as the Advising team to offer input on course offerings and
student outreach from advisor perspective. A subsequent training meeting was held with
Advisors, as well as a BSPH Interest Meeting that included advisors and prospective/current
majors. On-going communication via email, zoom, and in-person allows timely, effective advising
for BSPH majors. An example email between the UG program director and CEHHS Advising
Center director of recruitment and engagement documents communication about course offerings
and curricular changes.
Research Every year, the university offers paid undergrad research opportunities for first
generation or Pell-eligible students through a Departmental Research Assistantship (DRA)
program. The UG public health program director has facilitated 2-3 undergraduate public student
research opportunities per year. Example recruitment materials are provided for 2022 and 2023.
31
MPH Examples
Student satisfaction with career guidance - The 2022 student satisfaction survey indicated a
greater need to offer professional development and career planning opportunities during their
MPH program to gain insight into what opportunities might be available to them post-graduation.
Given the results of the student satisfaction survey, the MPH program director and APEx
coordinator planned 3 professional development workshops in Spring 2023. These sessions were
offered via Zoom to accommodate both distance education and campus-based students and
were well attended. This professional development series is planned to continue into the
2023/2024 academic year. The 2023 Student Satisfaction Survey and flyer for 2023 Professional
Development series are included in the ERF.
Student-led research & post-graduation outcomes A student exit survey is provided to all
outgoing MPH students in their semester of graduation that documents their accomplishments
during the MPH program (including any research posters or publications), and results are entered
into our departmental database to allow monitoring and reporting. This survey also captures
outgoing students’ employment status at the time of graduation as well as non-University contact
information for alumni follow-up surveys. The MPH Exit Survey is provided in the ERF.
Student self-assessment of competenciesA self-assessment of CEPH foundational
competencies is required of all incoming and outgoing students in their semester of enrollment
and subsequent graduation. Students rate their competence of each competency in their first
semester of the program (distributed in PUBH 509 Public Health Seminar). In their semester of
anticipated graduation, the student completes the same survey and results are tallied and
compared by the MPH Program Director. These results are recorded and reported in our annual
SACSCOC report, due each September. The MPH Self-assessment of Competencies survey and
the 2021/2022 SACSCOC report are provided in the ERF.
Student involvement in MPH curriculum The Academic Program Committee (APC) is
comprised of students, faculty, and staff of the Public Health Department. APC meets twice per
semester to review any curriculum change proposals and allows for input on the academic
oversight of the MPH program for all concentrations. The MPH Program Directors (campus and
distance education) are co-chairs of the committee. Membership includes a faculty representative
from each concentration (CHE, EPI, VPH, NUTR, HPM, MS/MPH), staff representation, and a
minimum of two student representatives from each concentration, ensuring student
representation from both distance education and campus-based programs. Sample APC meeting
minutes are included in the ERF.
Department Examples
Financial Associate Position - During biweekly faculty/staff meetings, it was indicated the need
for additional staff position in the department, given growth of the department both in terms of
number of faculty and number of degree programs. This request was then taken to the attention
of the Dean and providing further justification, the new staff position was approved. The position
description and related details of this position are included in ERF B2.
Full-time APEx Coordinator Position - Given the anticipated increase in the number of students
enrolling in the Applied Practice Experience (APEx) course stemming from the DE program, the
department was able to get the approval for and hired a full-time staff position to coordinate the
placement of students and evaluation of these students starting in the Fall 2022. Prior to this
period, the APEx coordinator position was half-time staff position.
Senior Methodologist Position - In Fall 2022, CEHHS hired a Senior Methodologist, Angela
Pfammatter, primarily to enhance faculty scholarship in grant writing, provide more focused
training to early career faculty in advancing methodological skills, and further strengthen graduate
training in advanced research methods. This full-time tenure-track faculty line is funded through
the Dean’s office but the position is housed in the Department of Public Health.
32
3) Provide at least three specific examples of improvements undertaken in the last three years
based on the evaluation plan in the format of Template B2-2. At least one of the changes must
relate to an area other than the curriculum.
Template B2-2
Measure (copied
from column 1 of
Template B2-1) that
informed the
change
Data that indicated
improvement was needed
Improvement
undertaken*
Example 1
Applied Practice
Experience
Student APEx reviews indicated a
complexity and redundancy of
APEx-required paperwork.
Program growth and addition of
DE program modality required an
overview and assessment of
APEx reporting requirements.
APEx processes and
requirements were
streamlined. Prior to
2020, students were
required to print/bind a
copy of their APEx final
report. Students now
submit a final report in
electronic format only.
Additionally, the
required weekly journal
reports were updated to
bi-weekly to avoid
redundancy.
Example 2
Number of doctoral
student abstract
submissions,
manuscript
submissions, and
conference
presentations.
Annual SACS and annual doctoral
student assessment conducted by
student and faculty, revealed low
numbers of presentations and
abstracts/manuscripts submitted.
Student evaluations revealed
underdeveloped professional
socialization as to the importance
and necessary skills for
abstract/manuscript development
and submission.
Modification to PhD
program curriculum to
add doctoral seminar (2
credits; 1 per semester
for two semesters)
Example 3
Adequate preparation
for the BSPH practice
experience
Faculty review of proposed new
curriculum
Social & Behavioral
Theories in Public
Health - increased 200-
level course to 300-level
course and added a pre-
requisite of Introductory
Public Health course
4) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
Some measures include multiple data sources to triangulate data
Decision-making usually includes multiple individuals and committees
Each degree program has a committee focused on evaluation and quality improvement and each
program director meets weekly with each other and the department head, allowing for regular
communication, curricular planning, and informed decision-making.
The long-standing MPH program has well-established processes for monitoring and evaluation
33
Weaknesses
With new and expanding programs, some evaluation metrics and associated processes are not
fully developed nor to scale
Plans
In May 2024, implement an annual BSPH student exit survey to capture undergraduate student
publications and presentations.
Doctoral program will develop a student satisfaction survey during fall 2023 and conduct during
spring 2024
Establish consistent infrastructure of evaluation and quality improvement.
Systematize and streamline data management
34
B3. Graduation Rates
The program collects and analyzes graduation rate data for each degree offered (e.g., BS, MPH,
MS, PhD, DrPH).
The program achieves graduation rates of 70% or greater for bachelor’s and master’s degrees and
60% or greater for doctoral degrees.
1) Graduation rate data for each degree in unit of accreditation. See Template B3-1.
Template B3-1
Students in BS Degree, by Cohorts Entering 2022-23
1
*Maximum Time to Graduate: 8 years
Cohort of Students
2022 - 23
2023-24
2024-25
2022
-23
# Students entered
26
# Students withdrew,
dropped, etc.
0
# Students graduated
0
Cumulative graduation
rate
0
2023-24
# Students entered
26
36
# Students withdrew,
dropped, etc.
# Students graduated
Cumulative graduation
rate
1
BSPH academic year entry is defined as fall, spring, summer.
Students in MPH Degree, by Cohorts Entering Between 2016-17 and 2022-23
1
*Maximum Time to Graduate: 6 years
Cohort of Students
2016-
17
2017-
18
2018
-19
2019-20
2020-21
2021-22
2022-23
2016-
17
# Students
entered 24
# Students withdrew,
dropped, etc.
0
# Students graduated
0
Cumulative graduation
Rate
0
2017-
18
# Students entered
24
19
# Students withdrew,
dropped, etc.
0
0
# Students graduated
17
3
Cumulative graduation
rate
70%
16%
2018-
19
# Students entered
7
16
22
35
# Students withdrew,
dropped, etc.
0
1
0
# Students graduated
6
13
0
Cumulative graduation
rate
96%
84%
0
2019-
20
# Students entered
1
2
22
22
# Students withdrew,
dropped, etc.
0
0
0
2
# Students graduated
0
1
19
0
Cumulative graduation
rate
96%
89%
86%
0
2020-
21
# Students entered
1
1
3
20
30
# Students withdrew,
dropped, etc.
0
2
1
# Students graduated
0
1
3
12
0
Cumulative graduation
Rate
96% 95% 100% 55% 0%
2021-
22
# Students entered
6
29
62
# Students withdrew,
dropped, etc.
0
4
4
# Students graduated
5
22
0
Cumulative graduation
Rate
77% 73%
0%
2022-
23
# Students entered
1
3
58
75
# Students withdrew,
dropped, etc.
0
1
6
7
# Students graduated
1
2
23
0
Cumulative graduation
Rate
82%
80%
37%
0%
1
MPH academic year entry is defined as summer, fall, spring.
Students in PhD Degree, by Cohorts Entering Between 2020-21 and 2023-24
1
*Maximum Time to Graduate: 8 years
Cohort of Students
2020 - 21
2
2021-22
2022-23
2023-24
2020
-21
# Students entered
8
# Students withdrew,
dropped, etc.
0
# Students graduated
0
Cumulative graduation
rate
0%
2021
-22
# Students entered
8
6
# Students withdrew,
dropped, etc.
0
1
# Students graduated
1
0
36
Cumulative graduation
Rate
13%
0%
2022
-23
#
Students entered 7
5
6
# Students withdrew,
dropped, etc.
0
2
1
# Students graduated
2
0
0
Cumulative graduation
rate
38%
0%
0%
2023
-24
# Students entered
5
3
5
7
# Students withdrew,
dropped, etc.
0
0
0
0
# Students graduated
NA
NA
NA
NA
Cumulative graduation
rate
NA
NA
NA
NA
1
PhD academic entry year is defined as fall entry.
2
After being accepted in an earlier DrPH cohort, five students joined the 2020-21 PhD cohort, resulting in
an expedited degree completion.
2) Data on doctoral student progression in the format of Template B3-2.
Template B3-2
Doctoral Student Data for year 2022
PhD in Public Health Sciences
# newly admitted in 2022
 6
# currently enrolled (total) in 2022
 19
# completed coursework during 2021
 2
# in candidacy status (cumulative) during 2021
 2
# graduated in 2021
1
3) Explain the data presented above, including identification of factors contributing to any rates that
do not meet this criterion’s expectations and plans to address these factors.
The program continues to achieve graduation rates above 70% within 6 years for the MPH degree, despite
the challenges the pandemic posed to graduate level education. Our recent addition of the DE MPH, which
includes a higher proportion of part-time students than the in-person degree, means that our time to
graduation with the MPH will lengthen.
The program’s PhD degree only began enrolling students in 2020. However, one of the two full time doctoral
students who entered the PhD program in 2020 is on track to graduate in 2024 (i.e., four years after entering
the program). Note that there was one student who originally entered the DrPH program but switched over
to the PhD program and then graduated in summer 2022; two more students who entered the DrPH
program and switched to the PhD program are on track to graduate in summer 2023.
Our switch to the PhD better aligns our doctoral students with their faculty mentors’ expertise and research.
A weakness is that we have not graduated many PhD students to date, but it takes time to train students in
research. We have observed that the process is expedited for full-time students and in instances where the
student and their faculty mentor have the same research focus area. We had two doctoral students
37
withdraw (one in 2022 and one in 2023) due to mismatches between the students’ needs and their faculty
mentors (e.g., a faculty member left).
We are addressing this issue by accepting fewer part time doctoral students, who take longer to advance
through the program due to limited time for training in research and performing additional vetting of
prospective doctoral students to ensure a research area match with their faculty mentor.
The bachelor’s degree program began enrolling students in fall 2022. The same student engagement
strategies utilized for the MPH degree are being employed for the PhD and bachelor’s degrees to ensure
their success.
4) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
To date, we have exceeded the criterion for graduation rates for MPH.
Weakness
With the newness of our undergraduate and PhD programs we lack sufficient years of reporting to
detect graduation rates within specified time to degree completion.
Plans
We will closely monitor the progress of our doctoral students and those who enroll in the bachelor’s
degree program to ensure that the graduation rates of these new programs also meet CEPH
benchmarks (i.e., graduation rates of 70% or greater for bachelor’s degree and 60% or greater for
doctoral degrees).
We will continue to monitor the progress of our MPH students to ensure graduation rates are above
70% into the future.
Continue offering required courses to our DE students over multiple semesters, including the
summer (i.e., throughout the year) so that DE students can proceed through the program as quickly
as possible.
Accept fewer part time doctoral students and thoroughly vet prospective doctoral students to ensure
a faculty mentor match upon entry into the program.
38
B4. Post-Graduation Outcomes
The program collects and analyzes data on graduates’ employment or enrollment in further
education post-graduation, for each degree offered (e.g., BS, MPH, MS, PhD, DrPH).
The program achieves rates of 80% or greater employment or enrollment in further education
within the defined time period for each degree.
1) Data on post-graduation outcomes (employment or enrollment in further education) for each
degree. See Template B4-1.
Template B4-1
MPH Post-Graduation Outcomes
2019-20
Number and
percentage
2020-
21
Number and
percentage
2021-22
Number and
percentage
Employed
16 (67%)
14 (78%)
18 (60%)
Continuing education/training (not employed)
8 (33%)
2 (11%)
11 (36%)
Not seeking employment or not seeking additional
education by choice
0 (0%)
0 (0%)
0 (0%)
Actively seeking employment or enrollment in further
education
0 (0%)
1 (5%)
1 (3%)
Unknown
0 (0%)
1 (5%)
0 (0%)
Total graduates (known + unknown)
24
18
30
Note: Outcomes are for master’s program graduates only. Percentages in parentheses may not sum to 100
because of rounding errors.
2) Ex
plain the data presented above, including identification of factors contributing to any rates that
do not meet this criterion’s expectations and plans to address these factors.
The table displays post-graduation outcomes for master’s students who graduated in the 2019-2020,
2020-2021, and 2021-2022 school years. The data is based on three primary data-sources: online
information at graduation form, personal communication from graduates and review of LinkedIn profiles.
The total percentage of students listed as employed or in continuing education/training exceeded 80% for
all school years. These percentages were 100%, 89%, and 96% respectively for the 2019-2020, 2020-
2021, and 2021-2022 school years. The percentage of former master’s students employed after
graduation fell by 18 percentage points between the 2020-21 and 2021-2022 school years. However, this
decline was compensated for by a three-fold increase in the number of students who moved to higher
education or training after graduation.
Because there was only one graduate from the doctoral program, a separate table is not shown.
However, one doctoral student graduated in the Summer of 2022 and is currently employed.
3) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
We consistently exceed the 80% (or greater) benchmark for employment, or enrollment in
further education at one-year post-graduation.
Our ability to monitor and update post-graduate employment and continuing education
outcomes.
39
High participation in MPH Alumni LinkedIn page.
Faculty maintain connections with students after graduation through professional
associations.
Weakness
Students and graduates can only be encouraged, not required, to participate in LinkedIn.
Plans
As our newer programs begin to produce graduates, we will monitor post-graduation
outcomes for undergraduate, DE MPH, and doctoral students.
Develop a feasible, scalable process to monitor undergraduate post-graduate outcomes
(i.e., BSPH exit surveys, LinkedIn tracking, collaboration with University Alumni
Association)
40
B5. Alumni Perceptions of Curricular Effectiveness
For each degree offered, the program collects information on alumni perceptions of their
preparation for the workforce (or for further education, if applicable). Data collection must elicit
information on what skills are most useful and applicable in post-graduation destinations, areas in
which graduates feel well prepared, and areas in which they would have benefitted from more
training or preparation.
The program defines qualitative and/or quantitative methods designed to provide useful
information on the issues outlined above. “Useful information” refers to information that provides
the unit with a reasonable basis for making curricular and related improvements. Qualitative
methods may include focus groups, key informant interviews, etc.
The program documents and regularly examines its methodology, making revisions as necessary,
to ensure useful data.
1) Summarize the findings of alumni self-assessment of their preparation for post-graduation
destinations.
A survey of MPH alumni is conducted at regular intervals every 2 - 3 years. The alumni survey seeks
satisfaction ratings regarding the program’s contribution to increasing student personal and professional
skills in preparation for the work setting. The two most recent surveys are discussed here. The 2020 Alumni
Survey included graduates (66) in 2016 through 2019. The most recent survey, distributed in October 2022
included graduates (38) in calendar years 2020 and 2021. The rating for the Overall Quality of the MPH
Program is high. Ninety percent (20) of the 2023 respondents indicated “Satisfied”, “Very satisfied” or More
than satisfied”. Specific to preparation for post-graduate destinations, respondents replied either “Well-
prepared” or “Prepared” in 2020 (86%) and in 2023 (91%).
2) Provide full documentation of the methodology and findings from quantitative and/or
qualitative data collection.
The Qualtrics-based survey is sent out via email to all MPH graduates in the associated years. Following
the initial request, 2 reminders are sent to optimize response rate. Response rate was 71.7% (38 out of 53)
in the 2020 report and 71% (27 out of 38) in the 2023 report. The data is analyzed and summarized in
report form. The survey can be viewed in ERF B5.2 Alumni Survey tool. Both the 2020 and 2023 alumni
survey reports may be reviewed at https://publichealth.utk.edu/surveys/
or Resource File B5.2 Alumni
Survey Report 2020 and B5.2 Alumni Survey Report 2023.
Spec
ific to preparation for post-graduate destinations, respondents replied either “Well-prepared” or
“Prepared” in 2020 (86%) and in 2023 (91%). The survey also asked for respondents to assess their ability
to perform MPH competencies (future surveys will list the 22 Foundational competencies vs. the Program
competencies). The results are presented in Table B5.1. We acknowledge the change from a 10-point to
a 5-point scale, per CEPH guidance.
Table B5.1 Self-assessed preparedness to perform MPH competencies, 2020 and 2023 report*
#
Mean in 2020
10-point
scale
Mean in
2023
5-point
scale
1 Define a health problem in a population 8.94 4.55
2
Make relevant inferences about patterns of health and potential
causes from quantitative and qualitative data
8.97 4.23
41
3 Collect, summarize, and interpret information relevant to an issue 9.26 4.61
4
Utilize current techniques in decision analysis and health
planning
8.36 3.86
5 Lead and participate in groups to address specific issues 8.94 4.48
6
Appraise the role of cultural, economic, social, and behavioral
factors in determining the delivery of public health services
8.15 4.32
7
Collaborate with community partners to promote the health of the
population
8.83 4.24
8 Identify community assets and available resources 8.71 4.14
9 Identify and apply basic research methods used in public health 8.57 4.32
10 Manage programs within budget constraints 7.84 3.80
11
Evaluate internal and external issues that may impact delivery of
essential public health services
8.45 4.09
12
Facilitate collaboration with internal and external groups to
ensure participation of key stakeholders
8.86 4.22
*
2020 report includes MPH alumni graduating 2016-2019 calendar years. The 2023 report surveyed alumni who graduated 2020-
2021 calendar years. Alumni are surveyed at least 1 year post graduation and no more than 3 years post-graduation.
Alumni rated their satisfaction with the program’s development of professional skills. For all skills, a
majority of respondents indicated “satisfied,” “more than satisfied” or “very satisfied.” The satisfaction
ratings are found in Table B5.2 for both survey years.
Table B5.2 Self-assessed satisfaction with development of professional skills
#
% Satisfied,
More than
satisfied or
Very satisfied
2020
% Satisfied,
More than
satisfied or
Very
satisfied
2023
1 Articulating prevention approaches of public health 98 95
2
Interacting with persons of diverse cultural, racial/ethnic and SES
backgrounds
87 90
3 Conducting needs assessments for planning purposes 98 95
4 Using data to make relevant inferences. 98 95
5 Leading professional workgroups 98 80
6 Collaborating with community partners 100 85
7 Managing programs and projects 96 90
8 Evaluating health programs/projects 98 95
42
9 Providing effective presentations 98 90
10 Communicating clearly in written form 96 100
11 Engaging in advocacy of policy 78 80
12 Obtaining grant funding 78 75
Of note, the more recent survey covered the years most impacted by COVID-19. The survey results,
while showing some variation, overall show a high level of satisfaction for skill development despite the
limited face-to-face contact in classes and the limited opportunities for community engagement. Alumni
(84% in 2020 and 83% in 2023) indicated “High Value” for the MPH in helping achieve professional goals.
Overall, alumni indicate satisfaction with the program and preparedness for employment in the field.
Some of the comments from respondents are included quoted:
o My time in the UTK MPH program led directly to my employment, albeit outside the area
of public health practice that I was seeking. This is perhaps a testament to the program
and the value of the training and degree - that I proved to be capable and qualified for an
area of practice outside of what my focus was during my graduate experience.”
o My MPH gave me the connections and knowledge needed to pursue a job in a
healthcare setting. MPH classes on my undergraduate degree to give me practical
knowledge and skills that I use daily in my current position.”
o “Name recognition of the degree is significant at my place of employment.”
o “The theories we were taught were extremely valuable however, in the private sphere,
healthcare becomes closely related to business and I do not feel the MPH program did
enough to bridge those divides.”
o “Frankly, without a master's degree, I wouldn't have been able to receive the current pay
scale I'm on.”
o Helped me achieve a career I am engaged with significant ease. I likely could have
ended up in the same field without an MPH, but the MPH degree made that path
significantly easier. Through every job I've applied to after graduation I have been a very
competitive candidate for the position.”
o “The MPH has given m
e a unique perspective and critical understandings of how we
interact with the healthcare system, barriers to health, and the regulatory environment
that enables/hinders all of the above.
o “I learned a lot of transferable skills. Excellent program! “
o “As a public health veterinarian in the military my primary job is to ensure the health of
the Soldiers through One Health concepts. One Health was emphasized in the MPH
program and I gained so much experience and perspective working with non-vet students
that help me when working with non-vet military partners.”
o “I have used almost every aspect of the things I learned during my MPH program and I'm
so grateful for it all! “
3) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
The survey has been successful in gathering feedback from MPH alumni.
Weaknesses
The MPH alumni who did not complete a survey may have had valuable input.
The impact of COVID-19 on alumni seeking jobs created an environment that may impact
alumni perceptions of curricular effectiveness.
43
The survey has not been administered to doctoral alum. This is due to the newness of the
program and few graduates (to-date).
Plans
Create alumni survey for PhD Program, anticipated date of administration to be
determined.
Revise MPH survey to reflect 2016 competencies and new concentrations (Epidemiology
and Nutrition).
Develop an alumni survey for BSPH graduates. The inaugural cohort of BSPH graduates
is anticipated in spring 2025, thus the initial undergraduate public health alumni survey is
slated for spring 2026 and will continue every two years after that.
For all degree levels, add an open-ended question to future surveys, "In what areas do
graduates feel they would have benefitted from more training/preparation"
Consider other methodologies for gathering alumni input in addition to the survey (i.e.,
focus group, interviews).
44
C1. Fiscal Resources
The program has financial resources adequate to fulfill its stated mission and goals. Financial
support is adequate to sustain all core functions, including offering coursework and other
elements necessary to support the full array of degrees and ongoing operations.
1) Describe the program’s budget processes, including all sources of funding. This description
addresses the following, as applicable:
a) Briefly describe how the program pays for faculty salaries. If this varies by individual or
appointment type, indicate this and provide examples. If faculty salaries are paid by an entity
other than the program (such as a department or college), explain.
The University of Tennessee, Knoxville follows an annual budget process whereby academic units and
support, and auxiliary units request recurring dollars or “base” budget from the University for an amount
not to exceed their respective pre-determined maximum thresholds. The College of Education, Health
and Human Sciences seeks input from its units when developing the College’s annual budget request.
The dean and director of finance and administration along with the College’s budget committee review
each program request for additional funds. The director of finance and administration combines the dean-
approved unit budgets into one College-level budget request which is submitted to the University’s Office
of Budget and Finance for approval and incorporation into the University’s campus wide budget. The
University’s Board of Trustees reviews and approves the budget for the upcoming fiscal year. Sources of
University funding include state appropriations, tuition, course fees, indirect cost recovery, gift, and
endowment income. Approved funds are provided to the University and then distributed as appropriate in
the form of recurring or “base” budget. The funding flows from the University to the College then the
department, and the department head allocates funds to programs according to their initial request. Any
unspent, recurring funds can be made available as a nonrecurring budget to the department upon
justification and request after year end closure.
University funds provided via the annual budget process are the primary source of faculty salaries.
Carryover when available can also be used for this purpose. Any salary expenses charged to the
sponsor’s budget for externally funded projects create salary savings for the program. Based on the
donor specifications, faculty salaries can also be provided by gifts.
b) Briefly describe how the program requests and/or obtains additional faculty or staff (additional
= not replacements for individuals who left). If multiple models are possible, indicate this and
provide examples.
The department head works closely with program directors, faculty, and staff to stay informed about
staffing needs. The department head takes any requests for new faculty or staff to the Dean. The request
for additional faculty or staff includes a justification, how the position will be funded, and the anticipated
impacts of hiring or not hiring. With the Dean’s approval, the department’s business manager consults
with the College’s human resources manager to finalize a position description, job classification and
salary range for new positions.
c) Describe how the program funds the following:
a. operational costs (programs define “operational” in their own contexts; definition must be
included in response)
The University considers operational expenses to be any costs except for salaries and benefits. They
include but are not limited to travel; professional services and memberships; office, computer, and
laboratory supplies; printing and publication; computer services; maintenance and repairs; and
contractual services. Operating costs are included in the program’s annual budget request process.
b. student support, including scholarships, support for student conference travel, support for
student activities, etc.
45
The College of Education, Health and Human Sciences has recurring funds set aside for graduate
students, including stipends, insurance, and tuition waivers. The college distributes nonrecurring funds
each semester; whereby the waivers are allocated to programs that have demonstrated a need for
graduate student support. This allows the program to hire graduate assistants in support of teaching and
service projects.
Programs are encouraged to seek external funding to support graduate research assistants as well as
hourly student workers. Where allowable and appropriate, the sponsor’s budget includes stipend,
insurance, and tuition. The program pays the hourly wage for any student workers who do not hold a
graduate assistantship. Student activities and travel are paid for by the department using nonrecurring
funds.
The graduate school provides annually an opportunity for departments to support new PhD students in
their respective programs through the Graduate School Fellowships (GSF). Each department is allocated
funds to support said students for 4 years. Other fellowships and scholarships are also offered annually
collegewide to graduate students based on certain criteria set by the Graduate School.
Graduate and professional students who will be presenting research on behalf of UT at in-person
professional conferences may receive support to help with travel costs. Only students who are presenting
first authors will be funded through this mechanism. To help fund as many students as possible, students
are allowed only one GSS (Graduate Student Senate) Travel Award or GSS Academic Support Award
per year. Departments and/or colleges are expected to help support the cost of these trips. Students are
expected to notify their advisor(s), department head, and college dean of travel before submitting this
application to request funding. Students must submit their applications prior to attending the conference
(with the exception of the first review period). The GSS Travel Awards Committee review the requests two
times during the fall semester, two times during the spring semester, and one time prior to the start of
summer school. The DPH provides $100 towards graduate student to present research at regional and at
national conferences.
c. faculty development expenses, including travel support. If this varies by individual or
appointment type, indicate this and provide examples
Professional development and travel expenses are included in the annual base budget process (see
above). Distribution of said funds varies by department. In general, each Tenure Track (TT) faculty will
receive $700-$800 per year towards travel expenses and $250 for NTT faculty per year. New TT faculty
have the option to include travel expenses as part of their start-up funds for the first 3 years.
d) In general terms, describe how the program requests and/or obtains additional funds for
operational costs, student support and faculty development expenses.
Program administrators submit funding requests biannually to the associate dean of academic affairs
and community engagement and director of finance and administration for approval. Funds are
distributed in both fall and spring semesters. In the event the department needs additional funds for
student support or other operational costs, the department head can make such requests to the Dean’s
Office with proper justification.
e) Explain how tuition and fees paid by students are returned to the program. If the program
receives a share rather than the full amount, explain, in general terms, how the share
returned is determined. If the program’s funding is allocated in a way that does not bear a
relationship to tuition and fees generated, indicate this and explain.
Starting in FY2023, the University of Tennessee, Knoxville transferred from an incremental budget model
to an RCM (Responsibility Center Management) budget model, aligning university resources with
strategic priorities, creating greater transparency and accountability, and providing units with more control
over their own budgets. Tuition revenues are allocated based on students attending classes the college
46
of instruction receives 80% and the college of student record receives 20%. The colleges in turn are
enabled with a capacity to spend in support of instruction, research, and service. Colleges allocate
financial resources to their units, namely salaries and benefits for both faculty and staff as well as
operating and travel budgets. Course fees are distributed to units where applicable and do not follow the
80/20 split model
f) Explain how indirect costs associated with grants and contracts are returned to the program
and/or individual faculty members. If the program and its faculty do not receive funding
through this mechanism, explain.
Where allowable and appropriate, the sponsor’s budget for externally funded projects includes indirect
costs not to exceed the University’s federally negotiated rate or the maximum allowed by the sponsor.
Indirect costs are incurred on the sponsor’s budget as work is completed if the grant/ contract is cost
reimbursable. Historically, the College has distributed nonrecurring funds equal to 20% of the total F&A
earned one year in arrears to the lead investigator’s department. Of the funds received in the department,
the faculty member receives 80% of the amount received and the department retains 20% of the funds.
Faculty members who received these funds can use these funds for supporting graduate students,
drawing as additional salary, or using for scholarship related activities. Funds raised from F&A are used
towards graduate student travel to conferences, and other departmental expenses.
If the program is a multi-partner unit sponsored by two or more universities (as defined in
Criterion A2), the responses must make clear the financial contributions of each sponsoring
university to the overall program budget. The description must explain how tuition and other
income is shared, including indirect cost returns for research generated by the public health
program faculty appointed at any institution.
Not applicable.
47
2) A clearly formulated program budget statement in the format of Template C1-1, showing sources of all available funds and expenditures
by major categories, for the last five years.
The head of DPH is responsible for managing resources budgeted for the department. Table C1-1 presents sources of funds and expenditures for
the Department of Public Health for the last five years. All full-time faculty members, staff, and graduate teaching assistants (GTAs) are supported
fully by state-appropriated funds allocated by the college, without the requirement that some portion of salary be recovered from other sources.
Salary data are based on actual expenditures per FTE faculty member, staff, and GTA for the appropriate percentage of workload directly related to
public health. Compensation paid to adjunct faculty members is included in the total faculty salary line. The decrease in the faculty salary line that
occurred in 2019-2020 did so because a full-time faculty member left the department during this period. Faculty start-up funding is awarded equally
by the college and the University’s Office of Research to new tenure-track faculty members to support their early research activities. A restricted
public health alumni fund exists in the department, which helps fund speakers, special events, and professional development of faculty members.
Excess funds (the difference between the total amount of available funds and the total amount of expenditure) are managed according to the type
of funds. For example, new faculty start-up funds are provided for a three-year period. Unspent funds from one year may be carried over to the next.
Other unspent funds (depending on the line-item) may be used to support adjunct faculty members as needed.
Template C1-1
Sources of Funds and Expenditures for the Department of Public Health by Major Category, 2018 to 2023
2018-2019
2019-2020
2020-2021
2021-2022
2022-2023
2023-2024*
Source of Funds
University Funds
$1,530,379.00
$1,316,945.00
$1,531,578.00
$2,062,554.00
$2,327,700.00
$2,077,230.09
Grants/Contracts
$340,700.00
$498,786.00
$585,979.00
$655,375.00
$702,894.00
$723,980.82
Indirect Cost Recovery
$5,371.00
$8,395.00
$`4,567.00
$24,929.00
$40,179.00
$19,260.63
Gifts
$6,677.18
$4,445.32
$2,925.86
$10,537.49
$2,997.00
$3,086.91
Other (Centrally Funded
Waivers)
$126,232.00
$126,233.00
$114,075.00
$109,048.00
$150,593.00
$173,453.50
Other (Faculty Start-up)
$164,086.00
$123,376.00
$63,055.00
$263,934.00
$212,033.00
$214,318.45
Total
$2,173,445.18
$2,078,180.32
$2,312,179.86
$3,126,377.49
$3,436,396.00
$3,211,330.40
Expenditures
Faculty Salaries
$827,261.61
$662,393.56
$872,208.37
$1,202,229.85
$1,322,221.36
$1,361,888.00
Staff Salaries
$103,809.48
$79,601.78
$90,714.95
$118,348.06
$171,899.96
$177,056.96
Total Benefits
$328,784.58
$251,452.31
$294,494.94
$463,145.02
$503,953.54
$519,072.15
Operations
$28,958.57
$28,395.62
$43,545.95
$76,667.04
$49,090.80
$50,563.52
48
Travel
$6,974.02
$4,272.57
$1,527.03
$9,248.76
$20,707.70
$21,328.93
Student Support
$274,831.65
$225,976.21
$234,343.29
$269,509.11
$276,339.51
$284,629.70
Other (Cost Share - Research)
$9,637.21
$4,333.44
$3,861.14
$8,865.21
$9,131.17
Other (Grants & Contracts)
$34,700.00
$498,786.00
$585,979.00
$655,375.00
$702,894.00
$723,980.82
Other (Gifts Funds Spent)
$6,677.180
$4,445.32
$2,925.86
$10,537.49
$2,997.00
$3,086.91
Other (Star-Up Funds Spent)
$83,420.05
$100,358.36
$39,456.21
$171,399.22
$130,011.55
$133,911.90
Total
$2,011,054.35
$1,860,015.17
$2,165,195.60
$2,979,320.69
$2,493,905.45
$3,284,650.05
*Estimated values
49
If the program is a multi-partner unit sponsored by two or more universities (as defined in
Criterion A2), the budget statement must make clear the financial contributions of each
sponsoring university to the overall program budget.
Not applicable
3) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
During the 2018-2024 reporting period, budgets were adequate to meet program responsibilities.
Funding for part-time personnel and other non-routine needs of programs and departments can be
allocated from empty salary lines by request of department head to the dean and from salary
recovery made available through grants, or contracts.
We anticipate an increase in resources as we see increases in enrollment in the DE and BSPH
degree programs.
Weaknesses
Graduate students have complained about low wages and insufficient funds to support themselves.
Given the fact that the University is going through the implementation of a new budget model, it is
highly unclear how the outlook of budget is at the departmental level.
Plans
The DPH will continue to recommend that faculty members request student support in grant and
contract proposals.
The DPH will pursue development funds to support public health students.
50
C2. Faculty Resources
The program has adequate faculty, including primary instructional faculty and non-primary
instructional faculty, to fulfill its stated mission and goals. This support is adequate to sustain all
core functions, including offering coursework and advising students. The stability of resources is
a factor in evaluating resource adequacy.
Students’ access to a range of intellectual perspectives and to breadth of thought in their chosen
fields of study is an important component of quality, as is faculty access to colleagues with
shared interests and expertise.
All identified faculty must have regular instructional responsibility in the area. Individuals who
perform research in a given area but do not have some regular expectations for instruction cannot
serve as one of the three to five listed members.
1) A table demonstrating the adequacy of the program’s instructional faculty resources in the format
of Template C2-1 (single- and multi-concentration formats available).
Template C2-1 (Programs)
FIRST DEGREE LEVEL
SECOND
DEGREE
LEVEL
THIRD
DEGREE
LEVEL
ADDITIONAL
FACULTY
+
CONCENTRATION
PIF 1*
PIF 2*
FACULTY 3^
PIF 4*
PIF 5*
Community Health
Education
Jennifer
Russomanno
Amy
Wotring
Jennifer Perion
PIF: 2
Non-PIF: 1
MPH
1.0
1.0
1.0
Epidemiology
Samantha
Ehrlich
Daleniece
Jones
Phoebe Tran
PIF: 2
Non-PIF: 0
MPH
1.0
1.0
1.0
Health Policy and
Management
Kenneth
Smith
Brittany
Shelton
Ashley Parks
PIF: 0
Non-PIF: 1
MPH
1.0
1.0
1.0
Public Health
Nutrition
Marsha
Spence
Katie
Kavanaugh
Sarah Colby
PIF: 0
Non-PIF: 0
MPH
0.8
0.5
0.5
Veterinary Public
Health
Chika Okafor
Agricola
Odoi
Michael
Mahero
PIF: 0
Non-PIF: 0
MPH
0.8
0.5
0.5
Public Health
Sciences
Samantha
Ehrlich
Laurie
Meschke
Phoebe Tran
PIF: 0
Non-PIF: 0
PhD
1.0
1.0
1.0
Population Health
Sciences
Julie
Grubaugh
Jiangang
Chen
Ashley Parks
PIF: 2
Non-PIF: 4
BSPH
1.0
1.0
1.0
51
Total
2) Explain the method for calculating FTE for faculty in the templates and evidence of the calculation
method’s implementation. Programs must present calculation methods for primary instructional
and non-primary instructional faculty.
Primary instructional faculty are full-time faculty members in the Department of Public Health who have
regular instructional responsibilities in the program, spend a majority of time on activities associated with
the program. Faculty who are full-time at the university but housed in another academic unit (i.e.,
Department of Nutrition, College of Veterinary Medicine) are considered 0.5 FTEs based on their
contribution to the specific concentration, with the exception of the dual degree concentration directors
(Nutrition and Veterinary Public Health) who are estimated at 0.8 to the program.
Non-primary instructional faculty are adjunct faculty who have regular instructional responsibility in the
program (at least one course per year).
3) If applicable, provide a narrative explanation that supplements reviewers’ understanding of data
in the templates.
Not applicable
4) Data on the following for the most recent year in the format of Template C2-2. See
Template C2-2 for additional definitions and parameters.
a.
Advising ratios (faculty and, if applicable, staff) by degree level (bachelor’s, master’s,
doctoral), as well as the maximum and minimum. If both faculty and staff advise, present
and calculate both ratios
b. If applicable, average number of baccalaureate students supervised in a cumulative or
experiential activity10
c. Average number of MPH students supervised in an integrative learning experience (as
defined in Criterion D7), as well as the maximum and minimum
d. Average number of DrPH students advised, as well as the maximum and minimum
e. Average number of PhD students advised, as well as the maximum and minimum
f. Average number of academic public health master’s students advised, as well as the
maximum and minimum
As noted in Template C2-2’s instructions, schools should only present data on public health
degrees and concentrations. If primary instructional faculty, non-primary instructional faculty
and/or staff are all regularly involved in these activities, indicate this and present data separately
for each group, as applicable.
Though the self-study requires only the most recent year, the school or program may wish to
present additional years of data for context. For example, if the most recent year’s results are
anomalous, additional data may be helpful.
Named PIF
14
Total PIF
20
Non PIF
6
52
Template C2-2
General advising & career counseling, 2022-2023
Degree level
Average
Min
Max
Bachelor’s
15
10
32
Master’s
12
2
38
Doctoral
2.8
0
6
Advising in MPH integrative
experience, 2022-2023
Average
Min
Max
13
10
16
Supervision/Advising of bachelor's
cumulative or experiential activity
Average
Min
Max
40
30
50
Mentoring/primary advising on dissertation, 2022-
2023
Degree
Average
Min
Max
PhD
3
1
5
5) Quantitative data on student perceptions of the following for the most recent year:
a. Class size and its relation to quality of learning (e.g., The class size was conducive to my
learning)
The 2023 MPH Student Satisfaction Survey reports the following in response to the
statement: “class size is conducive to my learning”:
Indicator
Percent (n)
1=Strongly Disagree
0 (0)
2 = Disagree
5.0 (2)
3=Neither agree nor disagree
0 (0)
4=Agree
35.0 (14)
5=Strongly agree
60.0 (24)
Student satisfaction surveys for the new BSPH and PhD programs are planned for spring
2024.
b. Availability of faculty (i.e., Likert scale of 1-5, with 5 as very satisfied)
53
The 2023 MPH Student Satisfaction Survey reports the following in response to the
question: “How satisfied are you with availability of faculty?”
Indicator
Percent (n)
1= Not very satisfied
0 (0)
2= Less than satisfied
0 (0)
3= Satisfied
7.5 (3)
4= More than satisfied
15.0 (6)
5= Very satisfied
77.5 (31)
Student satisfaction surveys for the new BSPH and PhD programs are planned for spring
2024.
6) Qualitative data on student perceptions of class size and availability of faculty.
Students are prompted to provide comments if they selected a 1 or 2 (not very satisfied or not
satisfied). Selected narrative from the qualitative responses to class size and availability of faculty
are included below. A full report of the survey can be found here:
ERF C2: MPH Student Satisfaction Survey 2023 report
Comments for “class size”:
I think the quality of content provided is much more necessary than a larger or smaller class size.
Certain professors and courses are suited to larger or smaller class sizes.
Class size doesn’t affect my learning unless a group project is involved.
Comments for “availability of faculty”:
Faculty are not proactive with advising. When started program did not get a schedule that I could
use to continue signing up for classes.
7) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
Additional faculty lines have been added as program enrollment has increased.
Faculty expertise aligns with courses taught.
In coordination with PIF faculty, a full-time APEx Coordinator centrally manages all of the
MPH APEx experiences.
Most MPH students strongly agree with the current class size and are satisfied with their
faculty interactions.
Weaknesses
Data on student satisfaction at the BSPH and PhD level does not exist.
54
Rate of growth could quickly challenge the capacity of current faculty resources.
Plans
During spring 2024, conduct student satisfaction survey for PhD and BSPH programs.
55
C3. Staff and Other Personnel Resources
The program has staff and other personnel adequate to fulfill its stated mission and goals. The
stability of resources is a factor in evaluating resource adequacy.
1) A table defining the number of the program’s staff support for the year in which the site visit will
take place by role or function in the format of Template C3-1. Designate any staff resources that
are shared with other units outside the unit of accreditation. Individuals whose workload is
primarily as a faculty member should not be listed.
Role/Function
FTE
Description
Business Manager
1
Manage budget and day-to-day
expenditures, student travel and
admissions
Administrative Specialist
1
Supports the administrative aspects
of department and programs
Financial Associate 2 (new position)
1
Assist business manager,
procurement cards, travel, hiring,
and payroll
Applied Practice Experience (APEX)
Coordinator
1
Coordinates the Applied Practice
Experience (APEx) for on-campus
and distance education MPH
students, develop relationships with
community partners to serve as field
sites for the APEx, conduct student
and alumni surveys, and assist with
department recruitment and
professional development efforts.
Enrollment Advisor (DE)
1
Explores program fitness with
prospects and helps them arrive at
a completed application for program
review. works very collaboratively
with program leadership to resolve
questions and/or other applicant
issues.
Success Coach (DE)
.50
"Onboard" students to the program
by setting early expectations,
facilitating orientation, and
subsequently maintaining a
coaching relationship with students
to promote retention.
Director, Student Success (DE)
.20
Works with the program on
expanding access to support
services and providing
recommendations on changes to
policies and practices that improve
the student experience and help
students persist to graduation
Director, Enrollment (DE)
.20
Hiring and managing the
performance of the Enrollment
Advisor(s). Coordinates with
program leadership
Director, Term Prep (DE)
.20
Works collaboratively with program
leadership and faculty to prepare
56
their individual sections for a new
academic term.
Other personnel
3.41
Support staff in administrative duties
and faculty with teaching.
2) Provide a narrative description, which may be supported by data if applicable, of the contributions
of other personnel.
Other personnel in the Department of Public Health at University of Tennessee, Knoxville (DPH
UTK) consist of student employees. Students are typically hired to support staff in administrative
duties. Work hours are up to 20 hours per week per position, paid hourly or monthly. Every
academic year, the College allocates Graduate Assistantships to each department based on
student credit hours generated by department. We have 11 GTAs (3.41 FTEs) that support our
undergraduate courses. PhD students that can move from Graduate Teaching Assistants to
Associates (i.e., Instructor of Record) based on experience or capacity.
3) Provide narrative and/or data that support the assertion that the program’s staff and other
personnel support is sufficient or not sufficient.
Based on current degree program size and program growth trajectory, staff and other personnel
support is insufficient. Additional staff will be needed to assist in business and administrative
duties. In March 2023, the Dean approved creation of another Administrative Staff (1.0 FTE). In
addition, our undergraduate program lacks staff to perform student services (i.e., advising for
juniors and seniors) and intern coordination. The College provides undergraduate advising for
freshmen and sophomores, but our department will be responsible for advising juniors and
seniors and coordinating undergrad internships starting in January 2024.
4) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
The DPH UTK benefits from experienced staff who are highly competent in their
positions.
The DE program support staff lend timely, accessible services to our DE students, which
has been vital to our rapid growth of DE student enrollment.
GTAs add teaching support and capacity to the growing number of undergraduate
courses.
Weaknesses
DPH UTK has inadequate staff to fulfill its mission and goals and meet the growing needs
of the students and faculty, particularly considering the new undergraduate major (started
in fall 2022) as well as the continued growth of the MPH DE program (started in fall
2021).
Plans
We will continue to monitor student growth and satisfaction to make adjustments that
enhance the program.
By December 2023, hire a new full-time staff coordinator who will be jointly funded and
equally shared with the Knox County Health Department. The new staff coordinator will
spend .5 FTE providing the undergraduate program intern coordination and advising for
juniors and seniors.
By August 2023, hire a new full-time administrative staff (Financial Associate).
57
C4. Physical Resources
The program has physical resources adequate to fulfill its stated mission and goals and to
support instructional programs. Physical resources include faculty and staff office space,
classroom space, student shared space and laboratories, as applicable.
1) Briefly describe, with data as applicable, the following. (Note: square footage is not required
unless specifically relevant to the program’s narrative.)
Faculty office space
The Department of Public Health is housed on the third floor in the Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation Building (HPER) within the College of Education, Health, and Human Sciences (CEHHS). The
department occupies the HPER 390 suite, which was updated in 1995, 2005, and most recently in 2021.
HPER 390 occupies nearly 3,700 square feet and provides 13 single office spaces, seven double offices
for Faculty and Staff, eight offices for Graduate Teaching Assistants, one conference room (which was
upgraded in 2011), two storage rooms, and a small faculty/staff break room. The conference room is
equipped with overhead computer projection equipment. The conference room within the suite is primarily
used for committee meetings/presentations. Each faculty member has their own office, allowing for
appropriate productivity and for advising and mentoring of students. Veterinary Public Health (VPH)
faculty members have their offices in the College of Veterinary Medicine building
Staff office space
The department business manager has one single room. The administrative specialist staff member has
an office in the reception area of the suite. The APEx coordinator has an office beside the business
manager. The Public Health graduate assistants share offices with no more than two GAs per office. The
department also provides one office space for the Public Health Student Association officers in the suite
on the third floor, an office space which can host 4 graduate assistants on the second floor, and a
research lab (dry lab) in the sub-basement
Classrooms
There are four classrooms on the second floor of HPER building which provide space to accommodate
about half of MPH and doctoral program courses within the HPER (MPH and doctoral courses have
priority access in HPER building). Each room can seat at least 40 people. All the classrooms are
technology-enhanced classrooms equipped with a podium with laptop connection, computer, video, and
VCR/DVD display capabilities, Internet access, document cameras, and integrated audio systems
(updated during the pandemic). Two classrooms have sophisticated lighting controls at the lectern,
affording the instructor flexible control of the three strips of overhead lighting. Due to the expansion of
enrollment as well as the establishment of new programs/majors across the University including our own
programs (for example, the newly established undergraduate major in Public Health, two new
concentrations in Epidemiology, and Public Health/Nutrition), approximately half of our courses are now
delivered across campus in various buildings. As the classrooms in HPER, all the classrooms on other
locations of campus are technology-enhanced with laptop connection, computer, video, and VCR/DVD
display capabilities, internet access, document cameras, and integrated audio systems.
Shared student space
Common space available for students within minutes of walking distance from HPER. The John C.
Hodges Library, the main campus library, offers additional common space for study and meetings. The
Black Cultural Center, the Student Union as well as Fred Brown Building are all a short walk from the
public health offices and are often used for large events such as colloquiums, orientation sessions,
workshops, research day, Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) and Public Health Student Association
58
(PHSA) meetings, training sessions, and other events, especially when refreshments or luncheons are
provided.
Laboratories, if applicable to public health degree program offerings
In addition, one Public Health faculty member occupies an office (~200 square feet) and one wet lab
(~400 square feet) on the third floor in Jessie Harris Building within CEHHS; the other faculty has an
office (~150 square feet) and a shared wet laboratory space (three benches and one cell culture room of
~60 square feet) on the 6
th
floor in Mossman Building. Both laboratories are equipped with centrifuges,
refrigerated centrifuges, refrigerators, -20 and -80 C freezers. Both laboratories also contain multiple cell
culture incubators, thermocyclers, photo-enabled inverted microscopes, vortex-mixers, and shakers for
routine biochemical and molecular biological works. The two laboratories also have their own chemical
fume hood and cell culture hood. In addition, the faculty members in charge of the labs have access to all
the core laboratory equipment of the Department of Nutrition, which is also located in Mossman Room
614. The core facility hosts two Real time PCR 7300 system with Dell computer-supported software
(Applied Biosystems), a spectra Count microplate reader (Packed), a Promega GloMax Multi-Mode
luminometer, a FluoroCount Flurescence reader, a Kodak EPAS290 scientific imaging system and a
LS6500 multi-purpose scintillation counter.
2) Provide narrative and/or data that support the assertion that the physical space is sufficient or not
sufficient.
Due to the increase of student enrollment (which leads to larger class size) and the establishment of new
concentrations accompanied by new courses offerings, current classroom space and available time for
classes in HPER building are no longer able to meet the demand of our graduate programs (MPH and
PhD), much less our undergraduate courses. We currently have 124 graduate students enrolled in our
program (among them 78 are online students). In addition, the new BSPH, launched in fall 2022, has 30
declared majors and nearly 200 declared minors in Public Health. That said, the University assures space
for all courses through a centralized system that factors in enrollment, time of day and instructor
preference.
3) If appl
icable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
The classrooms in HPER building are all equipped with modern technology to meet the teaching
and research needs and the University periodically upgrades the classrooms on campus with
advanced technology to enhance the teaching and learning experience. Offices in HPER are also
adequate for our staff to conduct their routine work and provide support to meet faculty and students
needs.
Faculty are taking advantage of the virtual classroom for some strategic class content delivery.
Weaknesses
Due to the rapid expansion of academic programs and new majors across the campus, we are
not able to deliver all our graduate courses in the HPER building, which adds a short walk for students
and faculty.
Plans
Work with the university and college administration to continue to ensure adequate classroom
and office space.
59
C5. Information and Technology Resources
The program has information and technology resources adequate to fulfill its stated mission and
goals and to support instructional programs. Information and technology resources include
library resources, student access to hardware and software (including access to specific software
or other technology required for instructional programs), faculty access to hardware and software
(including access to specific software required for the instructional programs offered) and
technical assistance for students and faculty.
1) Briefly describe, with data if applicable, the following:
library resources and support available for students and faculty
UT Knoxville is the flagship university in the system with an enrollment of over 28,000 and more than 300-
degree programs. The University of Tennessee consists of five campuses across the State of Tennessee.
The university possesses three million library volumes, periodicals, and computer resources to serve
students and faculty associated with this degree program.
Research Librarians
There are two full-time Health Science librarians available to faculty and students at all levels
(undergraduate, master, and doctoral). They connect faculty and students to the resources and support
needed for courses, research, or teaching
.
Journals and Periodicals
John C. Hodges Library of the University of Tennessee is the largest library in the state of Tennessee. In
addition, the University of Tennessee has Special Collections, Agriculture & Veterinary Medicine, and
Music Libraries. The university libraries have more than 3,309,000 titles cataloged with the Hodges
library. In FY 2019-2020, more than 1,550,000 visitors visited the libraries, more than 2,381,000 full-text
articles were downloaded, and the total expenditure of the libraries was $23,246,255 (detailed UT library
information can be accessed with this link: University of Tennessee Libraries at a glance
(https://www.lib.utk.edu/assessment/statistics/ and
https://www.lib.utk.edu/wp-
content/uploads/sites/19/files/LibraryFactsheetFY2021.pdf).
Hodges library has collections of all major health-related journals. Faculty, staff, and students also have
access to essential databases electronically for biomedicine, including MEDLINE citations and biomedical
articles in life science journals (PubMed) from 1948 to the present. Other databases UT students may
access public health-related journals include Scopus, a multidisciplinary database covering peer-reviewed
literature in science, engineering, medicine, and social sciences (1996-present), and Web of Science
(1900-present), which comprises a multidisciplinary index of articles and conference proceedings in
sciences, social sciences, and humanities. Below is a partial list of top Public Health-focused academic
journals that the University has: The Lancet Journal, Journal of the American Medical Association, New
England Journal of Medicine, American Journal of Public Health, American Journal of Epidemiology,
Annual Review of Public Health, BMC Public Health, Canadian Journal of Public Health, Milbank
Quarterly, Public Health Reports, Journal of Adolescent Health, Environmental Science and Technology,
Journal of Public Health Policy, Health Affairs, Journal of Occupational Health, Journal of Aging
and Health, and the Journal of the American Statistical Association.
student access to hardware and software (including access to specific software or other
technology required for instructional programs)
Workstations and Equipment
UT Hodges Library has 16 Workstations and one large format scanning station with a wide variety of
software for faculty, staff, and students to use for their media project: 8 Video Workstations (with analog-
to-digital media converters capable of importing analog media sources); 8 Graphics/Web Workstations
(with various scanners including letter sized flatbed, tabloid sized flatbed, and film/negative scanners)
60
and one Large-format scanning station (PC). In addition, Hodges library provides one Video Room, one
Virtual Reality Room, one Whisper Room for vocal recording, and three Audio Recording Rooms (with
USB microphones and full-sized MIDI keyboards).
The Studio
The Studio, located in the Commons South at Hodges Library, is a media production and design lab open
to all UT students, staff, and faculty. The Studio provides multimedia workstations, production software,
knowledgeable staff, and training materials to assist in the creation of multimedia education projects. The
Studio continues the UT Libraries’ rich tradition of innovation and operates in a creative environment of
instructional and service excellence. Multimedia and GIS workstations are available on a first come, first
served basis. Specialized production facilities, like audio recording booths, the virtual reality lab, and the
video production suite are also available by reservation. Detailed information on the collection media
production resources can be found through the link here:
https://libguides.utk.edu/studio?_ga=2.94722841.467623693.1667581045-463155583.1649269905
The link below details Equipment that is available for faculty, staff, and students to checkout from
Libraries.
https://libguides.utk.edu/hodgesequipment/commonsequipment?_ga=2.91274015.467623693.166758104
5-463155583.1649269905
Software
UTK’s Office of Information Technology offers a variety of software to meet faculty’s teaching and
research needs and facilitate student’s learning experience at reduced or no additional cost. All faculty,
staff, and students have free access to Qualtrics (web survey platform) for academic, research, or
administrative purposes (https://oit.utk.edu/research/websurveys/
)
Students at UTK are eligible for one copy of Windows 10 for Education at no cost. Through Apps@UT,
UTK allows its faculty, staff, and students to run software as if it were installed on their computer, open
and save files on individual’s computer and print to their designated printers.
A partial list of available software for downloading includes:
Alertus, Atlas.ti, Autodesk Education Master Suite, ChemDraw Professional, Endnote, Endpoint
Management, ArcGIS pro, ESRI ArcMap, ArcGIS Bridge, Identity Finder, Maple 2022, MatLab, Microsoft
software, LabView, Nvivo, QDA miner, Wordstat, Simstat,Securing the Human, SAP GUI, SAS, Jump,
SPSS, Stata, Read&Write, Pulse Secure Cento, Mathematica, and Eduroam Config.
Detailed information on services provided by the Office of Information and Technology (OIT), including
Teaching & Learning Technologies, Research Support, and Information Management & Analytics, can be
accessed here: https://oit.utk.edu/
. OIT also provides technical support to assist faculty who engage in
distance education (https://oit.utk.edu/remote-it/teaching-remotely/). In addition, the University Libraries
provide document delivery services to remote UTK students, faculty, and staff as well as UT agricultural
extension and research agents (https://www.lib.utk.edu/info/distance-ed/).
faculty access to hardware and software (including access to specific software or other
technology required for instructional programs)
As described above, faculty have the same hardware and software access as students.
technical assistance available for students and faculty
UT OIT provides hands-on, face-to-face workshops, live Zoom workshops, Live Zoom support to assist
faculty to develop online courses or use Canvas, as well as self-paced online training to assist faculty,
staff, and students to leverage technology in teaching, research, and career development. Students, staff,
and faculty can contact the OIT HelpDesk online to inquire about scheduling training for a group or ask for
61
a one-on-one consultation. OIT online testing, plagiarism, and proctoring tools are used for instructors to
facilitate academic integrity assessment. OIT’s media services support includes digitizing course content
for online, hybrid, and live classroom delivery and includes text scanning, slide scanning, course
recording, conversion, and video digitization within copyright standards. OIT helps host and manage
students, staff, and faculty’s video content in a single cloud-based storage solution (powered by Panopto)
and share it easily through the Canvas courses or websites.
OIT provides technical assistance with various analysis methods the students, staff, and faculty need.
OIT tests new releases thoroughly, teaches their use through workshops or one-on-one tutorials, and
usually has more than one knowledgeable consultant available to assist students, staff, and faculty. OIT
can assist students, staff, and faculty with installing it on a computer or starting it on their computers. OIT
can point students, staff, and faculty towards tutorials and documentation and be able to help with
importing or exporting data. In addition, UTK provides information on security tools and resources to help
students, staff, and faculty prevent and mitigate possible security issues associated with online
communications and to help better secure personal, teaching, and research information. OIT maintains
firewalls in our data centers and many locations on campus.
2) Provide narrative and/or data that support the assertion that information and technology
resources are sufficient or not sufficient.
The information and technology resources for the Public Health program are sufficient. According to the
Association of Research Libraries (ARL), the UT Libraries ranked 23rd among public research university
libraries in the United States in 2019. The ARL is a coalition of 124 major research libraries in the United
States and Canada and includes the National Library of Medicine and the Library of Congress. The
Chronicle of Higher Education currently ranks UT Knoxville libraries 13th in the nation for the most money
spent on subscriptions, with 69% of those electronic subscriptions. In 2017, the UT libraries received the
2017 John Cotton Dana Library Public Relations Award for outstanding library public relations sponsored
by the American Library Association, the H.W. Wilson Foundation, and EBSCO Information Services.
Digital Media Services (DMS) at UT also provides several Information Technology services such as video
production, digitization, and image or text scanning.
Overall, the technologies provided are effective, sufficient, and supported by the University OIT team,
which is available at 865-974-9900 (HelpDesk) 24/7, excluding university holidays and administrative
closings. All faculty and students, campus-based or remote, can use technology to enhance research,
collaboration, and classroom engagement. Faculty, students, and staff can also visit the Walk-In
HelpDesk in the Commons at Hodges Library for face-to-face IT support, submit a Help Request online,
or Chat with the OIT HelpDesk at oit.utk.edu/chat. If a technical issue needs to be escalated, the
HelpDesk will create a support ticket and an OIT specialist will follow up to provide additional support. In
addition, our college has its own OIT support team to help faculty solve technical hardware/software
issues encountered during teaching and research. Our college OIT staff provide timely support coming to
faculty’s office for onsite troubleshooting upon request.
3) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
The BSPH, MPH and doctoral programs are well supported by a dedicated OIT staff and the
college and university level Help Desk.
Interactive technologies for course instruction are continually reviewed, piloted, implemented, and
evaluated.
Weaknesses
None noted.
62
Plans
Continue to utilize university-provided hardware, software, and technical support to foster
teaching, learning, and research.
63
D1. MPH & DrPH Foundational Public Health Knowledge
The program ensures that all MPH and DrPH graduates are grounded in foundational public health
knowledge.
The program validates MPH and DrPH students’ foundational public health knowledge through
appropriate methods.
1) Provide a matrix, in the format of Template D1-1, that indicates how all MPH and DrPH students
are grounded in each of the defined foundational public health learning objectives (1-12). The
matrix must identify all options for MPH and DrPH students used by the program.
Template D1-1
Content Coverage for MPH (and DrPH degrees, if applicable) (SPH and PHP)
Content
Course number(s) & name(s) or other
educational requirements*
1. Explain public health history, philosophy, and values
PUBH 509 Graduate Seminar in Public
Health
2. Identify the core functions of public health and the 10
Essential Services*
PUBH 509 Graduate Seminar in Public
Health
3. Explain the role of quantitative and qualitative methods
and sciences in describing and assessing a population’s
health
PUBH 509 Graduate Seminar in Public
Health
4. List major causes and trends of morbidity and mortality
in the US or other community relevant to the school or
program
PUBH 509 Graduate Seminar in Public
Health
5. Discuss the science of primary, secondary, and tertiary
prevention in population health, including health promotion,
screening, etc.
PUBH 509 Graduate Seminar in Public
Health
6. Explain the critical importance of evidence in advancing
public health knowledge
PUBH 509 Graduate Seminar in Public
Health
7. Explain effects of environmental factors on a
population’s health
PUBH 509 Graduate Seminar in Public
Health
8. Explain biological and genetic factors that affect a
population’s health
PUBH 509 Graduate Seminar in Public
Health
9. Explain behavioral and psychological factors that affect
a population’s health
PUBH 509 Graduate Seminar in Public
Health
10. Explain the social, political, and economic determinants
of health and how they contribute to population health and
health inequities
PUBH 509 Graduate Seminar in Public
Health
11. Explain how globalization affects global burdens of
disease
PUBH 509 Graduate Seminar in Public
Health
12. Explain an ecological perspective on the connections
among human health, animal health, and ecosystem health
(e.g., One Health)
PUBH 509 Graduate Seminar in Public
Health
*The or
der in which knowledge areas are presented during seminar changes across semesters based on
availability of the speaker. Please see the Syllabus (ERF1.2 PUBH 509 Syllabus) for the current order of
foundational knowledge topics covered.
64
2) Provide supporting documentation that clearly identifies how the program ensures grounding in
each area. Documentation may include detailed course schedules or outlines to selected
modules from the learning management system that identify the relevant assigned readings,
lecture topics, class activities, etc. For non-course-based methods, include web links or handbook
excerpts that describe admissions prerequisites.
The Foundational Public Health Knowledge (FPHK) areas 1 12 are i
ntroduced and reinforced
throughout the MPH curriculum. To assure consistent exposure, all MPH and identified PhD students are
required to complete Graduate Seminar in Public Health (PUBH 509). The Fall Seminar class includes
sessions that focus on one or more of the Foundational Public Health Knowledge areas (see ERF D1.2
PUBH 509 Syllabus). Following each of the Seminars associated with the FPHK students complete a
Discussion Board post on the Canvas course site discussing each lecture. A sample discussion board
prompt is included in the ERF (D1.2 PUBH 509 Discussion Board Prompt). A sample PUBH 509
Seminar lecture slide set is included in the ERF (D1.2 PUBH 509 Sample Slides).
The requirement for Seminar is included in all presentations of the MPH curriculum and applies to both
the on-campus and distance education options. The program requirement for Seminar can be found on
our website https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/mph/foundation/
, in the Graduate Catalog
https://catalog.utk.edu/preview_program.php?catoid=44&poid=26632&returnto=8613, and the DPH
Graduate Handbook (see ERF D1.2 Graduate_Handbook_2023-24)
3) If
applicable, assessment of strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
Graduate Seminar is used to assure exposure to the specific knowledge areas. They are
integrated throughout the curriculum.
Weaknesses
None noted
Plans
Maintain the use of Graduate Seminar in Public Health to present the Foundational Public
Health Knowledge areas to meet the associated objectives.
Continue to use the Discussion posts and Comprehensive exam to assess comprehension.
65
D2. MPH Foundational Competencies
The program documents at least one specific, required assessment activity (e.g., component of
existing course, paper, presentation, test) for each competency, during which faculty or other
qualified individuals (e.g., teaching assistants or other similar individuals without official faculty
roles working under a faculty member’s supervision) validate the student’s ability to perform the
competency.
Assessment opportunities may occur in foundational courses that are common to all students, in
courses that are required for a concentration or in other educational requirements outside of
designated coursework, but the program must assess all MPH students, at least once, on each
competency. Assessment may occur in simulations, group projects, presentations, written
products, etc. This requirement also applies to students completing an MPH in combination with
another degree (e.g., joint, dual, concurrent degrees).
Since the unit must demonstrate that all students perform all competencies, units must define
methods to assess individual students’ competency attainment in group projects Also,
assessment should occur in a setting other than an internship, which is tailored to individual
student needs and designed to allow students to practice skills previously learned in a classroom.
Additionally, assessment must occur outside of the integrative learning experience (see Criterion
D7), which is designed to integrate previously attained skills in new ways.
These competencies are informed by the traditional public health core knowledge areas,
(biostatistics, epidemiology, social and behavioral sciences, health services administration and
environmental health sciences), as well as cross-cutting and emerging public health areas.
1) List the coursework and other learning experiences required for the program’s MPH degrees,
including the required curriculum for each concentration. Information may be provided in the format of
Template D2-1 (single- and multi-concentration formats available) or in hyperlinks to student
handbooks or webpages, but the documentation must present a clear depiction of the requirements
for each MPH degree.
Template D2-1
Requirements for MPH degree, Community Health Education Concentration
Course number
Course name
Credits (if
applicable)
Required courses (foundation and concentration)
PUBH 509
Graduate Seminar in Public Health
2
PUBH 510
Environmental Health
3
PUBH 520
Health Systems, Policy and Leadership
3
PUBH 530
Biostatistics
3
PUBH 537
Fundamentals of Program Evaluation
3
PUBH 540
Epidemiology
3
PUBH 552
Assessment and Planning
3
PUBH 536
Research Methods in Public Health
3
PUBH 555
Health and Society
3
PUBH 556
Grant Proposal Writing for Health and Social Programs
4
APE & ILE courses (as applicable)
PUBH 587
Applied Practice Experience (APEx)
6
Electives (as applicable)
66
Electives
Insert total number of credits in the last column
6
Requirements for degree completion not associated with a course (if applicable) ^
Comprehensive Exam (ILE)
TOTAL CREDITS
42
Requirements for MPH degree, Epidemiology Concentration
Course number
Course name
Credits (if
applicable)
Required courses (foundation and concentration)
PUBH 509
Graduate Seminar in Public Health
2
PUBH 510
Environmental Health
3
PUBH 520
Health Systems, Policy and Leadership
3
PUBH 530
Biostatistics
3
PUBH 537
Fundamentals of Program Evaluation
3
PUBH 540
Epidemiology
3
PUBH 552
Assessment and Planning
3
PUBH 536
Research Methods in Public Health
3
PUBH 541
Student Outbreak Rapid Response Training
1
PUBH 531
Advanced Biostatistics
3
PUBH 542
Advanced Epidemiology in Public Health
3
APE & ILE courses (as applicable)
PUBH 587
Applied Practice Experience (APEx)
6
Electives (as applicable)
Electives
Insert total number of credits in the last column
6
Requirements for degree completion not associated with a course (if applicable) ^
Comprehensive Exam (ILE)
TOTAL CREDITS
42
Requirements for MPH degree, Health Policy & Management Concentration
Course number
Course name
Credits (if
applicable)
Required courses (foundation and concentration)
PUBH 509
Graduate Seminar in Public Health
2
PUBH 510
Environmental Health
3
PUBH 520
Health Systems, Policy and Leadership
3
PUBH 530
Biostatistics
3
PUBH 537
Fundamentals of Program Evaluation
3
PUBH 540
Epidemiology
3
PUBH 552
Assessment and Planning
3
PUBH 525
Financial Management of Health Programs
3
PUBH 527
Healthcare Organizations: Behavior and
Management
4
67
PUBH 528
Policy, Systems, and Environmental Change for
Public Health Practitioners
3
APE & ILE courses (as applicable)
PUBH 587
Applied Practice Experience (APEx)
6
Electives (as applicable)
Electives
Insert total number of credits in the last column
6
Requirements for degree completion not associated with a course (if applicable) ^
Comprehensive Exam (ILE)
TOTAL CREDITS
42
Requirements for MPH degree, Nutrition Concentration (beginning in Fall 2023)
Course number
Course name
Credits (if
applicable)
Required courses (foundation and concentration)
PUBH 509
Graduate Seminar in Public Health
2
PUBH 510
Environmental Health
3
PUBH 520
Health Systems, Policy and Leadership
3
PUBH 530
Biostatistics
3
PUBH 537
Fundamentals of Program Evaluation
3
PUBH 540
Epidemiology
3
PUBH 552
Assessment and Planning
3
NUTR 503
Community Nutrition Assessment
2
NUTR 531
Nutrition Fundamentals
1
NUTR 504
Community Nutrition Intervention and Evaluation
2
NUTR 507
Intro to Theories of Health Behavior Change in
Public Health Nutrition
3
NUTR 510
Applied Human Nutrition
3
NUTR 514
Advanced Community Nutrition Practicum
2
NUTR 540
Public Policy in Action
3
APE & ILE courses (as applicable)
NUTR 587 (cross-listed with
PUBH 587)
Applied Practice Experience (APEx)
6
Requirements for degree completion not associated with a course (if applicable) ^
Comprehensive Exam (ILE)
TOTAL CREDITS
42
Requirements for MPH degree, Veterinary Public Health Concentration
Course number
Course name
Credits (if
applicable)
Required courses (foundation and concentration)
PUBH 509
Graduate Seminar in Public Health
2
PUBH 510
Environmental Health
3
PUBH 520
Health Systems, Policy and Leadership
3
68
PUBH 530
Biostatistics
3
PUBH 537
Fundamentals of Program Evaluation
3
PUBH 540
Epidemiology
3
PUBH 552
Assessment and Planning
3
CEM 506
One Health
3
CEM 611
Journal Club in Emerging Infectious Diseases
1
CEM 507
or
CEM 508
Epidemiology of Vector-Borne, Bacterial, and
Viral Zoonotic Diseases
Epidemiology of Parasitic, Food-borne, and
Bacterial Zoonotic Diseases
3
APE & ILE courses (as applicable)
PUBH 587
Applied Practice Experience (APEx)
6
Electives (as applicable)
Electives
Insert total number of credits in the last column
9
Requirements for degree completion not associated with a course (if applicable) ^
Comprehensive Exam (ILE)
TOTAL CREDITS
42
2) List the required curriculum for each combined degree option in the same format as above, clearly
indicating (using italics or shading) any requirements that differ from MPH students who are not
completing a combined degree.
Requirements for DVM-MPH degree, Veterinary Public Health Concentration
Course number
Course name
Credits (if
applicable)
Required courses (foundation and concentration)
PUBH 509
Graduate Seminar in Public Health
2
PUBH 510
Environmental Health
3
PUBH 520
Health Systems, Policy and Leadership
3
PUBH 530
Biostatistics
3
PUBH 537
Fundamentals of Program Evaluation
3
PUBH 540
Epidemiology
3
PUBH 552
Assessment and Planning
3
CEM 506
One Health
3
CEM 611
Journal Club in Emerging Infectious Diseases
1
CEM 507
or
CEM 508
Epidemiology of Vector-Borne, Bacterial, and
Viral Zoonotic Diseases
Epidemiology of Parasitic, Food-borne, and
Bacterial Zoonotic Diseases
3
APE & ILE courses (as applicable)
PUBH 587
Applied Practice Experience
6
(ILE)
Comprehensive Exam
69
Electives (as applicable)
Electives
Insert total number of credits in the last column
9
Requirements for degree completion not associated with a course (if applicable) ^
Comprehensive Exam
TOTAL CREDITS
42
MS (Nutrition)-MPH students complete either Community Health Education or Health Policy and
Management concentration. As such, all requirements are the same as stated. In lieu of PUBH 587,
students take NUTR 547: Nutrition Field Experiences (3-9 credits).
3) Provide a matrix, in the format of Template D2-2, that indicates the assessment activity for each of
the foundational competencies listed above (1-22). If the program addresses all of the listed
foundational competencies in a single, common core curriculum, the program need only present a
single matrix. If combined degree students do not complete the same core curriculum as students in
the standalone MPH program, the program must present a separate matrix for each combined
degree. If the program relies on concentration-specific courses to assess some of the foundational
competencies listed above, the program must present a separate matrix for each concentration.
Template D2-2
Assessment of Competencies for MPH (all concentrations)
Competency
Course number(s) and
name(s)*
Describe specific
assessment opportunityⁿ
Evidence-based Approaches to Public
Health
1. Apply epidemiological methods to settings
and situations in public health practice
PUBH 540: Epidemiology
Homework 2: Outbreak
investigation activity: This
assignment provides students
with the opportunity to apply
the information from the
lesson to investigate a
fictitious outbreak in the
community.
(See PUBH 540 Syllabus p.
20 in ERF)
2. Select quantitative and qualitative data
collection methods appropriate for a given
public health context
PUBH 540: Epidemiology
(quantitative data)
PUBH 537: Program Evaluation
(qualitative data)
Epidemiology:
Homework 7: Develop a
hypothetical epidemiologic
study: For this assignment
students will apply their
knowledge of research study
designs to develop an
epidemiologic study related to
a health topic of their choice.
(See PUBH 540 Syllabus p.
32 in ERF)
Program Evaluation:
Individual Assignment #2:
For this assignment, students
will develop a data collection
plan for the class evaluation
project. The final report will
be used to create the mid-
term stakeholder update
70
presentation and will be
referred to as we collect and
analyze data in the second
half of the semester.
(See PUBH 537 Syllabus p.
19 in ERF)
3. Analyze quantitative and qualitative data
using biostatistics, informatics, computer-
based programming, and software, as
appropriate
PUBH 530: Biostatistics
(quantitative data)
PUBH 537: Program Evaluation
(qualitative data)
Biostatistics: SPSS Project
This project entails describing
and defining a health-related
research question, analyzing
individual level data, and
making relevant inferences.
Your health-related research
question must be formulated
into 4 clearly stated and
testable hypotheses. The
project will be reported in
written form using scientific
methodology.
(See PUBH 530 Syllabus p.
19 in ERF)
Program Evaluation:
In
dividual Assignment 7:
Written summary of data
analysis and results
: This
multi-week activity will
provide students with the
opportunity to perform the
steps necessary to complete
a quantitative and qualitative
data analysis.
(See PUBH 537 Syllabus p.
23 in ERF)
4. Interpret results of data analysis for public
health research, policy or practice
PUBH 530: Biostatistics
Biostatistics: SPSS Project
This project entails describing
and defining a health-related
research question, analyzing
individual level data, and
making relevant inferences.
Your health-related research
question must be formulated
into 4 clearly stated and
testable hypotheses. The
project will be reported in
written form using scientific
methodology.
(See PUBH 530 Syllabus p.
19 in ERF)
Public Health & Health Care Systems
71
5. Compare the organization, structure, and
function of health care, public health, and
regulatory systems across national and
international settings
PUBH 520: Health Systems,
Policy & Leadership
Health system comparison:
This assignment has students
looking at TN, the US and
healthcare systems around
the world and comparing
characteristics, outcomes,
and structure.
(See PUBH 520 Syllabus p.
11 in ERF)
6. Discuss the means by which structural bias,
social inequities and racism undermine health
and create challenges to achieving health
equity at organizational, community and
systemic levels
PUBH 552: Assessment and
Planning
Underserved populations
learning activity: The
purpose of this activity is for
students to learn about the
experiences of someone from
a group that has historically
been economically or socially
marginalized as the person
seeks to maintain their
health, given the realities of
the environment and
community in which they live
(See PUBH 552 Syllabus p. 5
in ERF)
Planning & Management to Promote Health
7. Assess population needs, assets, and
capacities that affect communities’ health
PUBH 552: Assessment and
Planning
Introduction/needs
assessment section of the
program development
proposal: In groups of 3-4
students, the final project will
be a planned intervention or
program guided by theory
and empirical literature. This
is to be a synthesis of the
concepts and theories
covered throughout the
semester to include rationale,
logic model, systems-thinking
tools, planning, budgeting,
marketing & recruitment,
implementing and evaluating
the program/intervention.
Students complete a “self and
peer evaluation” for the group
project to identify which areas
were completed by which
team member. All students
are instructed that they must
collaborate on the needs
assessment portion of the
final project, and this
collaboration is reflected in
the evaluation assessment.
(See PUBH 552 Syllabus p. 7
& 16 in ERF)
72
8. Apply awareness of cultural values and
practices to the design, implementation, or
critique of public health policies or programs
PUBH 537: Program
Evaluation
Individual Assignment 5:
Students will complete a
cultural humility course and
submit a reflective writing
exercise describing the role
that cultural values and bias
may influence evaluation
design.
(See PUBH 537 Syllabus p.
25 in ERF)
9. Design a population-based policy, program,
project, or intervention
PUBH 552: Assessment and
Planning
Final program development
proposal: In groups of 3-4
students, the final project will
be a planned intervention or
program guided by theory
and empirical literature. This
is to be a synthesis of the
concepts and theories
covered throughout the
semester to include rationale,
logic model, systems-thinking
tools, planning, budgeting,
marketing & recruitment,
implementing and evaluating
the program/intervention.
Students complete a “self and
peer evaluation” for the group
project to identify which areas
were completed by which
team member. All students
are instructed that they must
collaborate on all portions of
the final project, and this
collaboration is reflected in
the evaluation assessment.
(See PUBH 552 Syllabus p. 7
& 16 in ERF)
10. Explain basic principles and tools of
budget and resource management
1
PUBH 552: Assessment and
Planning
Budget Assignment Each
project group member will
design and submit a budget
for the final project using the
template provided.
(See PUBH 552 Syllabus p. 8
& 16 in ERF)
11. Select methods to evaluate public health
programs
PUBH 537: Program Evaluation
Individual Assignment 2:
Students will create
evaluation questions tailored
to the community program
that might be used for various
types of evaluations.
Students will then select
evaluation questions suitable
for the course evaluation
project.
(See PUBH 537 Syllabus p.
28 in ERF)
73
Policy in Public Health
12. Discuss the policy-making process,
2
including the roles of ethics and evidence
PUBH 520: Health Systems,
Policy & Leadership
Assignment: Making the
plan policy. Each student
will take one component of a
proposed health initiative
through the CDC Policy
Process.
(See PUBH 520 Syllabus p.
12 in ERF)
13. Propose strategies to identify stakeholders
and build coalitions and partnerships for
influencing public health outcomes
PUBH 510: Environmental
Health
Group Project Presentation
students will propose
recommendations for policy
change and will identify
stakeholders and build
coalitions and partnerships to
influence public health
outcomes
(See PUBH 510 Syllabus p. 6
and Group Presentation
Rubric in ERF)
14. Advocate for political, social, or economic
policies and programs that will improve health
in diverse populations
3
PUBH 510: Environmental
Health
Advocacy Assignment -
Students will write and send a
letter to a legislator. They will
(1) identify a bill (state or
federal level) on an
environmental issue and (2)
write a concise letter to the
legislator(s) to advocate for
policies and programs using
data/literature to influence
legislator(s) decisions
regarding issues and pending
legislation that affects our
environment. Environmental
movements in Asia: Local
Dimensions of 'Global'
Environmental Debates
Exchanges of
Correspondence
(See PUBH 510 Syllabus p. 5
in ERF)
15. Evaluate policies for their impact on public
health and health equity
PUBH 510: Environmental
Health
Group Project
Presentation students will
evaluate the impact of a
policy (federal, state or local
level) on economic
development, environmental
protection and/or
environmental justice.
Students need to (1)
understand a selected policy
including why it is highly
controversial; (2) predict the
policy effects, including
assessing the likelihood that
the target group (e.g.,
74
individual, a group of local
communities, companies or
countries) will change its
behavior in order for such a
change to take place.
Students complete a “Self
and Peer Evaluation” for the
group project to identify each
member’s engagement,
communication and
contribution to the project.
(See PUBH 510 Syllabus p. 6
and Group Presentation
Rubrics in ERF)
Leadership
16. Apply leadership and/or management
principles to address a relevant issue
4
PUBH 520: Health Systems,
Policy & Leadership
Final reflection paper
detailing leadership principles
that were applied during the
health initiative planning
process, at which stage of the
process these principles were
applied and how effective
these principles were.
(See PUBH 520 Syllabus p.
13 in ERF)
17. Apply negotiation and mediation skills to
address organizational or community
challenges
5
PUBH 520: Health Systems,
Policy & Leadership
Final reflection paper
detailing how and when
negotiation techniques were
applied throughout the health
initiative planning process
and how these negotiations
influenced the overall final
initiative.
(See PUBH 520 Syllabus p.
13 in ERF)
Communication
18. Select communication strategies for
different audiences and sectors
PUBH 537: Program
Evaluation
Individual Assignment 8:
This assignment will provide
students with the opportunity
to create health education
materials related to the
program for use by
professionals and families
who may choose to use the
program
(See PUBH 537 Syllabus p.
31 in ERF)
19. Communicate audience-appropriate (i.e.,
non-academic, non-peer audience) public
health content, both in writing and through oral
presentation
PUBH 540: Epidemiology
Surveillance Project:
Students will research a data
source and create a
presentation (10 minutes
maximum).
75
(
See PUBH 540 Syllabus p.
35in ERF)
Communications Project:
Students will work individually
to create communication
tools that present audience-
appropriate and culturally
competent public health
content to two unique
populations. Students will
choose a topic of interest and
related epidemiologic study,
then create a scientific poster
(target audience:
epidemiologists, researchers,
scientists) and a plain
language summary in the
form of a fact sheet,
brochure, or infographic
(target audience varies, but
some part of the general
population).
(See PUBH 540 Syllabus p.
39 in ERF)
20. Describe the importance of cultural
competence in communicating public health
content
PUBH 540: Epidemiology
Communications Project:
Students will work individually
to create communication
tools that present audience-
appropriate and culturally
competent public health
content to two unique
populations. Students will
choose a topic of interest and
related epidemiologic study,
then create a scientific poster
(target audience:
epidemiologists, researchers,
scientists) and a plain
language summary in the
form of a fact sheet,
brochure, or infographic
(target audience varies, but
some part of the general
population).
(See PUBH 540 Syllabus p.
39 in ERF)
Interprofessional Practice
21. Integrate perspectives from other sectors
and/or professions to promote and advance
population health
6
PUBH 520: Health Systems,
Policy & Leadership
Leadership Interview
Students will be assigned a
leadership role at the
beginning of the semester
and interview someone
holding that position. In
addition to the interview,
students will write a reflection
paper that includes
76
impressions, thoughts on the
role, what you learned about
leadership, how this person
applies principles of
leadership and/or
management in their role and
how this experience might
inform your position in your
group’s health initiative.
(See PUBH 520 Syllabus p.
10 in ERF)
Systems Thinking
22. Apply a systems thinking tool to visually
represent a public health issue in a format
other than standard narrative
7
PUBH 552: Assessment and
Planning
Fishbone diagram
assignment Each project
group member will design
and submit a fishbone
diagram for the final project
using the template provided.
(See PUBH 552 Syllabus p. 8
& 16 in ERF)
4) Provide supporting documentation for each assessment activity listed in Template D2-2.
Documentation should include the following, as relevant, for each listed assessment:
assignment instructions or guidelines as provided to students
writing prompts provided to students
sample exam question(s)
Supporting documentation in ERF D2.4 includes:
D2.
4 PUBH 510 Syllabus Project Rubric
D2.4 PUBH 510 Self and Peer Evaluation Rubric
D2.4 PUBH 520 Negotiation Reflection Paper
D2.4 PUBH 552 Self and Peer Evaluation Rubric
Assessment details from other courses are in the syllabi. See below.
5) Include the most recent syllabus from each course listed in Template D2-1, or written guidelines, such
as a handbook, for any required elements listed in Template D2-1 that do not have a syllabus.
PUBH 510 Syllabus (ERF: D2.5 PUBH 510 Syllabus)
P
UBH 520 Syllabus (ERF: D2.5 PUBH 520 Syllabus)
PUBH 530 Syllabus (ERF: D2.5 PUBH 530 Syllabus)
PUBH 537 Syllabus (ERF: D2.5 PUBH 537 Syllabus)
PUBH 540 Syllabus (ERF: D2.5 PUBH 540 Syllabus)
PUBH 552 Syllabus (ERF: D2.5 PUBH 552 Syllabus)
6) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for improvement in
this area.
77
Strengths
A review of all syllabi by MPH program director to ensure CEPH competencies are being met
each semester.
Syllabi are kept in a central location on our department’s shared drive so all faculty and staff have
access to them. This allows for newly hired faculty members to reference previous syllabi for
existent courses.
A Distance Education (DE) Program Director position was created in Summer 2023 that will work
alongside the MPH Program Director to ensure consistency among DE and Campus-based
courses. This will assist in ensuring CEPH competencies and associated assessments are
comparable and relevant among foundation courses regardless of delivery modality (online vs. in
person).
Weakness
With the addition of the Distance Education program, ensuring similar and complimentary
assessments of each competency can be challenging while allowing academic freedom and
integrity. This has required extra work and increased communication among faculty teaching
courses with differing modalities (campus-based vs. distance education).
Plan
The DE Coordinator and Program Director plan to review foundation course syllabi each
academic year to ensure consistency among modalities.
D3. DrPH Foundational Competencies
Not applicable
78
D4. MPH & DrPH Concentration Competencies
The program defines at least five distinct competencies for each concentration or generalist
degree at each degree level. These competencies articulate the unique set of knowledge and skills
that justifies awarding a degree in the designated concentration (or generalist degree) and
differentiates the degree offering from other concentrations offered by the unit, if applicable.
The list of competencies may expand on or enhance foundational competencies, but, in all cases,
including generalist degrees, the competency statements must clearly articulate the additional
depth provided beyond the foundational competencies listed in Criteria D2 and D3.
The program documents at least one specific, required asse
ssment activity (e.g., component of
existing course, paper, presentation, test) for each defined competency, during which faculty or
other qualified individuals validate the student’s ability to perform the competency.
Except for cases in which a program offers only one MPH or one DrPH concentration in the unit of
accreditation, assessment opportunities must occur in the didactic courses that are required for
the concentration.
If the program intends to prepare students for a specific credential (e.g., CHES/MCHES) that has
defined competencies, the program documents coverage and assessment of those competencies
throughout the curriculum.
1) Provide a matrix, in the format of Template D4-1,
that lists at least five competencies in addition
to those defined in Criterion D2 or D3 for each MPH or DrPH concentration or generalist degree,
including combined degree options, and indicates at least one assessment activity for each of the
listed competencies. Typically, the program will present a separate matrix for each concentration.
Template D4-1
Assessment of Competencies for MPH in Community Health Education (CHE) Concentration
Competency
Course number(s) and
name(s)
Describe specific
assessment opportunityⁿ
1. Demonstrates how fundamental
social causes of health and disease
produce differences in health and
health inequity in specific health
outcomes.
PUBH 555: Health and
Society
Final Health Disparities
Paper (Social Etiology
Section): This section will
involve describing what is
known about the social
etiology (social causes) of the
health condition. You will
describe the primary
behavioral and social
determinants documented by
peer-reviewed, published,
research articles. You will
describe why some
subgroups experience a
higher or lower prevalence
compared to the referent
group.
(See PUBH 555 Syllabus
pgs. 11-12 in ERF)
2. Identifies strategies designed to
reduce structural bias and social
PUBH 555: Health and
Society
Final Health Disparities
Paper (Conclusion): In the
79
inequities that produce health
disparities.
conclusion, summarize your
findings and identify
remaining questions and
make recommendations for
future interventions or public
health practice that could
resolve gaps and address the
disparity.
Students should
identify a minimum of 2
strategies that may reduce
the structural bias and/or
social inequities that
produced the selected health
disparity(ies) in your priority
population.
(See PUBH 555 Syllabus
pgs. 11-12 in ERF)
3. Designs health education
communications for specific public
health issues and target audiences
using appropriate channels and
technologies.
PUBH 555: Health and
Society
Public Service
Announcement
Assignment: Students will
create and present a 1-1.5
minute public service
announcement (PSA) that
promotes or advocates
support for the health
condition selected for the final
paper. The PSA should be
formatted for and marketed to
your priority population.
(See PUBH 555 Syllabus p.
12 in ERF)
Applies ethical principles to public
health program planning, research, or
implementation.
PUBH 536: Research
Methods in Health
Ethics reflection paper: The
reflection paper will focus on
a more practical application of
ethical research. Each
student will write a reflection
paper that should explain a
key ethical issue and/or
challenge in a published
research study and provide a
solution to the ethical issue(s)
presented.
(See PUBH 536 Syllabus p. 5
and PUBH 536 Ethics
Reflection Paper Rubric in
ERF)
5. Prepares a high-quality program
grant proposal.
PUBH 556: Grant Writing
Grant Proposal Project:
Each student prepares a
grant proposal in response to
a specific Request for
Proposal (RFP).
80
(See PUBH 556 Syllabus p. 7
in ERF)
Assessment of Competencies for MPH in Epidemiology (EPI) Concentration
Competency
Course number(s) and
name(s)
Describe specific
assessment opportunityⁿ
1. Selects appropriate study design(s)
to investigate a public health concern
given the strengths, limitations, and
feasibility of the design(s).
PUBH 536: Research
Methods in Health
Research Plan Assignment:
The Research Plan will
explicitly describe a proposed
research plan. Students may
choose to utilize quantitative
or qualitative research
methods for this project and
must justify their approach.
Teams of 2-3 students will be
responsible for conducting a
literature review on a chosen
topic, describing the research
methodology, and creating a
measurement instrument.
Students complete a
“teamwork evaluation” for the
group project to ensure whole
group participation. All
students are instructed that
they must collaborate on all
portions of the final project,
including the research poster,
and this collaboration is
reflected in the teamwork
evaluation assessment.
(See PUBH 536 Syllabus p.
5-6 in ERF)
2. Critiques epidemiologic scientific
literature.
PUBH 542: Epidemiology II
Written Assignment:
Students will pick a research
paper to evaluate and
critique. This assignment will
require the students to
choose a published paper
(options given by instructor)
that may have biased results,
explain the type of bias,
identify its source, and
recommend possible
measures to minimize it.
(See PUBH 542 Syllabus p. 5
and PUBH 542 Written
Assignment Instruction in
ERF)
81
3. Applies epidemiologic methods to
develop models predicting disease or
exposure
PUBH 531: Biostatistics II
Final Exam
(See PUBH 531 Final Exam
in ERF)
4. Demonstrates proficiency in
intermediate epidemiologic methods
and principles.
PUBH 542: Epidemiology II
Midterm and Final Exam:
These exams will be a timed,
open-book exam that
includes a mixture of multiple
choice, short answer
calculations, true/false,
matching, and essay
questions. The midterm will
cover all materials presented
in the course through the
midpoint of the semester,
from readings and lecture
materials to homework and
group discussion materials.
The final will cover all
material presented in the
course, from readings and
lecture materials to
homework and group
presentation materials.
(See PUBH 542 Syllabus p. 5
and PUBH 542 Testbank Qs
Comprehensive Questions on
p. 3, 5, and 11 in ERF)
5. Conducts a reproducible data
analysis project.
PUBH 531: Biostatistics II
Group Statistical
Consulting Project (SCP):
This project will entail working
with your consulting group to
help a clinical investigator
client to: define a health-
related research question in
terms of objectives and
testable hypotheses,
identifying appropriate data
sets and variables within the
given parameters, developing
a comprehensive statistical
analysis plan that includes
advanced statistical
techniques, reviewing the
literature, conducting an
original quantitative data
analysis, making relevant
inference and appropriate
interpretations based on the
analysis, identifying key
strengths and limitations of
the analysis, and include with
a discussion of the
implications of these results
82
to public health practice and
future research.
(See PUBH 531 Syllabus
pgs.5-6 and PUBH 531 SCP
Project Rubric in ERF)
Assessment of Competencies for MPH in Health Policy & Management (HPM) Concentration
Competency
Course number(s) and
name(s)
Describe specific
assessment opportunityⁿ
1. Apply the policy-making process to
improve population health.
PUBH 528: Policy, Systems,
and Environmental Change
Final Exam: Essay Question
#1 (See PUBH 528 Final
Exam in ERF)
2. Apply the principles of evidence-
based public health in practice or
policy formulation.
PUBH 528: Policy, Systems,
and Environmental Change
Final Exam: Essay Question
#2 (See PUBH 528 Final
Exam in ERF)
3. Apply appropriate strategic
management approaches to improve
the performance of healthcare
organizations.
PUBH 527: Healthcare
Organization: Behavior and
Management
Final Exam Essay Question
#2 (See PUBH 527 Final
Exam in ERF)
4. Apply quality improvement or
performance management concepts
to organizational planning and
management.
PUBH 527: Healthcare
Organization: Behavior and
Management
Final Exam: Essay Question
#3 (See PUBH 527 Final
Exam in ERF)
5. Assess the value of existing or
proposed programs, services or
policies using financial management
measures.
PUBH 525: Financial
Management of Health
Programs
Case Study #1: Modules 1-4
contain questions
surrounding the interpretation
of cost data to evaluate
programs and organizations
Case Study #2: Modules 6-9
contain questions on net
present value and discounting
to inform investment
decisions
Case Study #3: Modules 12-
13 require selection of
methods to evaluate
performance of a program
and determine the value of its
continuation
(See PUBH 525 Case Study
Discussion Questions and
Rubrics in ERF)
Assessment of Competencies for MPH in Veterinary Public Health (VPH) Concentration
Competency
Course number(s) and
name(s)
Describe specific
assessment opportunityⁿ
1. Assess health related benefits
and/or risks to individuals and
CEM 507: Epidemiology of
Vector-Borne, Bacterial,
CEM 507:
Cat Scratch Disease
83
communities associated with
zoonotic or emerging diseases, the
human-animal bond, foodborne
illness and/or injuries associated
with animals.
and Viral Zoonotic
Diseases
CEM 508: Epidemiology of
Parasitic, Food-borne, and
Bacterial Zoonotic
Diseases
Assignment: Students will
read an article and set up a
table with differing categories
for risk (high, medium, low) for
exposure to CSD, who would fit
in the different categories, and
what precautious should be
taken to prevent disease.
Students will also read a study
and create a 1-page handout to
educate primary care
physicians on the findings so
that diagnosis and treatment of
CSD cases can be improved.
(See CEM 507 Syllabus p.2-3
in ERF)
CEM 508:
Colibacillosis Assignment:
Investigate and discuss the
pros and cons of irradiating
foods for human consumption.
Include types of irradiations
used, safety issues,
psychological issues, waste
products, and foods currently
irradiated. Also address the
application of irradiation for the
prevention of food borne illness
due specifically to E. coli
O157:H7
.
(See CEM 508 Syllabus p. 2-3
and CEM 508 Colibacillosis
assignment in ERF)
2. Communicate health benefits
and/or risks to individuals and
communities associated with
zoonotic or emerging diseases, the
human-animal bond, foodborne
illness and/or injuries associated
with animals.
CEM 507: Epidemiology of
Vector-Borne, Bacterial,
and Viral Zoonotic
Diseases
CEM 508: Epidemiology of
Parasitic, Food-borne, and
Bacterial Zoonotic
Diseases
CEM 507:
Arbovirus Assignment: You
are an employee of the County
Health Department responsible
for surveillance and control of
arboviral disease. In the event
of an outbreak of arboviral
disease in people, determine
what precautions you would
recommend to the public under
various scenarios. Address
your recommendations for
individual citizens (the public)
and recommendations for
actions to be taken by the local
government.
(See CEM 507 Syllabus p. 3 in
ERF)
84
CEM 508:
Anthrax Assignment: Assume
you are a veterinary public
health officer in Canada, and
you are asked to comment on
the occurrence of anthrax in
bison. Prepare a one-page
summary of the steps that
should be taken in the event of
an emergency and make a one-
page handout for people living
in that area to explain important
aspects of the disease.
(See CEM 508 Syllabus p. 3
and CEM 508 Anthrax
assignment in ERF)
3. Apply techniques of surveillance,
recognition, prevention, control
and/or management of infectious
diseases, including zoonotic or
emerging diseases, food borne
illnesses, and/or potential bio- or
agroterrorism agents.
CEM 507: Epidemiology of
Vector-Borne, Bacterial,
and Viral Zoonotic
Diseases
CEM 508: Epidemiology of
Parasitic, Food-borne, and
Bacterial Zoonotic
Diseases
CEM 507:
Lyme Assignment: Design a
study that would provide public
health officials with information
on tick species associated with
the incidental host of your
choice (human or animal).
Include details of resources
(staff, equipment, databases,
etc.) you would need to
implement your study.
(See CEM 507 Syllabus p. 3-4
in ERF)
CEM 508:
Listeriosis Assignment:
You’re an epidemiologist at a
local health department and
you received a report that
Listeria monocytogenes has
been cultured from the blood of
a 70-year-old male nursing
home resident on
immunosuppressive medication
for cancer. The attending
physicians has made a
diagnosis of septicemia. List the
steps that you would take to
identify additional cases both
inside and outside of the
nursing home and design a
questionnaire to be filled out by
nursing home residents and
staff in an effort to uncover risk
factors for the presence of L.
85
monocytogenes and a potential
source of infection.
(See CEM 508 Syllabus p. 3-4
in ERF)
4. Evaluate programs and/or policy
that aim to improve human health
by fostering the human-animal bond
or by reducing foodborne illness,
zoonotic or emerging diseases, or
hazards associated with animals.
CEM 506: One Health
Dog Bite Assignments:
BSL Assignment: Using the
provided resources and
additional ones you locate,
explain what breed specific
legislation is and whether
evidence shows that it is
effective in reducing dog bites
in communities.
Rabies Assignment: Using the
provided resources and
additional ones you locate, are
the most recent changes in how
to handle dogs and cats that
are overdue for rabies vaccines
justified? Explain your answer.
(See CEM 506 Syllabus p. 2 in
ERF)
5. Describe the role of the federal
government in ensuring the safety
of foods of animal origin.
CEM 506: One Health
Food Safety Policy
Assignment: Using the
provided resources and
additional ones you locate,
describe the role of the USDA,
FDA, and NOAA in food
inspection. Describe what
HACCP is and how it is applied
to food safety and security.
Lastly, provide an overview of
FSMA and describe any
shortcomings of the legislation.
(See CEM 506 Syllabus p. 3 in
ERF)
Assessment of Competencies for MPH in Nutrition (NUTR) Concentration beginning Fall 2023
Competency
Course number(s) and
name(s)
Describe specific
assessment opportunityⁿ
1. Conducts a community nutrition
needs assessment
NUTR 503: Community
Nutrition Assessment
Community Nutrition Needs
Assessment Assignment: In
teams, students will work
collaboratively to assess the
needs of the community
based on the needs of
86
community partners. Upon
completion of the paper, each
student will complete and
submit peer- and self-
evaluations.
(See NUTR 503 Syllabus p. 4,
NUTR 503 Needs
Assessment Paper & Rubric
in ERF)
2. Plans, implements, and evaluates
a service, intervention, or outreach
activity
NUTR 504: Community
Nutrition Intervention and
Evaluation
Grant Proposal
Assignment: Students will
prepare a community grant
proposal to include a cover
letter, narrative, evaluation
plan, and budget. Upon
completion of the proposal,
each student will complete
and submit peer- and self-
evaluations.
(See NUTR 504 Syllabus,
NUTR 504 Grant Proposal &
Rubric in ERF)
3. Uses principles of behavioral
health to design culturally appropriate
services, interventions, or activities to
improve the nutrition-related health of
communities
NUTR 507: Introduction to
Theories of Health Behavior
Change in Public Health
Nutrition
Intervention Video: Students
design a hypothetical
intervention (that is focused
on changing behavior) and
incorporate the week’s topic
and make a 5-minute
recorded presentation
explaining the intervention you
designed for the week.
(See NUTR 507 Syllabus p. 4
and NUTR 507 Intervention
Rubric in ERF)
4. Demonstrates proficiency in
detailing the link between human
nutrition and health
NUTR 510: Applied Human
Nutrition
Final Project: Students select
a micronutrient, a priority
population, and a federal
nutrition program and
describe how the
micronutrient could result in
health outcomes for their
chosen population.
Assignment is done in 3
sections, including designing
a lesson plan to educate the
priority population on their
chosen micronutrient.
(See NUTR 510 Syllabus p. 9
and NUTR 510 Final Project
Rubric in ERF)
87
5. Designs and disseminates a policy
brief on a current nutrition-related
topic
NUTR 540: Public Health
Policy in Action
Policy Brief Assignment:
Students write a 3-5 page
policy brief on a nutrition-
related topic of choice.
Students then present the
policy brief in class. Upon
completion of the policy brief,
each student will complete
and submit peer- and self-
evaluations.
(See NUTR 540 Syllabus,
NUTR 540 Policy Brief &
Rubric in ERF)
2) For degrees that allow students to tailor competencies at an individual level in consultation with
an advisor, the program must present evidence, including policies and sample documents, that
demonstrate that each student and advisor create a matrix in the format of Template D4-1 for the
plan of study. Include a description of policies in the self-study document and at least five sample
matrices in the electronic resource file.
N/A
3) Provide supporting documentation for each assessment activity listed in Template D4-1.
Documentation should include the following, as relevant, for each listed assessment:
assignment instructions or guidelines as provided to students
writing prompts provided to students
sample exam question(s)
ERF D4.3 CHE Concentration:
PUBH 536 Syllabus
PUBH 536 Evaluation Rubric
PUBH 536 Ethics Reflection Paper Rubric
PUBH 555 Syllabus
PUBH 556 Syllabus
ERF D4.3 EPI Concentration:
PUBH 531 Syllabus
PUBH 531SCP Project Rubric
PUBH 536 Syllabus
PUBH 536 Evaluation Rubric
PUBH 536 Ethics Reflection Paper Rubric
PUBH 542 Syllabus
PUBH 542 Course Schedule
PUBH 542 Testbank Qs
PUBH 542 Written Assignment
ERF D4.3 HPM Concentration:
PUBH 525 Syllabus
PUBH 525 Case Study Discussion Questions and Rubrics
PUBH 527 Syllabus
PUBH 527 Final Exam
PUBH 528 Syllabus
88
PUBH 528 Final Exam
ERF D4.3 VPH Concentration:
CEM 506 Syllabus
CEM 507 Syllabus
CEM 508 Syllabus
CEM 508 Colibacillosis assignment
CEM 508 Anthrax assignment
ERF D4.3 NUTR Concentration:
NUTR 503 Syllabus
NUTR 503 Needs Assessment Paper and Rubric
NUTR 504 Syllabus
NUTR 504 Grant Proposal and Rubric
NUTR 507 Syllabus
NUTR 507 Intervention Rubric
NUTR 510 Syllabus
NUTR 510 Final Project Rubric
NUTR 540 Syllabus
NUTR 540 Policy Brief and Rubric
NUTR 503 504 540 Peer Review
4) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
Faculty conduct periodic assessment of concentration competencies to assure the
competencies remain relevant to the field and the associated courses rigorously teach
and assess the competencies.
Concentration competencies are taught and assessed as rigorously in the online MPH
format as in the campus-based modality.
Weaknesses
Nutrition concentration is new as of Fall 2023. There are no metrics to assess how well
the assignments relate to associated concentration competencies.
Plans
Continue to monitor and review concentration competencies as indicated by industry
needs and student feedback.
Monitor Nutrition concentration to ensure proposed assessments are relevant to
concentration competencies and revise as necessary.
89
D5. MPH Applied Practice Experiences
MPH students demonstrate competency attainment through applied practice experiences.
The applied practice experiences allow each student to demonstrate attainment of at least five
competencies, of which at least three must be foundational competencies (as defined in
Criterion D2). The competencies need not be identical from student to student, but the applied
experiences must be structured to ensure that all students complete experiences addressing at
least five competencies, as specified above. The applied experiences may also address additional
foundational or concentration-specific competencies, if appropriate.
The program assesses each student’s competency attainment in practical and applied settings
through a portfolio approach, which reviews practical, applied work products that were produced
for the sites use and benefit. Review of the student’s performance in the APE must be based on
at least two practical, non-academic work products AND on validating that the work products
demonstrate the student’s attainment of the designated competencies.
Examples of suitable work products include project plans, grant proposals, training manuals or
lesson plans, surveys, memos, videos, podcasts, presentations, spreadsheets, websites, photos
(with accompanying explanatory text), or other digital artifacts of learning. Reflection papers,
contact hour logs, scholarly papers prepared to allow faculty to assess the experience, poster
presentations, and other documents required for academic purposes may not be counted toward
the minimum of two work products.
1) Briefly describe how the program identifies competencies attained in applied practice experiences
f
or each MPH student, including a description of any relevant policies.
Students in the Master of Public Health (MPH) program are required to complete a 240-hour Applied
Practice Experience (APEx) with a field organization that aligns with their chosen concentration within our
program (Community Health Education, Epidemiology, Health Policy and Management or Veterinary
Public Health). Students learn about the APEx during new student orientation in Fall semester as well as
scheduled information sessions hosted by the APEx coordinator (see ERF D5.2 APEx Requirements.1
st
year APEx Orientation, .2
nd
year APEx Orientation, and .DE APEx Orientation). These information
sessions are held in Fall semesters in both the 1
st
and 2
nd
year of the program. During these sessions,
students are provided resources about the requirements, policies, and processes for the APEx (see ERF
D5.2 APEx Requirements. APEx Guidelines for Students and .MPH Competencies). Additionally, once
students formally register for their APEx (6 credit hours), the documents are added to the specific course
Canvas site and are always available on our department website (
https://publichealth.utk.edu/current-
students/apex/.)
During their APEx, students are required to produce a minimum of two products deemed beneficial to the
field organization and that demonstrate five MPH competencies (3 foundational; 2 concentration). Each
concentration has 5 unique competencies associated with it, which were developed and approved by
concentration faculty within the department. Additional information on our concentration competencies
can be found on our concentration-specific websites:
Community Health Education (CHE): https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/mph/che-2/
Epidemiology (EPI): https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/mph/epi/
Health Policy and Management (HPM): https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/mph/hpm/
Veterinary Public Health (VPH): https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/mph/vph/
Nutrition (NUTR): https://publichealth.utk.edu/mph-nutr/
Students seek out APEx opportunities that align with their concentration. A spreadsheet of opportunities,
sorted by concentration, is updated regularly by the APEx coordinator. The sheet contains relevant
information on field organizations, preceptors, and potential products available. While the APEx
90
coordinator assists students in finding suitable placements, it is ultimately the students’ responsibility to
contact field organizations and discuss projects that will meet competency requirements. The APEx
coordinator is a full-time position within our department and is available to meet with students and field
organizations to clarify any questions regarding competencies or to help identify appropriate products.
Students in the dual MS/MPH program complete the APEx requirements under the supervision of Public
Health Nutrition Faculty in the Department of Nutrition by completing NUTR 515: Field Study in
Community Nutrition. The Director of Public Health Nutrition matches students with a community or public
health nutrition agency for seven weeks and at a clinical site for a one-week interdisciplinary experience.
For non-dual students in the new MPH Nutrition concentration, the APEx coordinator will support students
in consultation with the Director of Public Health Nutrition who has established relationships in the
community with nutrition-related organizations.
During the semester(s) in which they complete their APEx, students enroll in a six-credit course, PUBH
587, hosted on Canvas. The program director is listed as Instructor of Record for this course, with the
APEx coordinator as a secondary instructor. The course has a Pass/Fail grading structure, and students
must meet all requirements and deliverables to receive a passing grade. First, within the first week of the
semester start date, students work with their preceptors to identify a minimum of two products that relate
to their chosen competencies. Next, students must write SMART objectives to identify how and when they
plan to complete these products throughout the APEx (see ERF D5.2 APEx Requirements/Products and
Objectives Template). Additionally, as an ongoing task, students are required to keep and submit weekly
journals that documents their progress toward course completion (see ERF D5.2 APEx Requirements/Bi-
Weekly Report Template). Lastly, students complete a self-evaluation of progress and objectives midway
and at the end of the APEx, which must be reviewed and approved by their preceptor. Throughout the
process, students are provided examples of appropriate products and SMART objectives in Canvas to
assist them in completing their assignments (see ERF D5.2 APEx Requirements/Products and Objectives
Template Completed Example). The APEx coordinator reviews the products, competencies, and
SMART objectives to ensure they meet the requirements of the APEx, provides feedback to students, and
recommends revisions to these documents, if needed.
Competencies Attained in APEx
At the end of the cumulating experience, students are required to write a final report, which details the
products they created, the MPH competencies they achieved, and documents the relationship of the
APEx to their MPH coursework. The report is graded by the APEx coordinator and is viewed as the final
assignment for the APEx. The final report includes a dedicated section for MPH competencies where
students are required to make connections between their APEx products and their chosen competencies
(see ERF D.5.2 APEx Requirements. Final Report Template and Instructions). In addition to the final
report, students deliver a 15-minute oral presentation on Zoom that is open to all departmental students,
faculty and staff (see ERF D5.2 APEx Requirements/APEx Oral Presentation Guidelines). The oral
presentation is graded on a rubric by 3 independent graders the APEx coordinator, the student’s faculty
advisor and the MPH program director (or, the Department head). The oral presentation grading rubric is
distributed to students in advance, and a preparatory session is offered by the APEx coordinator where
slides can be reviewed, and students can ask questions (see ERF D5.2 APEx Requirements/APEx Oral
Presentation Rubric and APEx Oral Presentation Rubric Description). The rubric for the oral presentation
is included below:
Criteria
Very
poor
Poor Good
Very
good
Excellent
1 2 3 4 5
Language skills appropriate.
Main points: clear and organized.
Time limit observed.
Questions appropriately answered.
91
Students must score a 24 (80%) or better out of 30 points to pass the oral presentation.
The numeric score is not shared with the student, rather, the APEx coordinator provides the student with
written feedback on the presentation from the MPH program director, faculty advisor, and APEx
coordinator. If a student does not score at least an 80% on the oral presentation, they will receive an
incomplete and will work with the department on a remediation plan to receive a satisfactory grade for the
APEx.
2) Provide documentation, including syllabi and handbooks, of the official requirements through
which students complete the applied practice experience.
ERF D5.2 APEx Requirements
1
st
Year APEx Orientation
2
nd
Year APEx Orientation
APEx Guidelines for Students
APEx Handbook
APEx Oral Presentation Guidelines
APEx Oral Presentation Rubric
APEx Oral Presentation Rubric Description
Bi-Weekly Report Template
DE APEx Orientation
Final Report Template and Instructions
MPH Competencies
MS-MPH Block Field Experience Handbook
Products and Objectives Template
3) Provide samples of practice-related materials for individual students from each concentration or
generalist degree. The samples must also include materials from students completing combined
degree programs, if applicable. The program must provide samples of complete sets of materials
(i.e., Template D5-1 and the work products/documents that demonstrate at least five
competencies) from at least five students in the last three years for each concentration or
generalist degree. If the program has not produced five students for which complete samples are
available, note this and provide all available samples.
Practice-based products that demonstrate MPH competency achievement CHE Concentration
Specific products in
portfolio that
demonstrate
application or
practice^
Competency as defined in Criteria D2 and D4*
Knox County mental
health service gap
analysis report and
presentations
1. FC#7: Assess population needs, assets, and capacities that affect
communities’ health
2. FC#3: Analyze quantitative and qualitative data using biostatistics,
informatics, computer-based programming, and software, as appropriate
Shows competency with specific
public health area (CHE, EPI, HPM,
VPH) concepts.
Reflection shows public health
competency integration.
Total Points (maximum of 30)
92
3. FC#4: Interpret results of data analysis for public health research, policy,
or practice
4. CC: Demonstrate how foundation social causes of health and disease
produce differences in health and health inequity in specific health outcomes
5. CC: Identify strategies designed to reduce structural bias and social
inequities that produce health disparities
Knox County mental
health provider referral
list
4. FC#7: Assess population needs, assets, and capacities that affect
communities’ health
5. CC: Identify strategies designed to reduce structural bias and social
inequities that produce health disparities
(see ERF D5.3 Students Samples Community Health Education Student 2)
Practice-based products that demonstrate MPH competency achievement EPI Concentration
Specific products in
portfolio that
demonstrate
application or
practice^
Competency as defined in Criteria D2 and D4*
Literature review
1.FC #21: Perform effectively on interprofessional teams
2.CC: Assess, synthesize, and critically evaluate epidemiologic scientific
literature.
Research study
protocols
3.CC: Select appropriate study design(s) to investigate a public health
concern given the limitations, strengths, and feasibility of the design(s).
Data analysis
4.FC #3: Analyze quantitative and qualitative data using biostatistics,
informatics, computer-based programming, and software, as appropriate.
5.FC #4: Interpret results of data analysis for public health research, policy, or
practice.
(see ERF D5.3 Student Samples Epidemiology Student 2)
Practice-based products that demonstrate MPH competency achievement HPM Concentration
Specific products in
portfolio that
demonstrate
application or
practice^
Competency as defined in Criteria D2 and D4*
Patient journey of care
model
1.FC#18: Select communication strategies for different audiences and sectors
2. FC#21: Perform effectively on interprofessional teams
3. CC: Apply appropriate strategic planning methodologies and other decision
support tools to organizational management
Cultural competency
training
4. CC: Apply the principles of evidence-based public health in practice and
policy formulation
5. FC#21: Perform effectively on interprofessional teams
6. FC#8: Apply awareness of cultural values and practices to the design or
implementation of public health policies or programs
7. FC#20: Describe the importance of cultural competence in communicating
public health content
(See ERF D5.3 Health Policy and Management Student 2)
Practice-based products that demonstrate MPH competency achievement VPH Concentration
93
Specific products in
portfolio that
demonstrate
application or
practice^
Competency as defined in Criteria D2 and D4*
Escherichia coli
outbreak report
1. FC #1: Apply epidemiological methods to the breadth of settings and
situations in public health practice.
2. FC #19: Communicate audience-appropriate public health content, both in
writing and through oral presentation.
3. CC; Apply techniques of surveillance, recognition, prevention, control and
management of infectious diseases, with special attention to zoonotic and
emerging diseases, foodborne illnesses, and potential bio or agroterrorism
agents.
Rabies prophylaxis map
4. CC: Assess health related risks to individuals and communities with special
attention to zoonotic and emerging diseases, foodborne illness and injuries
associated with animals.
Salmonella manuscript
5. FC #4: Interpret results of data analysis for public health research, policy,
or practice
(see ERF D5.3 Student Samples Veterinary Public Health Student 3)
**There are no student samples available for the Nutrition (NUTR) concentration currently, as this
concentration is beginning in Fall 2023. The earliest students can complete their APEx for this concentration
is Spring 2025.**
ERF D5.3 Student Samples (Italicized Student Samples will be added to ERF in August 2023)
a. D5.3 Student Samples/Community Health Education (Student 1, Student 2, Student 3, Student
4, Student 5)
b. D5.3 Student Samples/Epidemiology (Student 1, Student 2, Student 3, Student 4, Student 5)
c. D5.3 Student Samples/Health Policy and Management (Student 1, Student 2, Student 3, Student
4, Student 5)
d. D5.3 Student Samples/Veterinary Public Health (Student 1, Student 2, Student 3, Student 4,
Student 5)
e. D5.3 Student Samples/Dual MS-MPH (Student 1, Student 2)
4) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
An APEx coordinator position has been in place since 2010. In response to growth of the
program (i.e., DE program and new Epi concentration), the coordinator FTE was increased from
0.5 to 1.0 in August 2022.
On-going process improvement effort to streamline processes and provide resources for both
students and preceptors that provide additional clarity on the expectations of the APEx.
Weakness
None.
Plans
Expand the network of opportunities for distance education students (i.e., fully remote positions,
positions in home cities, and/or positions that span two semesters).
Expand the network of concentration-specific APEx field sites.
94
D6. DrPH Applied Practice Experience
Not applicable
95
D7
. MPH Integrative Learning Experience
MPH students complete an integrative learning experience (ILE) that demonstrates synthesis of
foundational and concentration competencies. Students in consultation with faculty select
foundational and concentration-specific competencies appropriate to the student’s educational
and professional goals; demonstrating synthesis and integration requires more than one
foundational and one concentration competency.
Professional certification exams (e.g., CPH, CHES/MCHES, REHS, RHIA) may serve as an element
of the ILE, but are not in and of themselves sufficient to satisfy this criterion.
The program identifies assessment methods that ensure that at least one faculty member reviews
each student’s performance in the ILE and ensures that the experience addresses the selected
foundational and concentration-specific competencies. Faculty assessment may be supplemented
with assessments from other qualified individuals (e.g., preceptors).
1) List, in the format of Template D7-1, the integrative learning experience for each MPH
concentration, generalist degree or combined degree option that includes the MPH. The template
also requires the program to explain, for each experience, how it ensures that the experience
demonstrates synthesis of competencies.
Template D7-1
MPH Integrative Learning Experience for ALL Concentrations (CHE, EPI, HPM, VPH)
Integrative learning experience (list all
options)
How competencies are synthesized
Take home comprehensive essay exam
Students respond to two guided essay questions
that are related to foundational course content and
content specific to their concentrations. Each
essay has multiple parts that reflect a minimum of
3 pre-determined competencies (a mix of
foundation and concentration). Faculty assess
student’s ability to integrate and synthesize
content based on the competencies.
2) Briefly summarize the process, expectations, and assessment for each integrative learning
experience.
The written comprehensive examination provides an Integrative Learning Experience (ILE) that is
requi
red of all MPH students. To assure opportunity for students to demonstrate integration of learning,
students take the comprehensive exam in their last or next to last semester of the program. The exam is
offered each semester (Fall, Spring, Summer) and consists of two comprehensive take-home essay
exams. Questions are designed to reflect content learned in foundational classes plus concentration
courses that require students to synthesize content learned across multiple courses. Questions are
designed and approved by concentration faculty members (CHE, EPI, HPM and VPH) and then approved
by the MPH Program Director (ERF: D7.4 CHE Essay Questions; EPI Essay Questions; HPM Essay
Questions; VPH Essay Questions). Students are given two weeks to complete the exam and submit it via
the Canvas learning platform. Questions are under development for both the VPH and Nutrition
concentrations. VPH comprehensive exam questions will be available in June 2023. Nutrition
concentration exam questions will not be available until Spring 2024.
This information is also provided in our Graduate Student Handbook (p. 33) and our departmental
website: https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/mph/
(Integrative Learning Experience)
96
Once students notify the MPH program director of their intention to take the comprehensive exam, they
are added to the Comprehensive Examination Canvas course site. Students are given an opportunity to
attend two exam preparation sessions (held via Zoom), one aimed at providing information on the
logistics of the exam (expectations, tips for success, Q&A, etc.) and the other aimed at improving and
polishing students’ writing skills. Each session topic is offered twice (one month before the exam) and
recorded and available via Canvas to students unable to attend the live sessions. On a designated date
and time (based on semester), the essay exam questions become visible to students. Students have 2
weeks to submit their completed essays via the Canvas learning platform, where the submissions are run
through a plagiarism & AI (Artificial Intelligence) checker, functions built into the Canvas platform.
The program director gathers all essays and disperses them among concentration faculty members with a
turnaround time of 2 weeks for review. Each essay is scored on a rubric, with a maximum of 50 points
(ERF D7.4 - Essay Rubric). Two concentration faculty review each essay, scores are summed, and the
average is taken. To pass, students must have a cumulative score of 70% or higher.
Students are notified of a pass/fail score (via a Pass/Fail form) usually within 2 weeks of exam
completion. If a student fails the exam, they are notified in writing (via email) and will need to schedule a
re-examination during the following semester. The university permits students one opportunity to retake
the exam. If a student does not successfully pass the exam on their second attempt, they are dismissed
from the program.
3) Provide documentation, including syllabi and/or handbooks that communicates integrative
learning experience policies and procedures to students.
Graduate Student Handbook, p.33 (ERF: D7.3_Graduate Handbook 23_24)
Comp Exam Information (ERF: D7.3_Comp_Exam_Infosheet)
Graduate Catalog 2022-2023. Non-Thesis-Option Comprehensive Exam
(https://catalog.utk.edu/content.php?catoid=35&navoid=4802&hl=comprehensive+exam&
returnto=search#masters_degree )
Student Instructions - Spring 2023 (ERF: D7.3 - Student Instructions - Spring 2023)
Student Expectations PowerPoint (ERF: D7.3 - Spring 2023 MPH Comprehensive Exam
Overview)
4) Provide documentation, including rubrics or guidelines that explains the methods through which
faculty and/or other qualified individuals assess the integrative learning experience with regard to
students’ demonstration of the selected competencies.
Essay Scoring Rubric- F
or Faculty Reviewers (ERF: D7.4 Essay Rubric). Two concentration faculty
members read and grade student essays. The same faculty members develop the questions and are
qualified to assess student submissions. Faculty reviewers are sent the grading rubric with associated
instructions to submit their assessments. Faculty do not discuss the responses. Results are submitted to
the MPH Program Director who calculates the final grade (based on an average of two reviews). If a
significant discrepancy exists, a meeting is convened with the faculty members and the Program Director
to review the exam. The student must have a cumulative score of 70% or greater to pass the exam.
5) Include completed, graded samples of deliverables associated with each integrative learning
experience option from different concentrations, if applicable. The program must provide at least
10% of the number produced in the last three years or five examples, whichever is greater.
We recently updated our ILE to include an all-essay, take-home exam (beginning in Spring 2023). In Spring
and Summer 2023, 26 students took the exam (11 CHE, 8 EPI, 5 HPM, 2 VPH). We have included 2 student
samples from each concentration as examples.
D7.5 CHE Essay Sample 1 Q1 & Q2; Reviewer Score
D7.5 CHE Essay Sample 2 Q1 & Q2; Reviewer Score
97
D7.5 EPI Essay Sample 1Q1 & Q2; Reviewer Score
D7.5 EPI Essay Sample 2 Q1 & Q2; Reviewer Score
D7.5 HPM Essay Sample 1 - Q1 & Q2; Reviewer Score
D7.5 HPM Essay Sample 2 - Q1 & Q2; Reviewer Score
D7.5 VPH Essay Sample 1 - Q1 & Q2; Reviewer Score
D7.5 VPH Essay Sample 2 - Q1 & Q2; Reviewer Score
6) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
The current comprehensive exam is more in alignment with our course offerings and CEPH ILE
requirements.
Take home ILE format provides flexibility for all students, particularly DE students who don’t have
to take time off work and may contribute to a quality product.
The current comprehensive exam is also more appropriate for learners with physical (sitting for
long periods of time) or learning limitations (focusing for long periods of time).
Weaknesses
Minimal experience (i.e., 2 semesters) to evaluate the current ILE format.
Plans
Evaluate ILE process on an on-going basis to identify strengths, weaknesses, and areas for
improvement.
Develop a test bank of questions for each concentration (CHE, EPI, HPM, NUTR, VPH) that can
be rotated between semesters.
Nutrition concentration essay questions will need to be drafted for our first cohort of students,
anticipated in Spring 2025.
98
D8. DrPH Integrative Learning Experience
Not applicable
99
D9. Public Health Bachelor’s Degree Foundational Domains
The requirements for the public health major or concentration provide instruction in the domains. The curriculum addresses these
domains through any combination of learning experiences throughout the requirements for the major or concentration coursework
(i.e., the program may identify multiple learning experiences that address a domainthe domains listed below do not each require a
single designated course).
If the program intends to prepare students for a specific credential, the curriculum must also address the areas of instruction
required for credential eligibility (e.g., CHES).
1) Provide a matrix, in the format of Template D9-1, that indicates the courses/experience(s) that ensure that students are exposed to each
of the domains indicated. Template D9-1 requires the program to identify the learning experiences that introduce and reinforce each
domain. Include a footnote with the template that provides the program’s definition of “introduced” and “covered.”
Template D9-1
Key
I = Introduced: The domain is discussed in at least one class or reviewed as part of covering more
advanced topics.
C = Covered: The content is central to the course learning outcomes. Usually material is covered during more than one class session. Student
learning is usually assessed.
Public Health
Domains
Course Number & Name
Select
Math
Course
s ^
Select
Biolo
gy
Cours
es*
PUBH
201:
Introduc
tion to
Public
Health
PUBH
202:
Introdu
ction to
Epidem
iology
PUBH 320:
Social and
Behavioral
Theories in
Public
Health
PUBH 336:
Introduction
to Research
Methods in
Public
Health
PUBH
340: Data
Managem
ent in
Public
Health
PUBH
400:
Compa
rative
Health
care
Syste
ms
PUBH
401:
Global
Public
Health
PUBH
420:
Environm
ental
Public
Health
Math/Quantitative Reasoning: Identify and apply the concepts and applications of basic statistics
Concepts of basic
statistics
I, C C I C
100
Applications of
basic statistics
I, C C C
Science: Address the foundations of biological and life sciences
Foundations of
biological & life
sciences
I, C
I I
Overview of Public Health: Address the history and philosophy of public health as well as its core values, concepts, and functions across
the globe and in society
Public health
history
C C I I
Public health
philosophy
C C I I I
Core PH values
C
I
I
I
C
I
Core PH concepts
C
I
I
C
C
I
Global functions of
PH
I I C
Societal functions
of PH
C C I C C I
Role and Importance of Data in Public Health: Address the basic concepts, methods, and tools of public health data collection, use, and
analysis and why evidence-based approaches are an essential part of public health practice
Basic concepts of
data collection
I I I C I
Basic methods of
data collection
I I C I
Basic tools of data
collection
I I C C
Data usage
C
C
C
I
C
Data analysis
C
I
C
Evidence-based
approaches
C C C I C C C
101
Identifying and Addressing Population Health Challenges: Address the concepts of population health, and the basic processes,
approaches, and interventions that identify and address the major health-related needs and concerns of populations
Population health
concepts
C I C C C C
Introduction to
processes &
approaches to
identify needs &
concerns of
populations
I I C I C
Introduction to
approaches &
interventions to
address needs &
concerns of
populations
I I C I C
Human Health: Address the underlying science of human health and disease including opportunities for promoting and protecting health
across the life course
Science of human
health & disease
I C I C I I
Health promotion
C
I
C
I
C
Health protection
C
I
C
I
C
Determinants of Health: Address the socio-economic, behavioral, biological, environmental, and other factors that impact human health
and contribute to health disparities
Socio-economic
impacts on human
health & health
disparities
C I C C C C
Behavioral factors
impacts on human
health & health
disparities
C I C I C
102
Biological factors
impacts on human
health & health
disparities
C I I I I C
Environmental
factors impacts on
human health &
health disparities
C I C C C C
Project Implementation: Address the fundamental concepts and features of project implementation, including planning, assessment, and
evaluation
Introduction to
planning concepts
& features
I C
Introduction to
assessment
concepts &
features
I C C
Introduction to
evaluation
concepts &
features
I C C
Overview of the Health System: Address the fundamental characteristics and organizational structures of the U.S. health system as well
as to the differences in systems in other countries
Characteristics &
structures of the
U.S. health system
C C I
Comparative
health systems
I C C
Health Policy, Law, Ethics, and Economics: Address the basic concepts of legal, ethical, economic, and regulatory dimensions of health
care and public health policy, and the roles, influences, and responsibilities of the different agencies and branches of government
Legal dimensions
of health care &
public health policy
C C
103
Ethical dimensions
of health care &
public health policy
C I I I
Economical
dimensions of
health care &
public health policy
I I C I
Regulatory
dimensions of
health care &
public health policy
C I C
Governmental
agency roles in
health care &
public health policy
C I C I
Health Communications: Address the basic concepts of public health-specific communication, including technical and professional
writing and the use of mass media and electronic technology
Technical writing
I I C
Professional
writing
I C I
Use of mass
media
C I I
Use of electronic
technology
C I I
* Select biology courses approved by the program (2 courses with a minimum of one laboratory course): BIOL 105, BIOL 106, BIOL 150, BIOL 159,
BIOL 160, BIOL 220, BIOL 229, BIOL 240
^ Select math courses approved by the program: MATH 115, STAT 201, STAT 207, MATH 125, MATH 141
104
2) Include the most recent syllabus from each course listed in Template D9-1, or written guidelines,
such as a handbook, for any required experience(s) listed in Template D9-1 that do not have a
syllabus.
The syllabi for the PUBH courses covering foundational topics are in the ERF D9.2. Syllabi: PUBH 201,
PUBH 202, PUBH 320, PUBH 336, PUBH 340, PUBH 400, PUBH 401, PUBH 420
3) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
The B
SPH degree exposes students to foundational topics in public health scholarship and
practice throughout multiple courses.
The domains required for the BSPH degree are integrated into each of the foundational public
health courses and throughout the complementary professional electives, solidifying student
exposure to these domains.
Four of the eight foundation courses required for the BSPH degree (PUBH 201, 202, 401, 420)
are long-standing and well-developed courses with robust assignments and rubrics that provide a
well-rounded foundation for the BSPH program.
Syllabi are standardized so that regardless of section, instructor, or semester, the public health
domains are introduced or covered.
Weaknesses
Four of the eight foundation public health courses (PUBH 220/320, 336, 340, and 400) are brand
new, which suggests there will be quality improvement opportunities.
Plans
The Undergraduate Public Health (UG PH) committee will monitor the courses for fidelity to the
public health domains.
105
D10. Public Health Bachelor’s Degree Foundational Competencies
Students must demonstrate the following competencies:
the ability to communicate public health information, in both oral and written forms,
through a variety of media and to diverse audiences
the ability to locate, use, evaluate and synthesize public health information
1) Provide a matrix, in the format of Template D10-1, that indicates the assessment activity for each
foundational competency.
Template D10-1
Competencies
Course
number(s) &
name(s) or other
educational
requirements
Specific assessment activity
Public Health Communication: Students
should be able to communicate public
health information, in both oral and written
forms and through a variety of media, to
diverse audiences
Oral communication
PUBH 489:
Practice
Experience
End of semester Evidence-based
public health presentation
Written communication
PUBH 401: Global
Public Health
Reaction essay on a global health
topic
Communicate with diverse
audiences
PUBH 202:
Introductory
Epidemiology
Students create an
epidemiological Infographic on a
health-related exposure or
outcome designed to reach
diverse audiences. As a group
project, group members are
assessed individually through
individual contributions
statements.
Communicate through
variety of media
PUBH 201:
Introduction to
Public Health
Students use a variety of media
technology platforms to create a
PSA video and associated written
information about a pressing
public health issue. Group
members are assessed
individually through self and peer
evaluation forms at each phase of
the assignment.
Information Literacy: Students should be
able to locate, use, evaluate and
synthesize public health information
Locate information
PUBH 320: Social
and Behavioral
Theories in Public
Health
Students search online to find a
local health department’s
Community Health Assessment
(CHA) report
Use information
PUBH 320: Social
and Behavioral
Students use their CHA to choose
a priority issue in a specific
106
Theories in Public
Health
community and develop a theory-
informed prevention plan
Evaluate information
PUBH 320: Social
and Behavioral
Theories in Public
Health
Students evaluate what
stakeholders to convene and
partnerships to mobilize to
address the health problem
Synthesize information
PUBH 320: Social
and Behavioral
Theories in Public
Health
PUBH 320: Summarize the
findings from a research article
and describe how the research
informs their prevention planning,
implementation, and evaluation in
the selected community
2) Provide supporting documentation for each assessment activity listed in Template D10-1.
Documentation should include the following, as relevant, for each listed assessment:
assignment instructions or guidelines as provided to students
writing prompts provided to students
sample exam question(s)
ER
F D10.2. Syllabi and Supporting Documentation: PUBH 201, PUBH 202, PUBH 320, PUBH 401, and
PUBH 489.*
* Aside from PUBH 489, PUBH course syllabi are presented in ERF D9.2. Most syllabi contain detailed
assignment instructions, though in a few cases (PUBH 201, 202 401, 420), we have provided additional
supporting documents to elaborate on assignments.
3) Include the most recent syllabus from each course listed in Template D10-1 (if not presented in
Criterion D9), or written guidelines, such as a handbook, for any required elements listed in
Template D10-1 that do not have a syllabus.
ERF D10.2. Syllabi and Supporting Documentation: PUBH 201, PUBH 320, PUBH 401, and PUBH 489.*
* Aside from PUBH 489, PUBH course syllabi are presented in ERF D9.2. Most syllabi contain detailed
assignment instructions, though in a few cases (PUBH 201, 401), we have provided additional supporting
documents to elaborate on assignments.
4) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
As suggested during our preliminary review, we have included only one example for each
row in table D10; however, the BSPH program provides ample opportunities across the
curriculum to strengthen public health communication skills.
The courses listed above incorporate oral and written communication components for
students to explore, investigate, reflect, and criticize historical and current major domestic
as well global public health issues/policies.
PUBH 489 is designated by the university as a VolCore (General Education requirements)
Applied Oral Communications Course
(AOC) as students demonstrate effective oral
communication within a specific discipline (e.g., public health).
Students participate in communication activities that help build their ability to locate, use,
ev
aluate, and synthesize public health information as well as teamwork experience and
skills during their four-year BSPH study.
107
Weaknesses
While the above listed courses build and strengthen students’ communication skills, the
channels for students to deliver public health-related information directly to local community
or various stakeholders are underexplored among our new courses, such as PUBH 320
and PUBH 489, which will be offered for the first time in spring 2023 and spring 2024,
respectively.
Plans
We will collect student and instructor feedback--especially from our new courses--to
explore channels and community partners that could provide real-world opportunities for
students to develop and demonstrate the foundational public health competencies.
108
D11. Public Health Bachelor’s Degree Cumulative and Experiential Activities
Students have opportunities to integrate, synthesize and apply knowledge through cumulative
and experiential activities. All students complete a cumulative, integrative, and scholarly or
applied experience or inquiry project that serves as a capstone to the education experience.
These experiences may include, but are not limited to, internships, service-learning projects,
senior seminars, portfolio projects, research papers or honors theses. Programs encourage
exposure to local-level public health professionals and/or agencies that engage in public
health practice.
1) Provide a matrix, in the format of Template D11-1, that identifies the cumulative and experiential
activities through which students integrate, synthesize, and apply knowledge as indicated.
Template D11-1
Cumulative and Experiential Activity
(internships, research papers, service-
learning projects, etc.)
Narrative describing how activity provides students
the opportunity to integrate, synthesize and apply
knowledge.
PUBH 201: PSA (Public Service
Announcement) Project
Students create a 30-50 second PSA video to engage a
priority population with a call to action for a pressing
public health issue. Students apply the evidence-based
public health approach (problem, etiology, and
recommendations) to research their topic using credible,
recent sources. Based on their research findings,
students select and integrate communication strategies
to reach their
intended audience. Students identify a
specific organization that would potentially show their
PSA.
PUBH 320: Theory-driven Community
Health Improvement Project
Students create a theory-drive prevention plan for a
specific population in a particular community. A multi-
phase, semester-long group project, students locate and
analyze real Community Health Assessment (CHA)
reports and Community Health Improvement Plans
(CHIP) from the Internet. Students select and apply a
theory or model discussed in class to
design a
community-based intervention to address a priority health
issue in a real community. Students submit written reports
as a culminating project and present key
recommendations to the class (oral presentation).
PUBH 315: Adolescent Health Promotion-
Individual Project
As an individual project, students create social media
(TikTok video or Instagram reel), fact sheet, or brochure
directed at adolescents to promote a particular aspect of
adolescent health. Students apply
an adolescent
development principle (i.e., developmentally appropriate
practice), theory (i.e., positive youth development), or
model (i.e., biopsychosocial model) to inform their
product. Students apply strategies from CDC's guide for
social media writing. Students submit a written reflection
and self-graded rubric to help synthesize key learning.
PUBH 315: Adolescent Health Prevention
Plan-Group Project
In assigned groups of 3 or 4, students select an
adolescent health issue, and then create a prevention
plan that includes a budget and evaluation plan. Students
deliver a 10-minute professional oral presentation where
each student presents a section. Students apply program
109
planning and evaluation skills through presentations that
use real-world data.
PUBH 340: Data Management Group
Project
Students apply concepts of statistics, data management,
and communication through a semester-
long group
project that culminates in an oral presentation and final
paper. Students compile and visualize public health data,
and then use it to inform public health practice.
PUBH 350: Photovoice Project on Aspects
of Aging
Students confer with an adult over the age of 65 to identify
a problem or asset in the community. Using photovoice
techniques, the student evaluates the problem and
prepares a report that synthesizes community factors,
built environment, and community perspective.
PUBH 489: Practice Experience
All students complete a required internship (i.e., health-
related practice experience) where they integrate,
synthesize, and apply knowledge at their selected field
site and in weekly class meetings. Students complete at
least 120 contact hours with a public health or health-
related organization relevant to student's career goals.
The course is designated by the university as an Applied
Oral Communications (AOC) as st
udents demonstrate
professional communication with diverse stakeholders at
their field site as well as during weekly class discussions
and oral presentations. Students frame reflection and
action using the public health code of ethics and
evidence-based pu
blic health approach to address a
health issue for a specific population.
2) Include examples of student work that relate to the cumulative and experiential activities.
See ERF D11-2 Student Samples
3) Briefly describe the means through which the program implements the cumulative experience and
field exposure requirements.
PSA Project:
During the PUBH 201 Introduction to Public Health course, students complete a semester-long,
investigative, creative project. PUBH 201 is offered year-round though it is typically taken during
freshman year or by fall of sophomore year. The course is designated by the university as an
Engaged Inquired (EI) course due to its real-world application and interdisciplinary application of
public health and communications. As described in the table, students may choose to work
individually or in groups of up to four to research a pressing public health issue using peer-reviewed
research articles and public health data and information sources such as CDC, County Health
Rankings, US Preventive Services Task Force, The Community Guide, etc. Students distill their
PSA’s main idea and call to action based on research findings. Then, students utilize effective
communication strategies from the textbook to create a detailed script that tailored to their priority
population. Students incorporate feedback on their script to produce a 30-50 second PSA video.
With instructor approval and student consent, the top videos are submitted to the Tennessee Public
Health Association (TPHA) Annual Student Video Challenge.
Theory-driven Community Health Improvement Plan:
PUBH 320 Social and Behavioral Theories in Public Health course is designated as an
Engaged
Inquiry (EI) course based on the real-world application and collaborative learning. Students work
110
in groups to apply a social or behavioral theory to design a community health improvement plan for
a specific community. Students choose real communities and examine existing health data through
County Health Rankings, existing Community Health Assessment reports, and other relevant local
data sources. Based on community health needs, student groups prioritize health issues and select
one issue to develop a multi-level, multi-sectoral community health improvement plan to address
the selected priority health issue. Students create a final report and deliver an oral presentation.
Adolescent Health Promotion-Individual Project:
During fall of junior year, students take the PUBH 315 Adolescent Health course, which is a required
concentration course for the public health major. Students begin by learning about the major
adolescent development and health models and theories. Subsequent sessions cover relevant
topics, such as social media use, substance use, sleep, obesity, mental health, etc. Around
midsemester, students apply their understanding of adolescent health development by creating a
relevant health promotion social media video or other material to integrate knowledge of positive
youth development and developmentally appropriate practices.
Adolescent Prevention Plan-Group Project:
At the end of the PUBH 315 Adolescent Health course, students deliver a group oral presentation
to outline a prevention plan aimed at promoting adolescent health and development. Whereas the
individual health promotion project allows students to generate messages directly to adolescents,
the group project entails developing a plan that could be implemented within a particular
organization or community. Students collaborate throughout the semester, starting with topic
identification. Students are given a limited amount of in-class time to work on their plan. Class
sessions often engage students on some of the knowledge and skills needed to complete their
prevention plan, such as being able to define the scope of an issue, apply developmentally
appropriate interventions, and evaluate the program. Guest speakers, such as the Adolescent
Health Public Health Educator from our local health department, provide real-world examples of
prevention program plans, including how to develop a budget and what are practical strategies for
evaluating a program.
Data Management-Group Project:
Taken during fall of junior year, students in PUBH 340 Data Management work in “research groups”
to illustrate their data management plan for a real-world data set, along with background
information, methods, results, and discussion. Students submit a written document and conduct an
oral presentation. Students use real-world data that benefits community partners. For example,
during fall 2022, which was the initial offering of the Data Management course, the instructor
partnered with a wellness coordinator from our university’s Center for Health Education and
Wellness (CHEW). CHEW needed help cleaning and managing data that regularly come in from
university students who are sanctioned for using alcohol or cannabis and must complete an online
intervention (e.g., eCHECKUP). Students received the data near the beginning of the semester
and worked on developing a data management plan throughout the semester. Oral presentations
and write-ups demonstrate students’ ability to compile and visualize real public health data and use
it to inform public health practice.
Photovoice Project:
Taken junior year, in PUBH 350 Aspects of Aging students collect and analyze evidence regarding
the lived experience of aging in modern society. As a creative application of relevant theories,
models, and ideas discussed during class, students take original photos to document and visually
convey aspects of aging.
Practice Experience:
As a new program, no public health majors have progressed to the internship yet. We will hire an
intern coordinator during late summer 2023 or early fall 2023. The first internship course offering
will be in spring 2024. During senior year, public health majors complete PUBH 489 which entails
at least 120 contact hours with a public health or health-related organization and weekly zoom class
sessions. With guidance from the intern coordinator, students are responsible for identifying and
111
securing their own field site. Students are exposed to potential community contact throughout their
public health coursework through guest speakers and other opportunities. After students secure a
site and complete necessary paperwork, the intern coordinator will facilitate weekly zoom class
sessions to support students in sense-making, learning, and reflecting on their site experiences
using the public health code of ethics as a framework for class discussion and oral presentations.
The new intern coordinator’s initial tasks will entail review and development of an internship
handbook (ERF D11.4), preceptor evaluation, and other procedural documents, as well as the
cultivation of field site contacts suitable for undergraduate public health students.
4) Include handbooks, websites, forms, and other documentation relating to the cumulative
experience and field exposure. Provide hyperlinks to documents if they are available online or
include electronic copies of any documents that are not available online.
See ERF D11-4 Syllabi and Supporting Documentation
112
D12. Public Health Bachelor’s Degree Cross-Cutting Concepts and Experiences
The overall undergraduate curriculum and public health major curriculum expose students to
concepts and experiences necessary for success in the workplace, further education, and
lifelong learning. Students are exposed to concepts through any combination of learning
experiences and co-curricular experiences.
1) Briefly describe, in the format of Template D12-1, of the manner in which the curriculum and co-
curricular experiences expose students to the identified concepts.
Template D12-1
Concept
Manner in which the curriculum and co-curricular
experiences expose students to the concepts*
Advocacy for protection and promotion of the
public’s health at all levels of society
Advocacy concepts are addressed in PUBH 201, 215,
320, 315, 340, 350, 400, 401, 420, 430, 440, and 489.
UT's Public Health Student Association (PHSA) advocates
for local public health issues.
Community dynamics
Community dynamics are discussed in PUBH 201, 320,
315, 330, 350, 400, 420, 440, and 489.
Critical thinking and creativity
All courses emphasize critical thinking and creativity,
particularly as it pertains to understanding and addressing
public health issues.
Cultural contexts in which public health
professionals work
Most courses include public health professionals who
provide guest lectures that highlight the particular work
they do, and students gain insight into how PH
professionals operate with the cultural parameters of their
organization, community, state, and country. The PUBH
389/489 internship gives students a deeper understanding
of public health work settings.
Ethical decision making as related to self and
society
Ethical decision making is explored in many classes and
emphasized in PUBH 201, 202, 336, 350, 400, 430, 440,
and 489.
Independent work and a personal work ethic
All classes entail independent work such as keeping up
with readings and individual projects. Personal work ethic
is emphasized in PUBH 489.
Networking
Networking is taught explicitly in PUBH 201, and students
have opportunities to network with guest speakers in most
classes and within their internship site (PUBH 489).
University and department events also offer networking
opportunities for students.
Organizational dynamics
Organizational dynamics are discussed in PUBH 400 and
489.
Professionalism
Professionalism is modeled and expected in all courses.
In PUBH 489, interns practice professional behaviors at
selected field sites.
Research methods
Research methods are introduced in PUBH 201 and 202
and covered in 336 and 340. PUBH 315 also exposes
students to research methods as course readings are
drawn from published research studies.
Systems thinking
Systems thinking is inherent to all PUBH courses. Starting
with PUBH 201, students learn the steps in systems
mapping and how to identify parts of a system (i.e.,
leverage points, bottle necks, and feedback loops). PUBH
400 and 440 emphasize systems thinking.
113
Teamwork and leadership
Teamwork and leadership abound in all courses,
particularly PUBH 320, 350, 440, and 489.
*Course titles include: PUBH 201 Introduction to Public Health, PUBH 202 Introductory Epidemiology, PUBH 320
Social and Behavioral Theories in Public Health, PUBH 315 Health of Adolescents, PUBH 336 Introduction to
Research Methods in Public Health, PUBH 340 Data Management in Public Health, PUBH 350 Public Health Aspects
of Aging, PUBH 400 Comparative Healthcare Systems, PUBH 401 Global Public Health, PUBH 420 Environmental
Public Health, PUBH 430 Suicide and Suicide Prevention Across the Lifespan, PUBH 440 Population Health, PUBH
489 Practice Experience
2) Provide syllabi for all required coursework for the major and/or courses that relate to the domains
listed above. Syllabi should be provided as individual files in the electronic resource file and
should reflect the current semester or most recent offering of the course.
D12-2 Syllabi: PUBH 201, PUBH 202, PUBH 320, PUBH 315, PUBH 336, PUBH 340, PUBH 350, PUBH
400, PUBH 401, PUBH 420, PUBH 430, PUBH 440, PUBH 489
3) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
Students are exposed to all cross-cutting concepts and experiences through course work
and exposure to guest speakers.
All courses include real-world data and real-world application.
Weaknesses
Because our undergraduate program is new, three courses were offered for the first time
in the 2022-2023 academic year (PUBH 320, 336, and 340), one course is being offered
for the first time in fall 2023 (PUBH 400), and two courses have not been taught yet
(PUBH 440 and 489).
Plans
As we roll out new courses, our undergraduate public health committee will integrate
feedback from students and faculty to assure courses satisfy the intended learning
outcomes and exposure to cross-cutting concepts and experiences.
114
D13. MPH Program Length
An MPH degree requires at least 42 semester-credits, 56 quarter-credits or the equivalent for
completion.
Programs use university definitions for credit hours.
1) Provide information about the minimum credit-hour requirements for all MPH degree options.
If the university uses a unit of academic credit or an academic term different from the
standard semester or quarter, explain the difference and present an equivalency in table or
narrative form.
The MPH degree requires a minimum of 42 credit hours.
https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/mph/
2) Define a credit with regard to classroom/contact hours.
One credit hour = approximately 3 hours of contact hours per week. This includes weekly instructional
time in the classroom and/or asynchronous learning /studying time. https://registrar.utk.edu/contact-hour-
requirements/
From the UTK Academic Graduate Catalog (Credit Hour Definition):
https://catalog.utk.edu/content.php?catoid=23&navoid=2827&hl=student-appea
ls-
procedures&returnto=search#Credit_Hour_Definition
The unit of credit is the semester credit hour. One credit hour represents an amount of instruction that
reasonably approximates both 50 minutes per week of classroom-based direct instruction and a minimum
of 2 hours per week of student work outside the classroom over a fall or spring semester.
115
D14. DrPH Program Length
Not applicable
116
D15. Bachelor’s Degree Program Length
A public health bachelor’s degree requires completion of a total number of credit units
commensurate with other similar degree programs in the university.
Programs use university definitions for credit hours.
1) Provide information about the minimum credit-hour requirements for all bachelor’s degree
options. If the university uses a unit of academic credit or an academic term different from the
standard semester or quarter, explain the difference and present an equivalency in table or
narrative form.
The BSPH degree requires a minimum of 120 credit hours, which is the equivalent university requirement
for all bachelor’s degrees.
2) Define a credit with regard to classroom/contact hours.
Per the university registrar, one credit hour is equivalent to 50 minutes per week for 14 weeks, or 700
contact minutes per semester. Three credit hours are equivalent to 150 minutes per week for 144 weeks
or 2,100 contact minutes per semester (https://registrar.utk.edu/contact-hour-requirements/
).
3) Describe policies and procedures for acceptance of coursework completed at other institutions,
including community colleges.
After a student is accepted to the university, the UT Office of Undergraduate Admissions Transfer Center
evaluates all undergraduate transfer coursework in collaboration with departmental faculty, department
heads, and undergraduate program coordinators. The process assures equivalency between content and
course learning outcomes. Transfer credit policies and procedures are available online
(https://registrar.utk.edu/for-transfer-students/transfer-credit-policies-and-procedures/
). Key aspects
include:
UT
accepts transfer credit from any two- or four-year accredited college, normally institutions with
regional accreditation in the United States.
Students from non-US colleges consult with transfer evaluates to assess eligibility.
Non-remedial courses without an exact equivalent are assigned lower division (LD) for 100-200
level or upper division (UD) for 300-400 level.
Students may appeal transfer credit evaluations by providing a syllabus, course outline, textbook,
and instructor information, which the associated academic department will review.
4) If applicable, provide articulation agreements with community colleges that address acceptance
of coursework.
Transfer students who have earned an associate’s degree at a Tennessee Board of Regents (TBR)
institution will have fulfilled the UT general education requirements (
https://registrar.utk.edu/for-tr
ansfer-
students/general-education-transfers/).
Transfer students may search the online course transfer equivalencies tables
(https://bannerssb.utk.edu/kbanpr/utk_trans_course_eqv.P_State_Inst
) to determine how courses
transfer to UT from other colleges and universities.
5) Pr
ovide information about the minimum credit-hour requirements for coursework for the major in
at least two similar bachelor’s degree programs in the home institution.
The College of Education, Health, and Human Sciences (CEHHS) at UTK offers 26 bachelor’s degrees
across 6 academic units: https://cehhs.utk.edu/undergraduate-majors/
117
Two similar bachelor’s degree programs offered by CEHHS are Kinesiology (BS) and Nutrition (BS). Both
programs require 120 credit hours.
Kinesiology: https://catalog.utk.edu/preview_program.php?catoid=34&poid=16747
Nutrition: https://catalog.utk.edu/preview_program.php?catoid=34&poid=18250
118
D16. Academic and Highly Specialized Public Health Master’s Degrees
Not applicable
119
D17. Academic Public Health Doctoral Degrees
Students enrolled in the unit of accreditation’s doctoral degree programs that are designed to
prepare public health researchers and scholars (e.g., PhD, ScD) complete a curriculum that is
based on defined competencies; engage in research appropriate to the degree program; and
produce an appropriately advanced research project at or near the end of the program of study.
These students also complete coursework and other experiences, outside of the major paper or
project, that substantively address scientific and analytic approaches to discovery and translation
of public health knowledge.
These students complete doctoral-level, advanced coursework and other experiences that
distinguish the program of study from a master’s degree in the same field.
The program defines appropriate policies for advancement to candidacy, within the context of the
institution.
Finally, students complete coursework that provides instruction in the foundational public health
knowledge at an appropriate level of complexity. This instruction may be delivered through online,
in-person or blended methodologies, but it must meet the following requirements while covering
the defined content areas.
The program identifies at least one required assessment activity for each of the foundational
public health learning objectives.
The program validates academic doctoral students’ foundational public health kno
wledge through
appropriate methods.
1) List the curricular requirements for each non-DrPH public health doctoral degree in the unit of
accreditation, EXCLUDING requirements associated with the final research project. The list must
indicate (using shading) each required curricular element that a) is designed expressly for
doctoral, rather than master’s students or b) would not typically be associated with completion of
a master’s degree in the same area of study.
The program may present accompanying narrative to provide context and information that aids
reviewers’ understanding of the ways in which doctoral study is distinguished from master’s-level
study. This narrative is especially important for institutions that do not formally distinguish
master’s-level courses from doctoral-level courses.
The PhD in Public Health Sciences program accepted its first cohort of students in Fall 2020. The
progr
am emphasizes contemporary research public health methods and student’s self-selected
specialization within public health. Students enrolled in the PhD in Public Health Sciences work toward
mastery in the following public health competencies:
1. Apply research methods to address health issues
2. Explore, critique, and apply evidence-based information from multiple sources to public health
issues
3. Propose theory-based strategies to promote inclusion and equity within public health programs,
policies, or systems
4. Communicate evidence-based public health information in diverse formats
PhD students without an MPH from a CEPH-accredited program or school must complete 20 credit hours
of Public Health Foundation courses:
PUBH 509, Public Health Seminar (2 semesters; 1 credit each)
PUBH 510, Environmental Health (3 credits)
120
PUBH 520, Health Systems, Policy, and Leadership (3 credits)
PUBH 530, Biostatistics (3 credits)
PUBH 537, Foundations of Program Evaluation (3 credits)
PUBH 540, Epidemiology (3 credits)
PUBH 552, Assessment and Planning (3 credits)
All PhD students complete 15 credit hours of PhD Core Courses. These include the following:
PUBH 630, Advanced Biostatistics (3 credits)
PUBH 635, Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (3 credits)
PUBH 640, Advanced Epidemiology in Public Health (3 credits)
PUBH 650, Dissemination and Implementation Science (3 credits)
PUBH 656, Comparative Theories in Health Behavior (3 credits)
PhD students also complete 9 credit hours for Cognate Courses for specialty training in a topical area
relevant to PhD student research interests. Cognate courses must be approved by major professor. The
cognate is a collection of coursework that reflects a theme relevant to the training and future career
aspirations of the student. These may be formal courses or independent study courses (again at the
graduate level). Public health or other relevant faculty members may direct independent study courses.
Students in collaboration with their faculty advisor will develop and propose a cognate in or before the
second year of the student’s doctoral coursework. PhD students complete 4 credit hours for electives.
All PhD students take 24 credit hours of Dissertation Credit (PUBH 600) to complete the dissertation.
PhD students who have earned an MPH from a CEPH accredited program may transfer 20-credits of
Public Health Foundations courses from their previous degree and supported by documented official
transcripts.
To meet program requirements, students must select courses in consultation with the student’s major
professor. Program totals are minimums, and some students may be required to complete additional
coursework to overcome background deficiencies or to increase skill in an area of identified
specialization.
Doctoral students may be given credit for equivalent courses already taken in a Master’s program.
Doctoral students with a Master’s degree must complete a minimum of 24 hours of graduate courses at
University of Tennessee (exclusive of course 600 Dissertation credit hours). Additional credit hours will be
determined to meet the required minimum of 30 credit hours set by Southern Association of Colleges and
Schools Commission on Colleges. (The SACSCOC minimum 30 credit hours may include dissertation
credit hours).
2) Provide a matrix, in the format of Template D17-1, that indicates the assessment activity for each
of the foundational public health learning objectives listed above (1-12). Typically, the school or
program will present a separate matrix for each degree program, but matrices may be combined
if requirements are identical.
Template D17-1
Content Coverage for Academic Doctoral Degree in a Public Health Field (SPH and PHP, if
applicable)
Content
Course number(s) and
name(s)
Describe specific assessment
opportunityⁿ
1. Explain public health history,
philosophy, and values
PUBH 509 Graduate
Seminar in Public Health
Discussion Board
2. Identify the core functions of public
health and the 10 Essential Services*
PUBH 509 Graduate
Seminar in Public Health
Discussion Board
121
3. Explain the role of quantitative and
qualitative methods and sciences in
describing and assessing a
population’s health
PUBH 509 Graduate
Seminar in Public Health
Discussion Board
4. List major causes and trends of
morbidity and mortality in the US or
other community relevant to the
school or program
PUBH 509 Graduate
Seminar in Public Health
Discussion Board
5. Discuss the science of primary,
secondary, and tertiary prevention in
population health, including health
promotion, screening, etc.
PUBH 509 Graduate
Seminar in Public Health
Discussion Board
6. Explain the critical importance of
evidence in advancing public health
knowledge
PUBH 509 Graduate
Seminar in Public Health
Discussion Board
7. Explain effects of environmental
factors on a population’s health
PUBH 509 Graduate
Seminar in Public Health
Discussion Board
8. Explain biological and genetic
factors that affect a population’s
health
PUBH 509 Graduate
Seminar in Public Health
Discussion Board
9. Explain behavioral and
psychological factors that affect a
population’s health
PUBH 509 Graduate
Seminar in Public Health
Discussion Board
10. Explain the social, political, and
economic determinants of health and
how they contribute to population
health and health inequities
PUBH 509 Graduate
Seminar in Public Health
Discussion Board
11. Explain how globalization affects
global burdens of disease
PUBH 509 Graduate
Seminar in Public Health
Discussion Board
12. Explain an ecological perspective
on the connections among human
health, animal health, and ecosystem
health (e.g., One Health)
PUBH 509 Graduate
Seminar in Public Health
Discussion Board
3) Provide supporting documentation for each assessment activity listed in Template D17-1.
Documentation should include the following, as relevant, for each listed assessment:
assignment instructions or guidelines as provided to students
writing prompts provided to students
sample exam question(s)
The s
yllabus for PUBH 509 is provided in ERF D17.3. The ERF also provides a sample discussion board
prompt to students in PUBH 509 (D17.3 PUBH 509 Discussion Board Prompt)
122
4) Provide a matrix, in the format of Template D17-2, that lists competencies for each relevant degree and concentration. The matrix
indicates how each competency is covered in the curriculum. Typically, the program will present a separate matrix for each concentration.
Note: these competencies are defined by the program and are distinct from the introductory public health learning objectives defined in
this criterion.
Template D17-2
Coverage of Competencies for PhD in Public Health Sciences
Competency
Course number(s) or other educational
requirements
Specific Assessment Opportunity
1. Apply research methods to address health issues
PUBH 630, 635, 640
PUBH 630: Statistical Analysis Project
PUBH 635: Individual Research Project
and Presentation
PUBH 640: Final Paper (compare and
contrast two distinct epidemiological
approaches addressing public health
research question)
2. Explore, critique, and apply evidence-based
information from multiple sources to public health
issues
PUBH 635, 650
PUBH 635: Homework Assignments 1-6;
PUBH 650: Final Grant Proposal
3. Propose theory-based strategies to promote
inclusion and equity within public health programs,
policies, or systems
PUBH 650, 656
PUBH 650: Specific Aims; Research
Strategy; Final Grant Proposal;
PUBH 656: Concept Mapping;
Intervention Program Assignment
4. Communicate evidence-based public health
information in diverse formats
PUBH 630, PUBH 635
PUBH 630: Statistical Analysis Project;
PUBH 635: Individual Research Projects;
Student Presentation
123
Provide supporting documentation that clearly identifies how the school or program ensures that students
complete a curriculum based on defined competencies. Documentation may include detailed course
schedules or outlines to selected modules from the learning management system that identify the
relevant assigned readings, lecture topics, class activities, etc.)
Syllabi for each PhD course are provided in ERF D17.5. PhD students, and faculty who serve as primary
advisors for PhD students also annually receive a PhD Curriculum Progress List (ERF D17.5 Syllabi and
Supporting Documentation).
5) Briefly explain how the program ensures that the instruction and assessment in introductory
public health knowledge is generally equivalent to the instruction and assessment typically
associated with a three semester-credit course.
Each semester credit hour is equivalent to 3-hour
s of instructional and assessment time. All doctoral
students must complete 20 credits of foundational public health coursework, equivalent to 60 hours of
instruction. This is equivalent or exceeds the instruction and assessment typically associated with a
three semester-credit course. These 20 credits of foundational public health coursework ensure student
competency across foundations of public health and include Environmental Health (PUBH 510; 3
credits), Health Systems, Policy and Leadership (PUBH 520; 3 credits), Biostatistics (PUBH 530; 3
credits), Epidemiology (PUBH 540; 3 credits), Fundamentals of Program Evaluation (PUBH 537; 3
credits) and Assessment and Planning (PUBH 552; 3 credits). They also are required to take 2
semesters of the MPH seminar (PUBH 509; 1 credit each). Prior to beginning six-hundred level, doctoral
courses, doctoral students complete 20 credit hours of public health foundational training.
6) Identify required coursework and other experiences that address the variety of public health
research methods employed in the context of a population health framework to foster discovery
and translation of public health knowledge and a brief narrative that explains how the instruction
and assessment is equivalent to that typically associated with a three-semester-credit course.
Typically, the school or program will present a separate list and explanation for each degree
program, but these may be combined if requirements are identical.
Doctoral students completing a PhD in Public Health Sciences at the University of Tennessee Knoxville,
Depar
tment of Public Health, complete five courses in the form of 15 credits hours that address the
variety of public health research methods employed in population health. These include Advanced
Biostatistics (PUBH 630; 3 credits), Advanced Epidemiological Methods (PUBH 640; 3 credits),
Dissemination and Implementation Science (PUBH 650; 3 credits), Systematic Reviews and Meta
Analyses (PUBH 635; 3 credits), and Comparative Theories in Health Behavior (PUBH 656; 3 credits).
These courses are designed to prepare students for rigorous empirical discovery and the ability to
translate population health frameworks and public health knowledge to action to benefit public health.
Each course is delivered in person, face-to-face format. Faculty’s pedagogical approaches vary to a
degree that reflects individualized public health training and personality differences but include a mix of
didactic and experiential pedagogical strategies.
Doctoral Seminar, PUBH 609:
Brief Narrative: The doctoral seminar is designed for doctoral student professional development and
socialization. The course is a one-credit hour course and is taken sequentially over two semesters. The
first semester involves introducing new doctoral students to academic and scholarly expectations, annual
productivity assessments, faculty areas of expertise, publication expectations, authorship issues,
diversity, equity, and inclusion topics relevant to public health research, and abstract preparation for
national conferences. The second semester involves addressing topics such as creating and maintaining
a sustainable and productive scholarly writing schedule, manuscript review/critiques processes for
journals, grant writing expectations and processes, job seeking practices and preparation, and inclusive
teaching practices.
Assessment: In the first semester of doctoral seminar students:
124
Prepare an Individual Development Plan that helps them to identify their scholarly skills, areas of
strengths, areas for training and improvement, and goals for the next academic year.
Students must share and discuss the development plan with their primary mentor for planning
purposes. This development plan is intended to be updated annually and used as one tool for
completing self-assessment.
Students also complete weekly discussion questions from the assigned readings.
In the second semester of doctoral seminar, students:
Complete an article critique that mimics a manuscript review for peer review.
Learn and present an inclusive teaching approach that includes a didactic and experiential
teaching component.
Advanced Biostatistics, PUBH 630:
Brief Narrative: Biostatistics is the application of statistics to biological problems. This course offers
advanced instruction in biostatistics, including the application of advanced inferential statistical methods
to public health practice. This course covers a variety of multivariable modeling approaches, data
management, and analysis planning and development.
Assessment: Students will be evaluated during the semester according to the following elements:
1. Homework: Homework assignments will be done with your consulting group and will move the
group toward completion of their consulting assignment.
2. Labs: Lab assignments will focus on the practical application of statistical concepts using SAS
software. Students will get full points for labs if every question is attempted and they are turned in
via Canvas on time.
3. Statistical Analysis Project: This project will entail working with your consulting group to help a
clinical investigator client to: define a health-related research question in terms of objectives and
testable hypotheses, identifying appropriate data sets and variables within the given parameters,
developing a comprehensive statistical analysis plan that includes advanced statistical techniques
(including multivariable regression), reviewing the literature, conducting an original (advanced)
quantitative data analysis, making relevant inference and appropriate interpretations based on the
analysis, identifying key strengths and limitations of the analysis, and include with a discussion of
the implications of these results to public health practice and future research. The final report will
include a plain language summary that translates their research and findings to be communicated
to a lay audience. Finally, groups will present their analyses in class for class feedback.
4. Final exam: A final exam will be given during the final exam period. This exam will be an open
book/take-home exam that includes a mixture of multiple choice, short answer, calculations,
true/false, matching questions, and SAS coding. The final will cover all material presented in the
course, from readings and lecture materials to homework and lab materials.
Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses, PUBH 635
Brief Narrative: Systematic reviews and meta-analyses are important components of the epidemiologist’s
toolbox. They often provide the foundations for understanding the state of current research on a given
exposure-outcome relationship and may offer opportunities for future research topics. This is a three-credit
course.
Assessment:
1. Homework assignments will be due at intervals throughout the semester (see course schedule for
dates). These assignments are related to individual and group projects and are intended to keep the
student on track. Homework will be graded pass/fail. Due dates are marked in the course schedule. Each
Homework assignment will be worth 50points each (300points total) and account for 35%of the final
grade.
a.Homework 1:Systematic review topics/research questions.
b.Homework 2:Search strategy.
c.Homework 3:Data extraction tool.
d.Homework 4:Quality assessment.
125
e.Homework 5:Assessing biases.
f.Homework 6:Meta-analysis plan.
2.Discussions, Guest Lecture/Discussions, and Practice Activities focus on a more practical application of
key concepts or methods using a case-study as a framework. The discussions and practice activities are
organized using the principles of problem-based (cooperative) learning. It enables the student to become
more involved with the course material and to articulate their understanding of this material through
problem-solving exercises. The student will need to prepare for the group discussions and practice
activities in advance by completing the course readings and other activities outlined on the course
schedule, which will be updated throughout the semester (i.e., assignments steaming from our Practice
Activates will be added as the semester unfolds). We will also use discussions/practices activities to
advance the individual project. Participation in these discussions and practice activities (i.e., 20points
each; 16 total discussions and activities; 320 points total) will account for 20% of the final grade.
3.Individual research projects are intended to provide the student with the practical application of skills
and methods learned in class. The student is expected to have a full study protocol completed by the end
of the semester; it is worth 25% of the final grade (300 points total).
4.The student presentation is in-class at the end of the semester (see course schedule) and will be a
summary of the individual project. Presentations are worth 20% of the final grade (200 points total).
Students will present their individual projects (review protocols); including justification, search strategy,
and analysis plan, and answer questions.
Advanced Epidemiological Methods, PUBH 640:
Brief Narrative: Epidemiology is the study of the distribution and determinants of health-related outcomes
at the population level. Topics to be addressed include: measures of disease, measures of effect, sources
of error, screening and clinical epidemiology, survival analysis, advanced methodological issues unique to
the observational (e.g., cohort, case control) and experimental (e.g., randomized controlled trials,
crossover trials) study designs most commonly utilized in public health practice and research, and causal
inference.
Assessment:
Problem sets & Lab assignments
Submit (i.e., upload to the course CANVAS site) your completed Problem sets and Lab assignments as a
single Word document or PDF file with your last name and which problem set or lab number it included is
as the file name (e.g., ‘Ehrlich_problemset1’). Problem sets and Lab assignments due dates are
displayed on the course schedule. Show all of your work (for questions requiring calculations by hand/on
paper, you can insert photos of hand-written work). The answers key will be posted to Canvas soon after
the Problem set/Lab assignment is due.
Please note that you get points for attempting the Problem sets and Lab assignments. We do not expect
students to get the correct answer on their first try and strongly recommend working on the Problem sets
with classmates (i.e., as a PUBH 640 study group).
Exams
The Midterm Exam will be an in-class exam and the Final Exam will be a take home exam, see the
course schedule for exam dates and exam review session dates.
Final Presentation
The Final Presentation will be introduced when we return from spring break. Briefly, the Final
Presentation includes a 10-minute talk, with PowerPoint slides, followed by questions from the instructor,
GTA, and your classmates. For the Final Presentation, students must identify: a single Specific Aim for a
health-related research proposal (i.e., to NIH), two peer-reviewed manuscripts that support the scientific
rationale for their Specific Aim, and a description of the general strengths and weaknesses of the two
manuscripts and the scientific rationale presented. Our final two class meetings will be for students
presentations.
126
Dissemination and Implementation Science, PUBH 650
Brief Narrative: There is a substantial gap between public health innovations and delivery of innovation in
routine practice. Dissemination and implementation science is a means of addressing this gap and is
defined as, “the scientific study of methods to promote the systematic uptake of research findings and
other evidence-based practices” to improve the quality-of-service delivery in routine care settings (Eccles
& Mittman, 2006). It includes the study of influences on professional and organizational behavior that
impact implementation effectiveness. This course will provide an overview of the core theories and
methods in implementation research and practice. It will introduce students to guiding conceptual
frameworks; barriers, facilitators, and implementation strategies at the intervention, individual,
organizational, and policy levels; core issues related to sustainment and scale-up; and designs and
methods to evaluate implementation research and practice efforts. Three basic themes will be
emphasized: 1) the importance of understanding context in which implementation occurs and the diverse
factors that can influence implementation; 2) the variety of strategies that can be used to increase the
adoption of programs and interventions or innovations in practice; and 3) the intended and unintended
consequences that may accompany the program implementation. In addition to course readings and
individual assignments, regular course meetings will facilitate learning.
The final course assignment is equally conceptual as pragmatic. Students will design and write a
fundable application (grant proposal) in which they identify an implementation project that they are
interested in conducting. The goal is for students to begin exploring in detail a specific project idea that is
immediately relevant to their professional goals. The proposal will also provide an opportunity to begin
developing proposal writing skills.
Assessment:
Each of our 3-hour class meetings will involve a 1.5-hour discussion about concepts presented course
readings, and 1.5 hours for writing, and review and providing constructive and critical written feedback to
our colleagues about each section of the proposal. Discussion of the reading will emphasize the threshold
concepts presented by each chapter and presentation and discussion about specific expectations for the
content to be included in each section of the grant proposal we will write.
Students will arrive to course meetings on time and having read the days assigned materials. Students
will participate in class meetings via Zoom and will have the technology and connectivity required for
synchronous sessions. This will include at a minimum some video and full audio capacity for maximum
participation. If there are limitations regarding video streaming, please contact the instructor in advance
for solution making and maximum inclusion for all students. Students will participate in synchronous
sessions in a quiet, private location. Coffee shops are not preferred, although if these are the only options
available, please discuss this in advance with the instructor to ensure maximum participation and
establish technology settings that reduce noise and visual distractions. Students will wear clothing that is
appropriate and is in step with expectations for in-person, in-seat courses. Please also be sure that
surroundings and background content are not distracting to fellow classmates and instructors.
Feedback to Classmates/Colleagues (20 points): During each class meeting you will read
sections of the developing proposal and provide thoughtful, rational, course focused, feedback for
each proposal section. This will begin on day 2 and continue throughout the semester. Then after
the final feedback is given, you will evaluate your colleague’s feedback and submit it on canvas.
Specific Aims Page (10 points): This assignment is the first document in a grant proposal and is
meant to communicate very concise background, goals, expected outcomes and impact of the
proposed research.
Dissemination and Implementation Framework Selection (10 points): The selection of an
implementation framework has tremendous implications for how a particular project is
approached. A thoughtfully selected framework can highlight factors that may influence
implementation, guide implementation processes, and inform measurement. Yet selecting an
appropriate implementation framework is not easy; there are numerous frameworks described in
the literature. This assignment provides an opportunity to explore implementation frameworks that
may be relevant to your developing proposal and to consider the implications of selecting a
particular framework or frameworks for your project.
127
Research Strategy: Significance Section (10 points): This section of the grant proposal should
include the following subsections: importance of the problem to be addressed; Rigor of prior
research supporting the aims presented in the aims page (this is where you cite the published
evidence; organize this by your aims); Significance of the expected research contribution.
Innovation of your project and its methodological approach.
Research Strategy: Approach Section (10 points): In this section you will provide a brief
introduction, research design, expected outcome, and potential problem/alternative strategy for
each of the aims you list in your aims page.
Final Project Proposal (20 points): For the final assignment, you will assemble the full project
proposal for an implementation research project of your choice. The range of acceptable projects
is broad; ideally, your proposal will provide a foundation for your future work. Our other course
assignments up to this point have been intended to facilitate completion of this assignment.
Final Proposal Presentation: On the last day of class, you will give a 30-minute presentation of
your proposal including developed background, and methods sections. This should include the
presentation of relevant literature and existing gaps your project will fill, specific aims, and
methods including study design, sampling, measures, analyses.
Comparative Theories in Health Behavior, PUBH 656
Brief Narrative: Theoretical models of health behavior; analysis, synthesis, and discussion of historical,
contemporary and cross-cultural relevance of models; application of theory to research, prevention and
intervention in public health; critical reading and evaluation of theory-based research on health behavior.
Assessment:
Reflection Papers: You are required to write eight short reaction papers throughout the semester. The
topics of these papers are the broad topics discussed in class. The purpose of these reaction papers is to
make you all think outside and beyond what you have read for each class day. Hence these are not
regurgitation of weekly readings. Some examples of these short papers would be methodological or
theoretical inconsistencies, alternative explanations to their findings, etc. Each paper should be a
maximum of 2 pages, double-spaced and typed with adequate page margins. Due dates of each
reflection paper are mentioned below under “Tentative Schedule”. Each reflection paper is worth 25
points each for a total of 200 points.
Class Presentations: Two presentations are scheduled for this semester. The first presentation is based
on the application of secondary data to a selected theory of your choice. The second presentation will
focus more on the development of survey questions to reflect the theoretical components of your theory.
Each student/group will discuss the selected theoretical approach and present a scenario where the
selected theory can be applied in addressing a public health problem in our society. You will have 15-20
minutes for the presentation followed by 5-10 minutes for the discussion. The class presentation is worth
50 points each to a total of 100 points.
Attendance and Participation: Class attendance and participation in discussions are important.
Participation in class discussions and engagement is equally important as turning-in all assignments on
time. Missing classes will have an adverse effect on your final grade in this class. Participation and
attendance are worth 50 points.
Final Paper: Each student will be asked to conceptualize a health intervention using a specific public
health problem in an at-risk target population and utilize one specific health behavior theory or model of
their choice. The emphasis here is to develop a broader understanding in using theoretical framework in
addressing a public health problem. Further details of the paper will be discussed in class. The final paper
is worth 100 points.
7) Briefly summarize policies and procedures relating to production and assessment of the final
research project or paper.
128
The final research project/paper is the doctoral dissertation. Prior to beginning the doctoral dissertation, a
student must complete the comprehensive exam (dissertation proposal) process. The dissertation
proposal is made up of a written and an oral component. The written component of the doctoral
dissertation proposal assesses a student’s ability to accurately and adequately communicate the
importance of their research question(s), describe a research plan, and discuss the strengths and
limitations of the chosen design and possible alternative strategies to address the research questions.
The student’s academic advisor and dissertation committee members will grade the dissertation proposal
(comprehensive exam). The exam is graded Pass/Fail, with a minimum total score of 18 points out of 25
for the Comprehensive Exam/Dissertation Proposal considered passing. Written feedback will be
provided to the student to further mastery and synthesis of concepts. If the student does not pass the
written exam on their first attempt, they will have the option to re-write the exam for a second attempt. If
the student does not pass the exam after two attempts, they must exit the program. The rubric is provided
in ERF D.17.8 Comprehensive Exam Rubric.
The final doctoral dissertation paper/project includes an oral and written component. The written and oral
components of the doctoral dissertation directly assess a student’s ability to communicate the importance
of research questions, describe a research plan, synthesize and interpret findings, and discuss strengths
and limitations of study and implications of the results for both future research and public health practice
accurately and adequately.
After the final dissertation paper/project is completed, the student, in consultation with the Dissertation
Committee Chair, will schedule a final oral examination, which will include an oral presentation of the
completed written dissertation. At least one week prior to the scheduled oral examination, the student
must submit the Dissertation Defense Scheduling form to the Graduate School, available on the UTK
Graduate School website. All Doctoral Committee members must participate in the oral examination,
which is also open to any faculty and students. People outside the university may also be invited to the
oral examination. Upon successful completion of the final oral examination, a final electronic copy of the
dissertation must be submitted to and accepted by the Graduate School. Because dissertations are so
specialized and unique, no rubric is used. It is up to the dissertation committee's discretion to determine if
the student has met all requirements to pass this academic milestone.
8) Provide links to handbooks or webpages that contain the full list of policies and procedures
governing production and assessment of the final research project or paper for each degree
program.
The University of Tennessee Department of Public Health provides annually updated Graduate Student
Hand
book on our website (https://publichealth.utk.edu/current-students/forms_docs/). This is also
available as a PDF in ERF (D17.9 Graduate Handbook 23_24). The University of Tennessee Graduate
School provides updated instructions and requirements for dissertations on their website
(https://gradschool.utk.edu/academics/graduation/theses-and-dissertations/
).
9) Include completed, graded samples of deliverables associated with the advanced research
project. The program must provide at least 10% of the number produced in the last three years or
five examples, whichever is greater.
Two products are provided in ERF D17.10. There are only two because we began our PhD in Public
Health Sciences in July 2020, and we received notification of CEPH accreditation for this program in
August 2021. Since the program’s inception and accreditation, two students have graduated from our
program (Singh and Schwartz). We expect that one additional PhD student will complete and pass their
dissertation defense in Spring 2023 (Khan). Fourteen doctoral students have enrolled in the PhD in
Public Health Sciences program. We fully anticipate that students will continue to successfully advance
through the program, complete their degrees, and provide dissertation products.
The two samples provided are the final versions which have been reviewed by the entire committee with
all comments addressed and required revisions completed and submitted to TRACE (UTK electronic
129
dissertation repository, https://trace.tennessee.edu). See ERF D.17.10 Student Samples
Singh_Dissertation and Schwartz_Dissertation.
10) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
Fac
ulty topical and methodological expertise are closely aligned with the coursework provided in
the PhD program.
All faculty accept students that share closely aligned research interests and activities.
We conduct annual assessments of student progress across all three of our specific learning
outcomes using a triangulated approach (students self-assessment, advisor assessment, and
other faculty assessment). The three learning outcomes are: 1) Students will demonstrate
mastery of scientific and technical writing; 2) Students will verbally respond to scientific questions
clearly and accurately; 3) Students will demonstrate mastery of complex scientific and technical
issues relevant to the student’s area of research. A standardized rubric is used to assess student
progress annually across these outcomes. Students’ progress from “emerging” to “intentional” to
“professional” to “mastered” throughout their degree process. Currently, all sixteen of our enrolled
students are actively progressing through the learning outcomes. This assessment is synthesized
and shared with the student with suggestions for areas to continue improving.
The program supports PhD students in their development toward completing the advanced
research project/dissertation by providing them with the high-quality professional development
and academic training opportunities that are necessary to advance in their programs to
completion and submission of the advanced research project/dissertation. These supports include
research opportunities with faculty in the department, professional development opportunities,
local and regional conference, and research meeting attendance.
Weaknesses
None.
Plan
To ensure we are meeting student needs across professional and academic dimensions toward
completing of the advanced research project/dissertation, we also plan to implement an annual,
anonymous PhD student satisfaction and needs survey. This will provide students an additional
opportunity to share their needs and identify gaps in opportunities needed to support student’s
capacity to complete their advanced research project/dissertation. We will implement the student
survey in the 2023-2024 academic year.
130
D18. All Remaining Degrees
Not applicable.
131
D19. Distance Education
The university provides needed support for the program, including administrative,
communication, information technology and student services.
There is an ongoing effort to evaluate the academic effectiveness of the format, to assess learning
methods and to systematically use this information to stimulate program improvements.
Evaluation of student outcomes and of the learning model are especially important in institutions
that offer distance learning but do not offer a comparable in-residence program.
1) Identify all public health distance education degree programs and/or concentrations that offer a
curriculum or course of study that can be obtained via distance education. Template Intro-1 may
be referenced for this purpose.
The current MPH program includes four fully distance education (DE) concentrations:
Community Health Education
Epidemiology
Health Policy and Management
Veterinary Public Health
The undergraduate and PhD programs do not offer distance degree programs or concentrations.
2) Describe the public health distance education programs, including
a) an explanation of the model or methods used,
Foundational and concentration courses are offered during the fall, spring, and summer semesters. DE
MPH students access lectures, assignments, and other resources through the course site within the UTK
Canvas system. Each course has a dedicated Canvas course site where students can view their grades
and communicate with the instructor and other students enrolled in the course.
Synchronous requirements differ by course and the needs of students. Courses that require a high level
of student support include weekly one-hour synchronous sessions, while other courses meet as needed
or are completely asynchronous. The need for synchronous sessions is assessed each semester by the
faculty and adjusted as indicated by the course material and student feedback. Additionally, faculty offer
virtual office hours to provide individual assistance and guidance for students.
b) the program’s rationale for offering these programs,
The DE MPH program was created to provide an option for working professionals who need greater
flexibility than traditional programs, or who are unable to relocate to complete a graduate degree. The
online modality reaches adults who are already in the workforce and wish to earn an MPH to either
progress in their current workplace or seek new employment.
The adoption of an online program aligns with the strategic vision of the university
(https://www.utk.edu/vision), which has the stated educational objectives:
Provide learners at all levels with opportunities to engage in rich learning and in scholarship that
is collaborative, inquiry-based, experiential, affordable, and relevant
Deliver educational opportunities that are responsive to the needs of learners
Support curricular innovations that align with 21st-century workforce needs and our research
strengths and priorities
Ensure that the programs we offer are accessible to communities across Tennessee and beyond
132
For non-traditional students, offering a distance education option for the MPH program allows the
Department a way to achieve these institutional objectives.
Additionally, the adoption of an online program aligns with the vision of the College of Education, Health,
and Human SciencesGoal 1: Develop world-class programs designed for the needs of today and the
future and develop outstanding teaching of faculty for these programs, for the purposes of increasing
student enrollment and greater student success. One of the ways that the college expresses this goal is
through the development of “online programs (majors, minors, certificates) for all appropriate face-to-face
programs.”
c) the manner in which it provides necessary administrative, information technology and
student support services,
Administrative
Students are assisted by the staff within the department, many of whom also support the on-campus
MPH students. Assistance with course registration, completion of program paperwork, and information
about program resources is provided by faculty advisors, the MPH Program Director, the Applied Practice
Experience (APEX) Coordinator, and office support staff.
Information Technology
DE MPH students have access to the UTK OIT (Office of Information Technology) Department
(https://oit.utk.edu/), which operates a Helpdesk that is accessible through phone, online chat, or a ticket
system. Students can contact OIT for assistance with computer problems, questions about software, or
Canvas support. Also, students can download software using the UTK OIT software download site.
Student Support Services
Upon acceptance into the program, each DE MPH student is assigned a faculty advisor. Advisors are
assigned according to concentration within the program. Faculty advisors assist with course planning,
registration, and candidacy paperwork, and any other academic assistance that students may need.
A Student Support Coach is assigned exclusively to distance education students to help year-round to
answer questions and provide general support. The Student Support Coach also assists with enrichment
opportunities such as weekly study groups via Zoom, offering a virtual student union, and professional
development such as the EndNote Clinics held during the fall 2022 semester.
An online student advising site has been created within Canvas to provide students with information
about university policies and expectations, guidance for navigating the learning management system,
preparing for success, and academic planning.
All students have access to Student Disability Services to address accommodations that will help them
succeed and have full access to the UTK library system through the university website. The Office of
Online Learning & Academic Programs has partnered with LifeWorks to provide all Distance Education
(DE) students with 24/7 remote mental health and wellbeing support using the MySPP program. Students
can access online mental health and wellness support guides and can also connect in real time with
clinical professionals who are experienced in helping students cope with the unique challenges they face.
This program is offered at no cost to our Distance Education students and aims to support the wellbeing
and retention of students enrolled in a UTK Distance Education program.
d) the manner in which it monitors the academic rigor of the programs and their equivalence
(or comparability) to other degree programs offered by the university, and
The DE MPH degree is in its second year. Some courses are being offered for the first time in both 22-23
and the 23-34 academic years. As such, we have limited experience and data to make comparisons with
other programs regarding rigor of the program. The APC (Academic Program Committee) is monitoring
student performance, input from the college Curriculum Review Committee, and student perceptions of
133
challenge (of the curriculum). We expect to have our first graduates of the DE MPH degree in summer
2023.
e) the manner in which it evaluates the educational outcomes, as well as the format and
methods.
The manner in which the educational outcomes are measured are the same as the methods used for the
campus-based MPH degree. We do this through our reporting to the Southern Association of Colleges
and Schools Commission on Colleges (SACSCOC), graduation rates and student perceptions.
SACSCOC reporting requirements include at least three student learning outcomes measured with
developed assessment tools. Outcome 1. Students will demonstrate readiness for professional practice in
health-related settings includes a self-assess of competency for each of the 21 foundational
competencies at the beginning of the program and at the end through a Qualtrics Survey. The analysis
determines if a statistically significant difference exists from start to completion of the program.
Outcome 2, Students will demonstrate critical thinking & problem-solving abilities reflecting integration of
public health competencies, reports results of the Comprehensive Exam. All students, on-campus or
distance education take the same Comprehensive Exam. Students are granted access to the
comprehensive examination questions through Canvas by using their unique UTK user ID. The exam is a
“take-home” essay exam.
Students at the graduate level are required to maintain acceptable academic performance. The program
follows the guidance of the Graduate School, which requires a cumulative GPA of 3.0. This is monitored
by the program and the Graduate School. Action is taken if the cumulative GPA falls below 3.0.
A Qualtrics alumni survey is conducted at intervals to describe the perceived impact of the program's
preparation for employment opportunities.
3) Describe the processes that the university uses to verify that the student who registers in a
distance education course (as part of a distance-based degree) or a fully distance-based degree
is the same student who participates in and completes the course or degree and receives the
academic credit.
The university and department utilize several methods to verify that students enrolled in a DE course as
part of a distance-based degree are in fact the individuals attending the classes, completing the assigned
work, and receiving the academic credit. These methods are outlined below:
Attendance report: Each semester the Office of the University Registrar requires attendance verification.
Faculty verify that students have attended a class or completed an assignment in the first weeks of the
semester.
UTK User ID: Students must use their unique user ID to log into Canvas and all other areas of the UTK
system.
UTK Email: Communication between students and faculty or staff at the university is only permitted using
the UTK email system. Students access their email account using their unique UTK User ID.
Advising: Students are required to meet with their faculty advisors each semester.
Regular contact with Success Coach: Students are contacted regularly by the Success Coach through
the UTK email system and other systems that require authentication using the UTK User ID.
4) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
134
Strengths:
Student orientations include information about how to succeed in an online learning environment.
The Canvas learning platform facilitates ease of use and a consistent format across courses.
Strong technical support from the UTK OIT group.
Faculty advisors also teach in the program. This approach provides students with the opportunity
to interact with advisors that are consistent and familiar to them, and who have first-hand
knowledge of the courses offered in the program.
Consistent communication between the distance education and on-campus faculty who teach the
same classes. Faculty can share ideas and ensure that the same topics are covered regardless
of modality.
The DE program utilizes an evidence-based online teaching framework to ensure that courses
meet current standards for online education. These standards include the creation of course
materials designed to meet various learning styles and alignment of assessment/module/course
objectives.
Weakness
DE program is in its second year, thus there is not yet an opportunity to compare rigor with other
online programs at the University.
Plans
Monitor DE program rigor through student and alumni surveys (perceived rigor), graduation rates,
and job placement rates.
135
E1. Faculty Alignment with Degrees Offered
Fa
culty teach and supervise students in areas of knowledge with which they are thoroughly familiar and qualified by the totality of their
education and experience.
Faculty education and experience is appropriate for the degree level (bachelor’s, master’s, doctoral) and the nature of the degree
(research, professional practice, etc.) with which they are associated.
1) Provide a table showing the program’s primary instructional faculty in the format of Template E1-1. The template presents data effective at
the beginning of the academic year in which the final self-study is submitted to CEPH and must be updated at the beginning of the site
visit if any changes have occurred since final self-study submission. The identification of instructional areas must correspond to the data
presented in Template C2-1.
Template E1-1
E1-1 Primary Instructional Faculty Alignment with Degrees Offered
Name*
Title/
Academic
Rank
Tenure Status
or
Classification^
Graduate
Degrees
Earned
Institution(s)
from which
degree(s) were
earned
Discipline in which
degrees were
earned
Concentration affiliated
with in Template C2-1
Chen, Jiangang
Assoc. Prof.
Tenured
PhD
M of Med
B of Med
U Cal Davis
Beijing Med U
Beijing Med U
Population Health
Sciences
Population Health
Sciences
Ehrlich, Samantha
Asst. Prof.
Tenure-track
PhD
MPH
UC Berkeley
UC Berkeley
Epidemiology
Public Health Sciences,
Epidemiology
Grubaugh, Julie
Lecturer
Non-Tenure
track
MPH
UT Knoxville
Community Health
Education
Population Health
Sciences
Jones, Daleniece
Asst. Prof.
Tenure-track
PhD
MPH
U of Memphis
U of Memphis
Epidemiology
Environmental Health
Epidemiology,
Population Health
Sciences
Kavanaugh, Katie
Assoc. Prof.
Tenured
PhD
MS
UC Davis
UT Knoxville
Nutritional
Biology/Epidemiology
Nutrition Science
Public Health Nutrition
Meschke, Laurie
Prof.
Tenured
PhD
MS
Penn State
Penn State
Human
Development,
Demography
Human Development
and Family Studies
Public Health Sciences,
Community Health
Education, Population
Health Sciences
Odoi, Agricola
Prof.
Tenured
PhD
U Guelph
Epidemiology
Veterinary Public Health
136
MSc
BVM
U Nairobi
Makerere
University,
Uganda
Epidemiology &
Animal Health
Economics
Veterinary Medicine
Okafor, Chika
Assoc. Prof.
Tenured
PhD
MS
DVM
Michigan State
Michigan State
U Nigeria
Epidemiology
Food Safety
Veterinary Public
Health
Veterinary Public Health
Parks, Ashley
Asst. Prof. of
Practice
Non-Tenure
track
DrPH
MBA
MPH
MTech
UCLA
Quantic School of
Business and
Technology
Cal. State Univ.,
Fresno
Georgetown
University
Health Services
Leadership
Business
Health Promotion,
Policy, and
Management
Healthcare
Information
Technology and
Innovation
Health Policy and
Management, Population
Health Sciences
Perion, Jennifer
Asst. Prof. of
Practice
Non-Tenure
track
PhD
MLS
U of Toledo, OH
U of Toledo, OH
Health Education
Liberal
Studies/Gerontology/
Epidemiology &
Biostats
Community Health
Education, Epidemiology
Prothero, Peyton
APEx
Coordinator
Staff
MPH
UT Knoxville
Community Health
Education
Population Health
Sciences
Russomanno, Jennifer
Asst. Prof. of
Practice
Non-Tenure
track
DrPH
MPH
UT Knoxville
UT Knoxville
Community Health
Education
Community Health
Education
Community Health
Education
Shelton, Brittany
Asst. Prof.
Tenure-track
DrPH
UAB
UAB
Health Policy and
Organizational
Outcomes Research
Health Policy and
Management, Population
Health Sciences
137
MPH
Health Policy
Smith, Kenneth
Asst. Prof.
Tenure-track
PhD
Johns Hopkins
University
Economic
Demography and
Health Economics
Health Policy and
Management
Spence, Marsha
Prof.
Non-Tenure
track
PhD
MS-MPH
UT Knoxville
UT Knoxville
Human Ecology
(Nutrition)
Public Health Nutrition
Sunil, Thankam
Prof. and Dept.
Head
Tenured
PhD
PhD
MPH
M. Phil
MPS.
M.Sc.
U North Texas
IIPS Bombay,
India
U North Texas
Health Sciences
Center
IIPS Bombay,
India
IIPS Bombay,
India
Univ.
of Kerala, India
Sociology
Public Health
Population Studies
Population Studies
Population Studies
Statistics
Public Health Sciences,
Population Health
Sciences
Tran, Phoebe
Asst. Prof.
Tenure-track
PhD
MS
MS
Yale
Yale
Harvard
Chronic Disease
Epidemiology
Chronic Disease
Epidemiology
Epidemiology
Public Health Sciences,
Epidemiology
Wotring, Amy
Asst. Prof. of
Practice
Non-Tenure
track
PhD
MPH
U of Toledo, OH
Northwest Ohio
Consortium of
Public Health,
Toledo, OH
Health Education
Health Promotion
and Education
Community Health
Education
2) Provide summary data on the qualifications of any other faculty with significant involvement in the program’s public health instruction in the
format of Template E1-2. Programs define “significant” in their own contexts but, at a minimum, include any individuals who regularly
138
provide instruction or supervision for required courses and other experiences listed in the criterion on Curriculum. Reporting on individuals
who supervise individual students’ practice experience (preceptors, etc.) is not required. The identification of instructional areas must
correspond to the data presented in Template C2-1.
Template E1-2
Non-Primary Instructional Faculty Regularly Involved in Instruction
Name*
Academic
Rank^
Title and
Current
Employment
FTE or %
Time
Allocated
Graduate
Degrees
Earned
Institution(s)
from which
degree(s) were
earned
Discipline in
which degrees
were earned
Concentration
affiliated with in
Template C2-1
Allen, Chenoa
Adjunct
Program
Evaluator,
Social Work
Office of
Research and
Public Service,
UTK
0.10
PhD
MS
UT Knoxville
UC Berkley
Health Behavior
and Health
Education
Health and Medical
Sciences
Community Health
Education
Decker, James
Adj. Asst.
Prof.
CEO, Medic
Regional Blood
Center
0.10
DHA
MS
MBA
MS
U of South
Carolina
UAB
UT Knoxville
UAB
Health Admin.
Health & Hospital
Admin
Business
Microbiology
Health Policy and
Management
Dorsainvil,
Michele
Adjunct
Research Public
Health, Analyst
RTI International
0.10
MA
Columbia
University
Health Education
Population Health
Sciences
Fuesting, Brandi
Adjunct
Lincoln
Memorial
University
0.10
DrPH
MPH
UT Knoxville
Capella
University
Public Health
Public Health:
Social & Behavioral
Health
Community Health
Education
Hahn, William
Adj. Asst.
Prof.
Clinical
Psychologist
Student
Counseling
Center, UTK
0.10
PhD
MS
Purdue University
Purdue University
Clinical Psychology
Clinical
Psychology
Population Health
Sciences
Ward, Jennifer
Adj. Asst.
Prof.
Extension
Specialist
Family and
0.10
PhD
MPH
UT Knoxville
UT Knoxville
Family Resource
Management
Population Health
Sciences
139
Consumer
Science, UTK
Child and Family
Studies
140
3) Include CVs for all individuals listed in the templates above.
ERF Criterion E.3
4) If applicable, provide a narrative explanation that supplements reviewers’ understanding of data
in the templates.
All faculty members listed in the above tables have credentials and training in teaching courses in their
respective degree programs (undergraduate, Masters or PhD) and in the field of concentration. The
majority of the faculty have terminal degrees in Public Health or in a related discipline.
5) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
The department has recently recruited new additional faculty to compensate growing number of
students in new degree programs.
Recruitment of new NTT faculty and adjunct faculty bring real world experience into the
classroom to further enhance students’ understanding about the relevance of public health in
practice.
Weakness
Given the growth in DE program and expected growth in the undergraduate program, additional
faculty lines may be warranted in the coming years.
Plans
Planning recruitment of faculty ahead of time and widening dissemination of job posting in major
national, regional, and local organizations and in professional network sites are key in attracting
qualified candidates.
141
E2. Integration of Faculty with Practice Experience
To assure a broad public health perspective, the program employs faculty who have professional
experience in settings outside of academia and have demonstrated competence in public health
practice. Programs encourage faculty to maintain ongoing practice links with public health
agencies, especially at state and local levels.
To assure the relevance of curricula and individual learning experiences to current and future
practice needs and opportunities, programs regularly involve public health practitioners and other
individuals involved in public health work through arrangements that may include adjunct and
part-time faculty appointments, guest lectures, involvement in committee work, mentoring
students, etc.
1) Describe the manner in which the public health faculty complement integrates perspectives from
the field of practice, other than faculty members’ participation in extramural service, as discussed
in Criterion E5. The unit may identify full-time faculty with prior employment experience in practice
settings outside of academia, and/or units may describe employment of part-time practice-based
faculty, use of guest lecturers from the practice community, etc.
The public health faculty teaches and supervises student research and practice experiences in areas in
which they are qualified by education and experience. For example, Dr. Kathy Brown has significant
practice experience, having served as the Director of Community Assessment & Health Promotion at the
Knox County Health Department for eight years prior to her faculty appointment in 2014. Dr. Laurie L.
Meschke, Professor of Public Health, owned and operated a research consulting company for five years,
which focused on program development and evaluation, workforce development, and grant writing all key
aspects of the academic program and of public health practice. Dr. Kenneth Smith, Assistant Professor of
Public Health, formerly worked at the Texas Health Institute as a Senior Public Health Research Analyst.
His focus on health economics, policy change, and systems thinking has proven invaluable to the
foundational courses and those related to the health policy and management concentration. Dr. Mallory
Gary, an Assistant Professor of Practice, previously served as an AmeriCorps Instructor. In this capacity
she taught a youth health promotion program, conducted workshops, and participated in grant writing.
The faculty maintains ongoing practice links with area, regional, and state public health agencies.
These agencies include the Knox County Health Department (KCHD), the East Tennessee Regional Health
Office (ETHRO) and its 15 county health departments, the Tennessee Department of Health (TDH) and
other large health departments, such as those in Hamilton County and Davidson County. The Academic
Health Department (AHD) partnership with KCHD facilitates faculty access to the local public health practice
setting and offers many opportunities to be involved in training, workforce development, class projects with
the local health department, and practice-based research activities. The AHD memorandum of
understanding stipulates that the Public Health Officer of the KCHD is appointed as Adjunct Professor in
the DPH (Department of Public Health) and that the Department Head of the DPH serves as a consultant
to the KCHD.
The Veterinary Public Health (VPH) faculty members are involved additionally with the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention, the US Department of Agriculture, the National Park Service, TN Department of
Health, TN Dept of Agriculture, and Knox County Health Department. Public health nutrition faculty
members have involvement with the Association of State Public Health Nutritionists, the Association of
Graduate Programs in Public Health Nutrition, the American Public Health Association (Food and Nutrition
and Maternal and Child Health Sections), the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics (Public Health and
Community Nutrition and Weight Management Dietetic Practice Groups), and the US Department of Health
and Human Services (MCH Bureau Nutrition Training Grantee Leadership Team).
Faculty members maintain certification and licensure relevant to their area of practice (e.g., certified health
education specialist, registered dietitian, state veterinary medical license, boarded in Internal Medicine and
in Public Health/General Preventive Medicine, etc.). Two VPH faculty members are diplomates of the
American College of Veterinary Preventive Medicine. Faculty members are active in relevant professional
142
organizations, including the American Public Health Association, Tennessee Public Health Association,
National Safety Council, American Dietetic Association, Society for Nutrition Education, Community Food
Security Coalition, American Society for Nutritional Sciences, American Veterinary Medical Association,
American College of Veterinary Preventive Medicine, Association for Veterinary Epidemiology and
Preventive Medicine, American Association of Food Hygiene Veterinarians and others.
Public health practitioners in the region are routinely invited to guest lecture in classes, to serve as
reviewers of student projects, to share opportunities to engage in community projects, to serve as Field
Placement Preceptors, and to lead seminars. Faculty members often attend sessions of the Public Health
Seminar (PUBH 509) which features a minimum of 25 speakers each academic year, with most speakers
addressing specific research projects or professional practice. In the 500- and 600-level courses in 2022-
2023 academic year, 33 community practitioners shared their experience and expertise in the classroom
sessions. In addition, community service learning is emphasized in several of our public health courses,
including Evaluation (PUBH 537), which is a foundation course. Grant Proposal Writing for Health and
Social Programs (PUBH 565) and Healthcare Organizations: Behavior and Management (PUBH 527) are
also community service-learning courses. The community partners involved with the courses annually
vary from 1-10, based on the enrollment and competency deliverables for the course.
Undergraduate public health courses take full advantage of public health practitioners to enhance their
content and relevance. Except for Introduction to Research Methods in Public Health (PUBH 336), every
undergraduate course (i.e., 9 courses in fall 2022) has at least one guest speaker and many include multiple
speakers over a semester.
2) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
The Department of Public Health at the University of Tennessee in Knoxville has long prided itself
on the community-engaged nature of its teaching, research, and service, as well as its program
development processes including recruitment of faculty and guest speakers with experiences
outside of academia.
This dedication is reflected in the Department’s current strategic plan, which will be revised in
2023-24.
This commitment to integrating the expertise and experience of faculty with practice and service-
learning and practitioner expertise in the course have been retained across the past five years.
Our strengths include faculty with practice experience, incorporating practitioner expertise in our
curricular requirements, and incorporating service-learning to strengthen professional
development opportunities of our students.
Of note, the spring Graduate Seminar in Public Health is comprised of presentations by
practitioners which provides opportunity for interaction and engagement between students and
practitioners within the course and beyond.
Weakness
None noted
Plans
Continue to include practitioners in the classroom
Foster linkages between faculty and practitioners, particularly at the local and state level.
Monitor student, alumni, and employer feedback on the value and opportunity for integration of
teaching, learning, and practice.
143
E3. Faculty Instructional Effectiveness
The program ensures that systems, policies, and procedures are in place to document that all
faculty (full-time and part-time) are current in their areas of instructional responsibility and in
pedagogical methods.
The program establishes and consistently applies procedures for evaluating faculty competence
and performance in instruction.
The program supports professional development and advancement in instructional effectiveness.
1) Describe the program’s procedures for evaluating faculty instructional effectiveness. Include a
description of the processes used for student course evaluations and peer evaluations, if
applicable.
All evaluations are conducted in conformity with the evaluation criteria described in the faculty handbook
(
https://facultyhandbook.utk.edu/appointment-ev
aluation-promotion-tenure-and-review/faculty-review-
and-evaluation/) and are and are guided by the Best Practices statements formulated by the faculty
senate. Included in the faculty performance review are results of the student course evaluations
(TNVoice), which mandates student evaluation of each course using standardized rating forms. TNVoice
offers fourteen different questions (
https://ie.utk.edu/wp-content
/uploads/sites/106/2022/12/TNVoice-
Core-Questions.pdf) that are used for all course evaluations. A copy of the core questions is included in
Resource File E3.1 TNVoice-Core-Questions. Eight of the fourteen questions include ratings of strongly
agree, agree, neutral, disagree, and strongly disagree. The system also includes a set of two open-
ended questions asking for additional feedback about the instructor, and course. In addition, questions
were also included on average hours per week students spent outside of class meetings, expected
grade in the course, if the course taken is fulfilling the requirement for major, minor, cognate, general
education or an elective and class/year in school. Summaries are available electronically to the course
instructor after the semester has ended. The process used to secure student ratings assures anonymity.
The department head reviews the ratings for each instructor each semester and discusses results with
each faculty member during annual performance reviews. Each instructor is expected to review their
evaluations each semester and integrate student feedback to continually improve instructional
effectiveness.
The D
PH uses a two-tiered process for peer evaluations of teaching, both described further in
Resource Files E3.1 Peer Teaching Evaluation Guidelines and Teaching Evaluation Toolbox.
The first is a peer evaluation by a single DPH faculty member, which involves a review of the syllabus,
observation of teaching in-class, and assessment of teaching materials. A written evaluation is provided
to the faculty member being assessed and to the DPH Head. Typically, the single peer reviews are
provided on average once a year to each faculty member.
The second type of peer review is the Peer Review Committee. The Peer Review Committee includes
three faculty members, one of whom is from outside the DPH. The faculty member being reviewed and
the DPH Head work together to identify members of the Peer Review Committee. Each member of the
committee reviews the syllabus, observes an in-class session, and assesses teaching materials. Each
committee member writes an evaluation. Then the committee chair integrates the written evaluations into
a single document provided to the faculty member being reviewed and the DPH Head. The Peer Review
Committee process is provided to each faculty member at least once during the initial probationary
period. Both types of peer evaluation are included in the dossier to be reviewed during retention reviews
and by the department’s Department Promotion and Tenure Committee. The peer review report provides
constructive criticism aimed at improving teaching performance.
2) Describe available university and programmatic support for continuous improvement in teaching
practices and student learning. Provide three to five examples of program involvement in or use
144
of these resources. The description must address both primary instructional faculty and non-
primary instructional faculty.
Teaching and Learning Innovation (TLI) (https://teaching.utk.edu
) serves as the University’s home for
faculty development. As part of the work, TLI seeks to provide tenure track and non-tenure track faculty,
as well as graduate students and post-docs, with opportunities for professional development in teaching,
as well as supporting all our stakeholders in attaining the success that they seek related to their work
and career paths. In addition to workshops, the TLI offers a New Faculty Teaching Institute (NFTI)
before each academic year begins. The primary goals of NFTI are to support new faculty to build
community with one another, introduce new faculty to current polices, practices, and the greater teaching
and learning environment at UT, and connect new faculty to TLI, and other important campus resources,
that will help them be successful throughout their careers. Some examples of topics covered during
NFTI include an overview of UT academic policies and procedures, a panel discussion on student
mental health needs and how to support your students to be successful in your class, a networking lunch
with other new faculty, a campus partner resource fair, and breakout sessions with featured campus
partners to ask questions and learn more about their teaching and learning resources. Further, TLI offers
workshops on topics such as innovative course design series and fostering courageous conversations in
the classroom throughout the year. A long list of teaching resources is available at the TLI website where
faculty can access these resources throughout the year (
https://teaching.utk.edu/teaching-res
ources/).
All junior faculty, Assistant Professors in Tenure Track and Non-Tenure Track, in the DPH have
participated in this training as part of their on-boarding process as new faculty in the University.
The f
ollowing are some examples where faculty members received support from TLI and from the
University towards improvement in teaching practices and student learning.
1. TLI offers training in instructional effectiveness to all new faculty. In the DPH, Drs. Phoebe
Tran, Brittany Shelton, Kenneth Smith and Daleniece Jones participated in these training
sessions in their first semester.
2. UT has an on-going contract with Noodle Partners, an outside agency which provides online
course development and recruitment of students to online education. Noodle has provided
extensive training to all DE faculty in building online courses. Several faculty members
including Drs. Kathleen Brown, Jiangang Chen, Jennifer Perion, Jennifer Russomanno,
Jennifer Jabson Tree, Kenneth Smith, Brittany Shelton, and Mallory Gary received this
training.
3. The OIT instructional designers consult with the faculty regarding online and blended course
design and evaluation. They design and develop a wide variety of media and multimedia
materials including texts, images, audio, video, animation, and interactive elements for use
in instruction. They assist with structuring course websites or Online@UT course sites or
with hosting media files. The OIT offers a variety of professional development opportunities.
Face-to-face and online trainings are offered every semester on computer programs and
strategies for teaching with technology. Grants and fellowships are available to receive
additional OIT support. See https://oit.utk.edu/instructional/Pages/default.aspx
. Dr. Phoebe
Tran is currently utilizing this opportunity to build an online course.
4. The C
EHHS Equity, Inclusion and Justice Institute is a summer intensive workshop on
equity, inclusion and justice issues. This program, co-led by DPH faculty member, Dr.
Jabson Tree, provides an opportunity for interested faculty in CEHHS to learn and engage in
hard conversations around these topics and help apply these techniques in teaching and in
areas of scholarship. DPH Faculty members: Julie Grubaugh, Mallory Gary, Jennifer
Russomanno, and Jennifer Perion completed this training.
3) Describe means through which the school or program ensures that all faculty (primary
instructional and non-primary instructional) maintain currency in their areas of instructional
145
responsibility. Provide examples as relevant. This response should focus on methods for
ensuring that faculty members’ disciplinary knowledge is current.
All full-time faculty members (both in tenure-track and non-tenure track) must complete an Annual Periodic
Performance Review (APPR) online. In this review, all faculty expected to include their currency in teaching
which might include participation in local, regional, national, or international conferences; number of
scholarly publications and submission of grant proposals for funding. As part of the annual review, faculty
members must describe one’s teaching, research and service activities for the year under review and
provide goals for the coming year. Faculty maintain records of participation in various forms of professional
development and contributions to the field through Elements, a faculty activity reporting system Elements
(https://elementshelp.utk.edu/
).
Tenure-track faculty members submit a written statement about faculty performance in teaching, research
and service, and a retention vote is given to the department head. The department head conducts an
independent retention review based on the faculty member’s written summary, the written narrative and
vote of the tenured faculty members, and a scheduled meeting with the faculty member. The department
head’s online report includes a written recommendation to the dean as to retention or non-retention,
including an evaluation of performance that uses the ratings for annual performance and planning reviews:
Far exceeds expectations; Exceeds expectations; Meets expectations; Less than Expected; and, Falls short
of meeting expectations; Falls far short of meeting expectations. The narrative statement and vote of the
tenured faculty members are also made part of the record. The statement is signed electronically by the
faculty member, department head, and college dean and is forwarded to the chief academic officer of the
University. The Department Promotion and Tenure Committee (DPTC) conducts an enhanced retention
review at the beginning of the fourth year. The review is helpful to the tenure track faculty member in
recognizing major corrections which may be needed as the faculty member proceeds through the
probationary period. The review is based on the faculty member’s preliminary draft of a tenure dossier
addressing his/her cumulative performance and progress in satisfying requirements for tenure.
Adjuncts are voted on by the full faculty for appointment and re-appointment annually based on current CV
and course evaluation results.
4) Describe the role of evaluations of instructional effectiveness in decisions about faculty
advancement.
According to the Faculty Handbook, faculty members are responsible for teaching effectively by
employing useful methods and approaches that facilitate student learning. Faculty members design
courses to achieve clearly defined learning objectives with appropriate evaluation tools and teaching
methods. Faculty performance on teaching is assessed on scale of 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly
agree) on following 8 items:
1. The instructor contributed to your understanding of course content.
2. The instructor created an atmosphere that invited you to seek additional help.
3. The instructor responded to your inquiries about the course (e.g., emails, texts, phone calls)
within a reasonable time frame i.e., 4872 hours).
4. The instructor created a respectful and positive learning environment.
5. The instructor provided useful feedback on course assignments.
6. The course challenged you to learn something new.
7. The class sessions were well organized.
8. The course materials (readings, homework, laboratories, etc.) enhanced your learning in this
course.
In addition to student evaluations, faculty members will receive periodic peer teaching evaluations on a
regular basis. The frequency and timing of these peer teaching evaluations primarily depend on status
(tenure-track or tenured) and time of promotion. Student course evaluations and peer teaching
evaluations are widely used in retention of faculty, promotion, and tenure reviews. Faculty members who
receive the minimum overall rating of meets expectations are eligible for merit increase for that fiscal year.
146
In cases where a faculty member does not meet expectations in one area of effort, the faculty member
and department head should agree on a course of action to improve in the deficient area. If the faculty
member does not improve performance in this area, then the overall rating in the second year should be
no greater than falls short of meeting expectations for rank. In that case, a formal APPR improvement
plan will be required.
5) Provide quantitative and/or qualitative information that characterizes the unit’s performance over
the last three years on its self-selected indicators of instructional effectiveness.
Select at least three indicators, meaningful to the unit, with one from each listed category.
Faculty currency
1. Faculty maintenance of relevant professional credentials or certifications that require
continuing education
Faculty instructional technique
2. Student satisfaction with instructional quality
3. Peer evaluation of teaching
School- or program-level outcomes
4. Teaching assistants trained in pedagogical techniques
Outcome Measures for Faculty Teaching Activities
AY 2020-21
AY 2021-22
AY 2022-23
1. Faculty maintenance of relevant
professional credentials or certifications that
require continuing education
100%
100%
100%
2. Student satisfaction with instructional
quality (TN Voice course evaluations)
3.9
3.5
4.0
3. Peer evaluation of teaching
18%
18%
36%
4. Teaching assistants trained in pedagogical
techniques
100%
100%
100%
1. All faculty who possesses a professional certification (i.e., CHES, MCHES, or CPH) that
requires continuing education have maintained their credentials, and in one case, advanced
their credential. The percentage reported reflects facultyof those who hold a professional
certification-- have maintained their professional public health credential. During 2020-2021,
two faculty maintained their Certified Health Education Specialist (CHES) and one faculty
maintained their Certification in Public Health (CPH). In 2021-2022, three faculty maintained
their CHES. During 2022-23, one faculty achieved the Master Certified Health Education
Specialist (MCHES) certification, and three others maintained their CHES.
2. On the TNVoice end of course evaluation, students rate on a scale of 1 to 5, “The instructor
contributed to your understanding of course content.“ Mean scores are reported in the table.
3. Peer evaluation of faculty teaching is expected every few years for all tenure-track faculty as
part of their retention review and for those faculty who are reviewing for promotion of tenure
in a given year. The percentage represents the faculty who received peer evaluation of
teaching in that year. Non-tenure track faculty promotion (eligible after 5 years) requires two
peer evaluations. Adjunct faculty do not have peer evaluation.
4. Graduate Teaching Assistants (GTAs) are assigned to a faculty supervisor at their first year's
appointment. OIT offers a variety of pedagogy-focused skill building training available to
GTAs (https://oit.utk.edu/training/
). During the first year, GTAs are expected to learn
pedagogical training under the assigned supervisor and the following year, these GTAs may
become Instructor of Record (IOR) under the supervision of an assigned faculty member in
the department. Percentage represents GTAs who received teaching training in that year.
147
6) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
Faculty review on teaching excellence is an integral part of annual periodic review of
faculty.
All faculty use Canvas course delivery system for their courses.
Availability of college and university resources to train faculty and GTAs in pedagogy.
Weaknesses
Limited to no peer review of teaching among non-tenure track and adjunct faculty.
Plan for Improvement
Implement regular peer teaching reviews for all faculty
148
E4. Faculty Scholarship
The program has policies and practices in place to support faculty involvement in scholarly
activities. As many faculty as possible are involved in research and scholarly activity in some
form, whether funded or unfunded. Ongoing participation in research and scholarly activity
ensures that faculty are relevant and current in their field of expertise, that their work is peer
reviewed and that they are content experts.
The types and extent of faculty research align with university and program missions and relate to
the types of degrees offered.
Faculty integrate research and scholarship with their instructional activities. Research allows
faculty to bring real-world examples into the classroom to update and inspire teaching and
provides opportunities for students to engage in research activities, if desired or appropriate for
the degree program.
1) Describe the program’s definition of and expectations regarding faculty research and scholarly
activity.
According to the Faculty Handbook, research, scholarship, and creative activity is defined as “Faculty
members make intellectual and creative contributions through the scholarship of discovery and
application, both within and across disciplines. Faculty disseminate their scholarly work through venues
respected in their disciplines and beyond academia, secure funding where appropriate for their scholarly
endeavors through organizations and disciplinary opportunities, and mentor undergraduate and graduate
students in the research experience. Some faculty members pursue the scholarship of discovery by
creating new knowledge and skills. Some faculty members pursue the scholarship of application, which
typically involves outreach to the community to co-develop successful practices to address problems to
benefit individuals and organizations.”
At the departmental level, the bylaws on research, creative accomplishments and scholarship may take
many forms. This may include but not be limited to research conducted, peer-reviewed publications, and
development of new materials or methods, and creating interpretations or applications for populations
(articles, books, agency reports, policy analyses). Original works of creative accomplishment may include
print or non-print media, electronic media, projects, grants, contracts, or other outcomes. Supervision of
graduate students who are completing dissertations, and membership on graduate degree candidates'
committees provides further evidence of scholarship as does scholarly professional practice.
Each TT (tenure-track) or tenured faculty member is expected to provide direction and leadership to a
specific line of scholarship that will lead to recognition of that faculty member as having expertise within
the selected area of study. Faculty are expected to be involved in an active research/scholarship/creative
activity program that leads to publication in peer-reviewed journals of national scope. Tenure-leading
faculty are expected to be continually involved in the discovery and investigation process. The
expectation is that outcomes of this process should have an impact on the field in terms of theoretical
understandings, applications of knowledge to practice, or other contributions. This guideline suggests that
tenure-leading faculty demonstrate contributions and expertise distinctive from collaborators. Issued
patents are considered as evidence of scholarly activity. Scholarly books with a national audience will be
considered as evidence of scholarship or creative activity; however, tenure-leading faculty should be
aware that this activity can be only a part of the process and that nationally refereed publications also
must be part of that faculty member’s activities.
Presentations of research papers at professional conferences are considered an interim
step to publication and in and of themselves are not sufficient for scholarship. Measures of impact include
refereed journals, recognition of published materials (evidenced by invited presentations) and use by
professionals in the field (evidenced by citations, adoption, practice, or other means).
149
Faculty are expected to seek funding to maintain a consistent, sustained, and high-quality research
program. Faculty are expected to seek and obtain resources (i.e., grants and contracts) to fund a
research program. While collaborating on grants is encouraged, being the principal researcher or
investigator is the desired goal. Although obtaining funds (especially in nationally competitive programs)
is considered evidence of scholarly achievement, the critical evidence lays in the outcomes of such grant
activities (i.e., publications, patents, or programs).
Technical reports and other reports, disseminated to an audience (national, state, local) contribute to
evidence of scholarship, but alone are not sufficient for meeting scholarship requirements as described
above.
The development of scholarship potential in others also will be considered to be important and will be
included in the evaluation of all faculty. This includes the involvement of undergraduate and graduate
students in the research process, joint authorship with students, and mentoring of professional skills in
other faculty. Service on or chairing graduate committees (even those that lead to theses or dissertations)
is not considered scholarship but falls within the instructional role. Evidence of funding graduate students
through research or training grants is considered as a part of scholarship activities.
Membership on editorial boards of nationally recognized professional journals is
considered evidence of professional leadership and thus is recognized as service rather than research.
However, it is recognized that the scholarly history of the faculty member contributes to his/her being
asked to serve. It is expected that faculty will maintain a level of scholarly productivity, as demonstrated
by the publication of an average of two manuscripts in refereed publications per year. Lead authorship,
sole authorship, and co-authorship count equally towards this expectation.
It is expected that faculty submit at least two research project grant applications (which can include
program projects, training grants) annually for faculty members who do not currently have extramural
funds. Faculty who do have such funds will be responsible for submitting renewal and/or new applications
as necessary to ensure continuity of funding. While there is no specific dollar amount to be met, faculty
are expected to pursue funding adequate to support research and graduate students involved in
research.
There is an expectation (not a requirement) that graduate students culminate their research (doctoral
dissertations) experiences with authorship on at least one peer-reviewed paper and to present a paper at
a professional meeting. It is clearly understood that faculty have an obligation to ensure high quality of
work by graduate students and publishing a peer-reviewed paper in acceptable journals (as determined
by the faculty) is an example of this. Authorship (for faculty and students) follows standard guidelines,
such as sufficient participation in the work to take public responsibility for the content and 1) substantial
contribution to the conception and design or analysis of interpretation of data, 2) drafting or revision of
content, and 3) approval of the final version to be published (American Psychological Association 2001;
International Committee of Medical Journal Editors, 1985). If a student makes contributions consistent
with first authorship, the student should be the first author on the paper.
Faculty members on non-tenure track are not expected or required to engage in scholarship.
2) Describe available university and program support for research and scholarly activities.
The Program’s research activities are supported by policy, procedure, and practices established by the
UT’s Office of Research, Innovation, and Economic Development (ORIED). ORIED supports and
promotes research and scholarly activity on the Knoxville campus by administering sponsored programs;
ensuring compliance with the regulations; overseeing research funding and accounting; enhancing the
research infrastructure through laboratories and services; providing start-up funds to hire outstanding
faculty members; and fostering new start-up companies based on UT research discoveries. The ORIED
promotes the University agenda with a number of incentives for research, scholarly, and creative
activities, as well as services supporting faculty members in their search for funding sponsors. There are
several internal funding mechanisms offered through ORIED to support research, scholarship, and
creative activity. A list of these resources can be found here:
https://research.utk.edu/research-
development/funding-opportunities/internal-funding/
150
At the college level, CEHHS provides customized assistance through its Office of Research under the
direction of the Associate Dean of Research, Dr. Hollie Raynor. The Office of Research
provides assistance with all aspects of external funding for research, service, and instructional
projects, including proposal submission, award management, contracts, budgeting, and advance
accounts. The fiscal officer for the CEHHS business office and the Office of Sponsored Programs
Accounting provides assistance with questions regarding grants and contracts and with the procedures
for closing accounts in a timely manner within federal and state guidelines.
The University of Tennessee, Knoxville’s Office of Innovative Technologies (OIT) provides computing and
telecommunications resources and services to support research for students, staff, and faculty members.
Information about OIT is available on the OIT website http://oit.utk.edu
. OIT provides public-acce
ss
computer labs, central computing, administrative information systems, and network services, as well as
information security for UTK. All faculty members, staff, and students have direct computer access to
electronic mail and the internet via a high-speed dedicated local area network (LAN) and wireless
internet. Protected areas of the LAN are available for secure data storage and back-up. OIT has the
licenses to software for all University staff, including the entire Microsoft Office Suite of application, Adobe
Acrobat©, multiple email packages, SPSS, and many other software packages. Also, OIT has the Citrix
Metaframe Server for research software, including Mplus, SAS, Stata SE, Stat Transfer, EQS, HLM,
Atlas.ti, R, R Studio, Nvivo, and many others. All faculty members receive a new laptop computer plus
docking station every four years and have access to secure printers, scanners, and copiers through the
LAN network.
The U
niversity of Tennessee (UT) has an extensive network of libraries, databases, computer
facilities, data security services, and administrative staff available to support research. Faculty, staff, and
student research benefits from the UT libraries’ extensive collection of resources.
The UT Libraries supports the teaching, research, and service mission of the university and enhances the
academic experience of each student at the Knoxville campus through outstanding print and electronic
collections, reference and instructional services, and top-notch facilities and technological resources.
The John C. Hodges Library
in the heart of campus houses the majority of the UT Libraries’ collections
and many unique services. Research assistance and technology services are available all hours of the
week in the student-centric Commonsa popular venue for both studying and socializing. Technology-
rich facilities and services include a multimedia digital production Studio and ever-expanding virtual
resources that are easily discoverable. Unique historical documents and images from the Betsey B.
Creekmore Special Collections and University Archives are available as digital collections. Two branch
libraries offer specialized collections and services: the Webster C. Pendergrass Agriculture and
Veterinary Medicine Library, and George F. DeVine Music Library.
The UT Libraries is a national leader in digital collections; in support of open access through our digital
repository, Trace; and through a rich history of designing innovative spaces and building key partnerships
that enhance the teaching/learning enterprise. The UT Libraries is a member of the Association of
Research Libraries, the Association of Southeastern Research Libraries, HathiTrust, the Library
Publishing Coalition, LYRASIS, and the Center for Research Libraries. The UT Libraries collaborate at
the state level with the other University of Tennessee System libraries and those in the Tennessee Board
of Regents system. A health science librarian dedicated to Public Health is available for individual
consultations with Department of Public Health students, staff, and faculty members.
3) Des
cribe and provide three to five examples of student opportunities for involvement in faculty
research and scholarly activities. This response should focus on instances in which students were
employed or volunteered to assist faculty in faculty research projects and/or independent student
projects that arose from or were related to a faculty member’s existing research.
Example 1: In 2022, Dr. Kenneth Smith hired two graduate research assistants, both MPH students, to
support research on the professionalization of social movements in behavioral health. Their research
assistance involved conducting a systematic literature review, developing a sample frame for executive
151
interviews with movement leaders, and conducting an environmental scan of behavioral health
organizations and leaders operating Tennessee. The latter will be used in a study of the commercial
determinants of behavioral health inequities.
Example 2: Dr. Daleniece Jones is the co-PI on a grant with the Tennessee Department of Health from
the CDC to establish and maintain a Center of Excellence for Food Safety (one of five across the US).
The grant funds a graduate assistant. The students spend part of their time in a Whole Genomic
Sequencing lab learning the procedures and associated skills. Publications are an outcome of this
experience. The student also assists with a one-credit course Student Outbreak Rapid Response
Training, which is required for our Graduate Certificate in Food Safety and all Epidemiology concentration
students. The grant has been in place for nine years and has consistently funded one student per year.
Example 3: The Tennessee Rape Prevention Education (RPE) project is funded by a CDC award to the
Tennessee Department of Health, who contracts with Dr. Laurie Meschke of UTK Public Health for the
statewide evaluation. Since its initiation in 2018, 8 MPH-students, 2 doctoral students, and 2
undergraduate students have been funded by this project. To date, the RPE evaluation team has created
a statewide evaluation system for 6 curricula that includes over 200 surveys. The team has also produced
3 national conference presentations, 10 asynchronous online training courses, 3 training workshops, and
over 20 evaluation reports. Currently the team is completing a Health Equity Assessment associated with
sexual violence prevention, which will reflect both primary and secondary data and qualitative and
quantitative methodology. Students of all levels gain a variety of professional development skills through
this project. All affiliated students have either continued with their education or have been gainfully
employed in public health. Aubrey Ray Dalana completed two chapters of her dissertation based on RPE
evaluation efforts. This work was presented at the American Public Health Association conference in
2022 and the manuscript is currently in progress. Two other manuscripts are also under development.
Students or former students are included in all publishing efforts to date.
4) Describe and provide three to five examples of faculty research activities and how faculty
integrate research and scholarly activities and experience into their instruction of students. This
response should briefly summarize three to five faculty research projects and explain how the
faculty member leverages the research project or integrates examples or material from the
research project into classroom instruction. Each example should be drawn from a different
faculty member, if possible.
Example 1: Dr. Jennifer Jabson Tree has received research funds from RWJF, a multilevel study of
institutional racism at Cherokee Health Systems. Dr. Jabson Tree uses the policy analysis, qualitative
data collection from patients and employees, and quantitative data collection with patients and employees
to demonstrate how public health critical race praxis shapes, guides, and influences methods including
study design, variable selection, interview schedule development and use, survey design and
dissemination, and analytic approaches. In Health and Society (PUBH 555) and Dissemination and
Implementation Science (PUBH 650) Dr. Jabson Tree shares the outcomes and how these methods
allow the researcher to identify the institutional, structural, policy, and interpersonal mechanisms that
reproduce and reinforce institutional racism and produce health disparities.
Example 2: In this course Policy, Systems, and Environmental Change (PUBH)528, Dr. Kenneth Smith
includes content about the role of social movements in health at bringing transformative systems change.
During this lecture, Dr. Smith shares findings from his research about behavioral health related social
movements and their efforts at bringing about changes in mindsets related to the treatment of substance
use and mental health conditions in the delivery system.
Example 3: Dr. Thankam Sunil teaches Research Methods (PUBH 536) in which he covers both
quantitative and qualitative approaches of data collection. Given his vast experience in collecting primary
data from several countries for his own research, he provides concrete examples in describing the
challenges in data collection. He explains the data collection process, transcribing of qualitative data, data
analysis and report writing from his own research.
152
Example 4. Dr. Phoebe Tran, in her courses, Biostatistics II (PUBH 531) and Biostatistics III (PUBH 630),
students apply descriptive analyses and model building skills acquired over the semester to a final project
using Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System survey data to examine sociodemographic and clinical
factors related to chronic disease in the Southeastern US. Through a series of project assignments,
students reinforce the biostatistics concepts and programming skills from lecture with guidance and
feedback from an instructor who has published extensively on the use of survey analysis methods to
study chronic disease. The culmination of the final project is an assessment of student understanding of
statistical analyses through a presentation and paper.
5) Describe the role of research and scholarly activity in decisions about faculty advancement.
All tenure-track faculty members, as mentioned before in the Faculty Handbook and DPH Bylaws, are
evaluated annually as part of the Annual Periodic Performance Review (APPR) and retention review.
Research activities are evaluated on the number of publications in the specified area of research, position
in the list of authors, conference presentations and submission of grant proposal for funding. On average,
TT faculty members are required to have two publications per year in the last three years and submit two
research grant proposals for external funding. according to the Faculty Handbook:
Assistant Professors who are seeking promotion and tenure to become Associate Professors, must meet
the following criteria:
1. hold the doctorate or other terminal degree of the discipline, or to present equivalent training and
experience as appropriate to the particular appointment
2. show promise as teachers
3. show promise of developing a program in disciplinary research / scholarship / creative activity
that is gaining external recognition
4. have a developing record of institutional, disciplinary, and/or professional service
5. show evidence that they work well with colleagues and students in performing their university
responsibilities.
Associate Professors who are seeking promotion to become Professors must meet the following criteria:
1. hold the doctorate or other terminal degree of the discipline, or to present equivalent training and
experience as appropriate to the particular appointment
2. be good teachers
3. have achieved and to maintain a recognized record in disciplinary research / scholarship /
creative activity/ engaged scholarship
4. have achieved and to maintain a record of institutional, disciplinary, and/or professional service or
outreach engagement
5. have normally served as an assistant professor for at least five years
6. have demonstrated that they work well with colleagues and students in performing their university
responsibilities.
Further, all tenured full professors are required to complete post-tenure review at least every six years. This
review assesses the faculty member’s continuing professional growth and productivity in the areas of
teaching, research, service, and/or clinical care pertinent to his or her faculty responsibilities.
6) Provide quantitative data on the unit’s scholarly activities from the last three years in the format of
Template E4-1, with the unit’s self-defined target level on each measure for reference. In addition
to at least three from the list that follows, the program may add measures that are significant to its
own mission and context.
153
Template E4-1
Outcome Measures for Faculty Research and Scholarly Activities
Outcome Measure
2020-2021
(6 faculty)
2021-2022
(7 faculty)
2022-2023
(8 faculty)
Number of faculty-initiated IRB
applications
6
19
9
Number of articles published in peer-
reviewed journals (2 per AY)
77
50
43
Presentations at professional
conferences
40
55
15
Percentage of faculty grant submissions
(2 per AY)
100%
66%
88%
7) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
All tenure-track and tenured faculty are actively engaged in scholarly activities including publishing
in peer-reviewed journals, seeking grant funding, and participating and presenting their scholarly
work in local, regional, and national conferences.
There are robust resources available at the college and at the University levels to support faculty
research and scholarly activities.
During the first two years of the pandemic (20/21; 21/22), the number of faculty presentations at
professional conferences surged due to the ability to present virtually at multiple conferences
throughout the year.
Weaknesses
Recently hired tenure-track faculty need additional time before they fully engage in their research
and scholarly activities.
In the most recent academic year (22/23), a return to fully in-person conferences contributed to a
sharp decline in the ability for faculty to present at multiple conferences throughout the year,
however, the average 2 presentations per TT faculty is within the acceptable range.
Plan for Improvement
Continue to monitor faculty research and scholarly activities to assure productivity expectations
are met.
154
E5. Faculty Extramural Service
The program defines expectations regarding faculty extramural service activity. Participation in
internal university committees is not within the definition of this section. Service as described
here refers to contributions of professional expertise to the community, including professional
practice. It is an explicit activity undertaken for the benefit of the greater society, over and beyond
what is accomplished through instruction and research.
As many faculty as possible are actively engaged with the community through communication,
collaboration, consultation, provision of technical assistance and other means of sharing the
program’s professional knowledge and skills. While these activities may generate revenue, the
value of faculty service is not measured in financial terms.
1) Describe the program’s definition and expectations regarding faculty extramural service activity.
Explain how these relate/compare to university definitions and expectations.
The mission of the Public Health Program at The University of Tennessee is to provide
quality education and leadership to promote health in human populations through interdisciplinary
ins
truction, research, and extramural service. Three goals support the achievement of this mission: (1)
Instructional Goal: Preparation of future professionals competent in public health core content and
methodological approaches; (2) Research Goal: Public health faculty and students engaged in research
projects that address health concerns, contribute to community health improvement, and add to the
knowledge base; (3) Service Goal: Public health faculty and students engaged in community,
government, and professional service to benefit populations at the local, state, and national levels.
Tenure-track faculty members are expected to engage in approximately 20% effort on service. These
services include services at the department, college, University, community and to the profession. It is
important to note that while several of our faculty members are actively engaging in extramural service
activities, there is no specific percent effort allocated for extramural service at the University, college, or
departmental levels. The extramural service requirements for non-tenure track faculty members vary
dependent on the assigned responsibilities at the time of appointment.
2) Des
cribe available university and program support for extramural service activities.
At the University level, UTK Volunteer Activity Policy allows all regular employees to use up to 8 paid
hours each year to engage in volunteer service. This policy can be found here:
https://policy.tennessee.edu/procedure/hr0446-k-volunteer-activity-procedure/
The Office of Community Engagement and Outreach (OCEO) provides resources and support to
integrate community engagement more deeply with its land-grant mission of teaching, research, and
public engagement. This office facilitates hundreds of connections between faculty, staff, students, and
community partners. This office helps faculty, staff, and students in identifying interdisciplinary research,
connects individuals to community partners and helps disseminate partnership outcomes.
https://communityengagement.utk.edu/about-us/
OCEO fosters UT’s land-grant mission by connecting university and community knowledge to create
lasting solutions for all Tennesseans. We provide resources to assist UT administration, academic
departments, faculty, and staff to address complex issues and support external partnerships that co-
generate, apply, transmit and preserve knowledge.
The Community Connections Portal is designed to connect community organizations with the appropriate
campus partners and resources. It includes questions related to your organization’s mission, partnership
opportunities, and preferred methods of engagement (i.e., student volunteers, interns, research
partnerships, etc.). Details on Community Connections Portal and campus partners are listed here:
https://diversity.utk.edu/communityengagement/
155
At the college level, there are several opportunities for all faculty and staff to engage in extramural services.
More recently, the college has hired an associate dean for community engagement (Dr. Kristina Gordon)
and hired several supporting staff members to further support faculty engagement with the community.
These opportunities are listed here: https://cehhs.utk.edu/outreach-programs-2/
3) Describe and provide three to five examples of faculty extramural service activities and how
faculty integrate service experiences into their instruction of students. This response should
briefly summarize three to five faculty extramural service activities and explain how the faculty
member leverages the activity or integrates examples or material from the activity into classroom
instruction. Each example should be drawn from a different faculty member, if possible.
Example 1: Dr. Jennifer Russomanno is the current chair of the Knoxville-Knox County Food Policy
council, a council which exists as a forum to develop and assess public policy strategies and make
recommendations that promote a healthy, fair, and sustainable food system
(http://www.knoxfood.org/
). T
he council is open to the public and Department of Public Health students
are invited to attend, and often do attend, monthly meetings. Additionally, in 2023, two Department of
Public Health students will serve as Associate Members on the council. In class instruction (PUBH 552:
Assessment and Planning), Dr. Russomanno regularly uses Food Policy Council as an example of
community partnerships and collaboration. The staff liaison and coordinator of the Food Policy Council
(Kimberly Pettigrew, Director of Food Systems at the United Way of Greater Knoxville) has been an
invited guest lecturer to PUBH 552 for the past two years. Kimberly and other Food Policy Council
members have also served as preceptors for students conducting their Applied Practice Experiences.
Ex
ample 2: For the past two years, Dr. Smith has worked in collaboration with Faces and Voices of
Recovery (FVR) on a report to improve the financing and impact of peer recovery support services. A
national organization, FVR helps over 23 million Americans recovering from addiction to alcohol and other
drugs through nationwide recovery community organizations and networks. In the Fall of 2021, as part of
a service-learning project for PUBH 527, three students successfully developed a business plan for the
creation and rollout of ReSource, a digital application for peer recovery support specialists. The
application enables peer specialists to share resources, connect with one another, and learn about
evidence-based practices. The new app has been developed, and peer recovery support specialists will
be using it in Tennessee and nationally. This service-learning opportunity would not have been available
were it not for the collaborative partnership Dr. Smith formed with FVR.
Example 3: Dr. Kathy Brown has served on several community boards and committees over the past
years. These included A Step Ahead, a local non-profit that provides assistance for accessing long-acting
reversible contraception for women who are uninsured, underinsured or in need of alternative access.
Two students were able to do part-time work as a health educator as well, the organization provided
grant-writing opportunity for the grant writing course. She also served on the Reopening Task Force for
Knox County during the Covid response. This provided an opportunity for multiple students to be involved
in the response, specifically working as contact tracers for the Knox County Health Department and the
East Tennessee Regional Health office. The opportunity was widely disseminated to enrolled students but
specifically provided relevant contacts and integration in the SORRT (Student Outbreak Rapid Response
Training) course.
4) Provide quantitative and/or qualitative information that characterizes the unit’s performance over
the last three years on the self-selected indicators of extramural service, as specified below.
Select at least three of the following indicators that are meaningful to the program. In addition to
at least three from the list in the criteria, the program may add indicators that are significant to its
own mission and context.
Percent of faculty (specify primary instructional or total faculty) participating in extramural
service activities
Number of faculty-student service collaborations
156
Number of community-based service projects
Total service funding
Faculty promoted on the basis of service
Faculty appointed on a professional practice track
Public/private or cross-sector partnerships for engagement and service
Template E5.4
Outcome Measures for Faculty Extramural Service Activities
Outcome Measure
2020-2021
2021-2022
2022-2023
Percent faculty participating in extramural
service activities
71%
50%
67%
Number of community-based service
projects
7
10
12
Number of faculty-student service
collaborations
1
1
2
Number of faculty appointed on
professional practice track
2
4
4
5) Describe the role of service in decisions about faculty advancement.
Department of Public Health Promotion and Tenure Criteria. The criteria for retention, promotion, and
tenure of faculty members for the Department of Public Health are outlined in the departmental by-laws
(http://publichealth.utk.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/20/2015/10/doc_PHSAbylaws.pdf
). One of the three
core criteria is faculty participation in service at the department, college, university, local, and national
level. As stated above, this includes service to the community, service to the profession, and service to
the university. Service requirements and expectations vary by tenure status; for example, early tenure line
faculty members are not expected to have significant service obligations, while more senior faculty
members are expected to have substantial service commitments. Service involvement is tracked annually
for each faculty member through the faculty evaluation and retention and review processes. These annual
evaluations build towards tenure and promotion, with service having a major influence, alongside
teaching and research.
Un
iversity of Tennessee Promotion and Tenure Criteria. Service is one of the three core review areas
for retention, tenure, and promotion at the University of Tennessee, Knoxville as outlined in the Faculty
Handbook Manual for Faculty Evaluation (see
https://facultyhandbook.utk.edu/wp-
content/uploads/sites/82/2020/12/Faculty-Handbook-2021-Final-2021-01-01.pdf). Faculty efforts in the
area of service must be reflected in the dossier and its summary statements. Service is one of the three
criteria to be considered in the review and voting decision of the department faculty review, department
chair, Dean, and finally that of the Provost’s Office.
Non
-tenure track faculty members are evaluated for promotion based on the assigned responsibilities at
the time of appointment. For example, if an NTT faculty was appointment with assigned responsibilities in
teaching, faculty will be solely evaluated based on the quantitative end-of-course student surveys and
peer-review of teaching reports. For further details, see page 142 of faculty handbook
(
https://facultyhandbook.utk.edu/wp-cont
ent/uploads/sites/82/2020/12/Faculty-Handbook-2021-Final-
2021-01-01.pdf).
157
6) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
Several faculty members are very active in integrating service experiences into their instruction of
students.
Several faculty members have long-standing ties to the community, organizations, and coalitions.
Weaknesses
New faculty members in the department tend to have limited opportunity to engage in the local
community and thus their ability to integrate service experiences into their instruction of students.
Faculty workload on service-related activities is often not equitably distributed among all faculty in
the department.
Plans
Faculty committee to address workload issues related to service activities are recommended in
the coming academic year 2023-2024.
Develop opportunities for junior faculty to learn about the local community.
158
F1. Community Involvement in Program Evaluation and Assessment
The program engages constituents, including community stakeholders, alumni, employers, and
other relevant community partners. Stakeholders may include professionals in sectors other than
health (e.g., attorneys, architects, parks and recreation personnel).
Specifically, the program ensures that constituents provide regular feedback on its student
outcomes, curriculum, and overall planning processes, including the self-study process.
1) Describe any formal structures for constituent input (e.g., community advisory board, alumni
association, etc.). List members and/or officers as applicable, with their credentials and
professional affiliations.
Academic Health Department (AHD). The program solicits regular input through our AHD, a formal
partnership between the UT DPH and the Knox County Health Department (KCHD). The AHD,
established in August 2011 by a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU), facilitates collaboration,
coordination, and feedback on curriculum planning and oversight. On a quarterly basis, a steering
committee comprised of leadership and positions focused on internship and workforce development from
the UT DPH and KCHD convene to discuss strategic issues, which include oversight and input on
curriculum and student outcomes. The AHD website is available - https://publichealth.utk.edu/ahd/
AHD Steering Committee Members from Knox County Health Department (2023)
Meghan Edwards, MD, Public Health Officer
Michele Moyers, MS, MPH, Director of Community Health
Roberta Sturm, MPH, Director of Communicable and Environmental Disease and Emergency
Preparedness
Dena Mashburn, MSN, Director of Nursing
Jennifer Robbins, Manager of Workforce Development
Preceptors. In addition to the AHD, the MPH Academic Program Committee (APC) seeks input from
across the industry. Specifically, a survey is sent to former preceptors (for APEx) and any known
supervisors of employed graduates. This reflects a change from our previous approach (prior to 2020) of
inviting one professional per semester to the APC meeting. We feel our current approach of surveying
preceptors is more inclusive and provides a broader picture of perceived quality and competence of
program students and graduates. Eligible preceptors are master’s prepared individuals in public health or
related field.
Spring 2023 Preceptors:
Spring 2023 Preceptors
Name
Credentials
Job Title
Organization
Jeremy Kourvelas
B.A., MPH
Substance Use
Program Coordinator
SMART Initiative
Taylor Phipps
B.A.
Executive Director
A Step Ahead
Foundation of East
Tennessee
Ben Harrington
B.A., M.A. Education
CEO
Mental Health
Association of East
Tennessee
Brad Walker
B.A.
Emergency
Management Planning
Specialist
University of
Tennessee Office of
Emergency
Management
Erica Lyon
B.S., MPH
Executive Director
Kim Health Center
159
Adrien Jones
B.A.
Public Health Educator
Knox County Health
Department
Katie Garman
B.S., MPH
Director, Foodborne
and Enteric Diseases
Program
Tennessee Department
of Health
Jennifer Jabson Tree
B.S., MPH, PhD
Associate Professor
University of
Tennessee Department
of Public
Health/Cherokee
Health Systems
Kimberly Pettigrew
B.S.
Director of Food
Systems
United Way of Greater
Knoxville
Smitha Ahamed
B.S., MPH, DrPH
CEO
East Georgia Cancer
Coalition
John Reid
B.A., MBA
Director of Patient
Support
Cycle Pharmaceuticals
Gamola Fortenberry
B.S., MPH, PhD
Epidemiologist
USDA FSIS
Sara Coley
B.S., MPH
Patient Engagement
Coordinator
University of
Tennessee Graduate
School of Medicine
2) Describe any other groups of external constituents (outside formal structures mentioned above)
from whom the unit regularly gathers feedback.
Guest speakers. Our program regularly invites guest speakers to classes, which creates feedback
opportunities whereby practice partners provide input to faculty on student engagement, course structure,
and workforce opportunities.
Alumni surveys. Every two years, we survey MPH alumni to ask how well the program prepared them
for the workforce and solicit suggestions to refine our curriculum and student preparation.
MPH Community Survey. Starting in 2022 and continuing every 2-3 years, we survey community
partners who have experience working with our students and alumni.
3) Describe how the program engages external constituents in regular assessment of the content
and currency of public health curricula and their relevance to current practice and future
directions.
AHD Steering Committee. Since August 2011, the AHD Steering Committee convenes in-person at the
health department to conduct planning and oversight of joint activities and priorities. The UT DPH
regularly includes meeting agenda items whereby health department members offer feedback on
potential curriculum changes. As well, the health department adds agenda items regarding its internship
and workforce needs, challenges, and priorities. Through this exchange, faculty refine and enhance
curriculum to prepare students to meet the current and future local public health workforce needs. Due to
the pandemic, some of the AHD Steering Committee meetings between 2020-2021 were cancelled as
health department staff were fully diverted to address COVID-19 response.
Seminar speakers. Every spring, the MPH program director invites a variety of public health
professionals (ten or more) to serve as weekly PUBH 509 seminar speakers. Speakers share their current
work and provide input to students and faculty regarding the pressing knowledge and skills needed to be
successful in public health.
160
4) Describe how the program’s external partners contribute to the ongoing operations of the
program,
including the development of the vision, mission, values, goals, and evaluation plan
and the development of the self-study document.
Vision, mission, values, goals, and evaluation plan. The department has a long-standing vision,
mission, guiding principles, and values as listed on our website - https://publichealth.utk.edu/overview/
While we have not updated these items in recent history, we evaluate our progress through university and
department systems such as SACSCOS and CEPH annual reports. During the Academic Health
Department Steering Committee meeting scheduled for January 2023, we planned to ask the Knox
County Health Department to provide input on the alignment between our long-standing vision, mission,
and values and the current and future public health needs. The meeting has been rescheduled multiple
times due to illness but remains an agenda item for the next meeting.
Sel
f-study document. During preparation of the self-study document, we invited feedback from relevant
external stakeholders including university stakeholders outside of our department, program graduates,
community partners, and employers.
5) Provide documentation (e.g., minutes, notes, committee reports, etc.) of external contribution in
at least two of the areas noted in documentation requests 3 and 4.
See ERF F1.5: External Contributions documents:
F1.5 AHD Steering Committee
F1.5 Seminar Speakers
6) Summarize the findings of the employers’ assessment of program graduates’ preparation for
post-graduation destinations and explain how the information was gathered.
Preceptor Feedback
Preceptors of MPH interns assess program graduates’ readiness for the workforce by completing a
survey on Qualtrics once a student has completed their 240 hours for the Applied Practice Experience
(APEx). The final evaluation includes four key indicators that are closely examined to monitor students’
readiness for professional practice in health-related settings: 1) personal characteristics (6 items); 2)
attitude (4 items); 3) application skills (9 items); and 4) overall performance.
Personal Characteristics: This 6-item scale assessed students' personal characteristics as they relate
to professional work settings. Scales ranged from 1-5, with 5 representing excellent. Indicators in this
domain included: 1. ability to work independently, 2. ability to work with others, 3. verbal communication,
4. written communication, 5. initiative, and 6. dependability. Scores in this domain ranged from 4.43
(written communication) to 4.78 (ability to work with others; dependability). Here is a sample of qualitative
feedback from preceptors:
"Excellent worker and great attitude and can work independently or in groups very well"
"A hardworking, pragmatic, and collegial student"
"[Student] is the most outstanding, hardworking, and accomplished intern I have ever worked with
in my entire career. She is creative, solution-oriented, data-driven, collaborative, and smart. I wish
I had a position for her - I would offer her a job immediately. I am so thankful for our time
together. Thank you for approving this experience."
Attitude: This 4-item scale assessed students' attitude as it related to professional work settings and
tasks. Scales ranged from 1-5, with 5 representing excellent. Indicators in this domain included assessing
attitudes toward: 1. projects and tasks, 2. policy and procedures, 3. ability to receive suggestions and
feedback, and 4. accepting responsibility. Scores in this domain ranged from 4.70 (accepting
responsibility) to 4.78 (projects and tasks; policies and procedures). Qualitative feedback from preceptors
in this domain included:
161
"Great attitude towards all aspects of work including writing, reading, lab work and field work."
"Very responsive to feedback and always a positive attitude!"
"[Student] is highly collaborative and a great team member. She was enthusiastic about learning
and the work that we were doing."
Application Skills: This 9-item scale assessed students' ability to apply select skills integral to the public
health field and that relate to our core competencies. Scales ranged from 1-5, with 5 representing
excellent. Indicators in this domain included assessing skills including: 1. conducting needs assessments,
2. planning programs or projects, 3. implementing programs or projects, 4. evaluating programs or project
outcomes, 5. applying research methods, 6. compiling/analyzing data, 7. collaborating with others, 8.
utilizing technology, and 9. problem solving. Scores in this domain ranged from 4.52 (planning programs
or projects) to 4.81 (collaborating with others). Qualitative feedback from preceptors in this domain
included:
"Great all-around student with great problem-solving skills"
"[Student] is incredibly talented and was able to utilize her skills in epidemiology to design and
conduct a clinical research project that she will be completing a manuscript for."
"Came in with great public health skills which needed to be applied to behavioral health."
Overall Performance: This 5-point scale assessed the overall performance of student interns in a
professional setting. The scale used to assess overall student performance included: 1-Poor -
Unsatisfactory/Rarely Achieves Expectations 2-Fair - Sometimes Achieves Expectations 3-Good - Fully
Achieves Expectations 4-Very Good Fully Achieves and Occasionally Exceeds Expectations 5-
Excellent Consistently Exceeds Expectations. The average score of students interns from 2019-2022
was 4.70. One hundred percent of students scored “good” or better on their overall performance
evaluation.
Community Survey
MPH Community Survey. Starting in 2022, we surveyed community partners who have experience
working with our students and alumni. The Qualtrics survey was sent to 320 former preceptors and/or
employers. (This database of contacts was updated as much as possible but many of the emails bounced
due to the individual no longer working in the organization. The survey was sent out in June of 2022 with
a follow-up request in two weeks. Of the 30 survey respondents, 93% (28) reported that they had
previously hosted an MPH student intern at their organization. 33% (10) respondents reported that they
hired an MPH graduate as a full or part-time employee at their organization. Community Partners overall
indicated a positive experience with MPH students and graduates with 96% reporting their experience
with an MPH intern as good or excellent and 100% reporting their experience with an MPH graduate as
an employee.
Community partners were asked about the value of ten public health skills and competencies for
someone to be a competitive candidate at their organization. They were asked to rate the value of each
skill and competency on a scale of 1-5 with 1 being the lowest value and five being the highest value. The
mean value of each skill and competency are listed in the table below.
Skill/Competency
Value
Survey Design
3.72
Writing Needs Assessments
4.2
Working with Community Partners
4.56
Experience with Statistical Analysis Software
3.44
Grant Writing Abilities
3.29
Conducting Literature Reviews
3.75
Qualitative Data Collection Skills
3.96
Analyzing Secondary Data
4.12
Conducting Professional Presentations
4.36
Working with Diverse Populations
4.72
162
Community Partners were also asked about other skills and competencies not in the list above that would
be valuable for employment at their organization. Some of the most common responses included written
and oral communication, flexibility, organization, and problem-solving abilities.
Community partners were asked about the preparation of MPH students in the ten skills and
competencies above. Respondents were asked to rate how prepared MPH students were on a scale of 1-
5 with 1 being not prepared at all and 5 being very prepared. The mean value of each skill and
competency are listed in the table below.
Skill/Competency
Value
Survey Design
3.88
Writing Needs Assessments
3.82
Working with Community Partners
4.23
Experience with Statistical Analysis Software
3.56
Grant Writing Abilities
3.00
Conducting Literature Reviews
4.25
Qualitative Data Collection Skills
4.35
Analyzing Secondary Data
4.32
Conducting Professional Presentations
4.35
Working with Diverse Populations
4.53
Community partners were optionally asked to provide any recommendations for the MPH program to
improve the preparation of students for the workforce. The recommendations for improvement are listed
below:
“More interaction and practice/exposure with grant writing and what all goes into a grant writing
process.”
“Budget management, advocacy, and policy development.”
Importance of communicating with community partners and doing what you say you’re going to
do.”
Respondents also provided several pieces of positive feedback about MPH interns and graduates. A few
of the responses are listed below:
Í have always been impressed with the level of preparation demonstrated by your students.”
“[Student] was an absolute delight to work with and seemed very well-prepared for the internship.
His skill set and work ethic were impressive, thank you so much for the opportunity!”
“We are very interested in continuing to partner with the UTK MPH program, both as a
preceptorship site for interns as well as an employer for graduates. I hope the program will
continue to refer students to us for both reasons.”
7) Provide documentation of the method by which the program gathered employer feedback.
See ERF F1.7: Preceptor Evaluation of Intern and Documentation of Community Survey methods
8) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
The AHD partnership is a long-standing, well-established formal structure that provides open,
honest input on our student outcomes and curriculum. Despite leadership turnover at the UT DPH
in 2018 and 2020 and the health department in 2021, the AHD partnership has persisted and
evolved.
Preceptor feedback is built-into our systems through MPH intern placements.
A community partner survey, which includes past preceptors and employers, was initiated in 2022
to the evaluation and assessment process.
163
Weaknesses
Due to department head and faculty turnover as well as pandemic-related disruption, we have not
formally reviewed our vision, mission, and values in recent history.
The undergraduate major is new, so we have not had any interns, preceptors, graduates, or
employers to evaluate to survey.
As a new program, the PhD program does not yet survey alumni or employers of alumni.
Plans
During the 2023-2024 academic year, our department will seek external feedback from key partners
such as Knox County Health Department, to inform our next strategic plan, including potential
revision of vision, mission, and values.
During spring 2024, develop a coordinated strategy across all three degree levels to receive and
integrate external feedback. We envision that each program committee (undergraduate, MPH, and
PhD) will develop a formal process and share feedback across degree levels through the program
director’s meeting and faculty meeting.
Our new undergraduate coordinator (joint position with KCHD) will develop a preceptor evaluation
for undergraduate interns (spring 2024) as well as identify other opportunities for external feedback
on undergraduate curriculum and preparation, including alumni and employer surveys.
164
F2. Student Involvement in Community and Professional Service
Community and professional service opportunities, in addition to those used to satisfy
Criterion D5, are available to all students. Experiences should help students to gain an
understanding of the contexts in which public health work is performed outside of an academic
setting and the importance of learning and contributing to professional advancement in the field.
1) Describe how students are introduced to service, community engagement and professional
development activities and how they are encouraged to participate.
Orientation. Every fall, new public health graduate students attend our department orientation where
faculty and current students introduce incoming students to the value of community and professional
service. Faculty and current students share examples of recent community service and emphasize
community involvement to contribute to public health efforts and enhance their own learning about the
field.
Listservs. Opportunities that arise throughout the semester are shared via the relevant listservs
(undergraduate, MPH, and doctoral). Opportunities include part-time work opportunities, volunteer
opportunities, and events related to Public Health.
Public Health Student Association (PHSA). All public health students are encouraged to join the PHSA.
Each semester, the PHSA plans community activities and volunteering to foster understanding of public
health contexts. PHSA is comprised of graduate students in our MPH and PhD programs as well as
undergraduate public health students.
Faculty-led efforts. Faculty provide professional and community service opportunities for students
across all degree levels. Students often present findings and contributions at professional conferences
(i.e., Tennessee Public Health Association and American Public Health Association). For example, from
2020 to 2022 Dr. Laurie Meschke provided funds for 6 graduate research assistantships, 19 hourly hires,
and 21 stipend hires. Overall, this supported 3 doctoral students, 21 MPH students, and 5 undergraduate
students, who contributed to community-based efforts to address opioid use disorder in rural East
Tennessee or evaluate state-level rape prevention efforts. In some cases, students have presented
posters and oral presentations at professional conferences. Since 2020, the student training and
experiences related the opioid use disorder and sexual violence prevention projects, have contributed to
4 peer-reviewed publications, 7 peer-reviewed conference presentations, 32 factsheets, 1 website
(https://tnopioid.utk.edu/), 20 on-line asynchronous professional development trainings, and over 20 on-
line synchronous training events.
Acad
emic Health Department. Through the formal AHD partnership, all students are exposed to
opportunities for local community and professional service, whether as volunteers, interns, or paid
opportunities. Selected examples are provided below in item 2.
VOLS 2 VOLS. In fall 2021, we partnered with the university Center for Health Education and Wellness
(CHEW) to add a new course PUBH 215: VOLS 2 VOLS, whereby every spring, a CHEW staff member
trains up to 20 undergraduate peer educators who then perform peer health education and promotion the
following year. Peer educators deliver programs to other students on interpersonal wellness, sexual
health promotion, alcohol and other drug education, and general wellness (e.g., nutrition, sleep, stress).
Students must apply and interview to be accepted as a peer educator. The course counts as an elective
for the undergraduate public health major and minor. The VOLS 2 VOLS website provides more
information - https://wellness.utk.edu/about-v2v/
2) Provide examples of professional and community service opportunities in which public health
students have participated in the last three years.
165
Contact tracing (2020-2022). To support the University response to the pandemic, Dr. Kathy Brown
developed and organized the Contact Tracing Program for the UT campus. One student was immediately
placed in the program to complete his Applied Practice Experience (APEx). He was subsequently hired
into a full-time coordinator position. Through 2021, MPH students were recruited and at least 12 served
as contact tracers on campus, for the Knox County Health Department or the Department of Health. the
program. Several students who volunteered also completed their APEx with the program to bolster
university COVID-19 response and coordination with Knox County Health Department. A second MPH
graduate was hired into a full-time staff position to coordinate vaccine distribution at the university Student
Health Clinic. Both students remain in full-time positions rt supporting university disease surveillance and
vaccine promotion.
Thank you note writing to addiction professionals (2022). Facilitated through our Academic Health
Department (AHD) partnership with Knox County Health Department, the PHSA promoted and
participated in a “thank you” note writing pizza party in September 2022. Health department
professionals, students, and faculty wrote 500 thank you notes that were sent to Addiction Professionals
in the community. The event fostered dialogue about how Knox County is addressing substance misuse,
which in turn gave students an appreciation for the public health role as a convener, serving as a
resource, and advocacy.
Nutrition Education Activity Training (N.E.A.T.) program. Every fall and spring, the Knox County
Health Department recruits approximately 35 undergraduate students to serve as N.E.A.T. Educators for
elementary school age children in 40 afterschool sites across the county (i.e., YMCA after care and Parks
& Recreation). The health department N.E.A.T. coordinator recruits students enrolled in PUBH 201:
Introduction to Public Health, as well as an introductory nutrition course and other related courses.
Students learn how to implement a program to meet its unique site needs. Often N.E.A.T. educators
volunteer for multiple semesters and in some cases volunteer with the health department to contribute
more deeply to the N.E.A.T or other community-based program planning, implantation, or evaluation. The
N.E.A.T. program website is available here https://www.knoxcounty.org/health/neat.php
Board membership. Graduate public health students serve on professional and community boards and
committees. Recent examples include Knoxville-Knox County Food Policy Council, A Step Ahead
(contraception access and education), Eastern Region Professional Development Committee, Tennessee
Extension Leadership Academy Development Committee, Lead95 Committee, Anderson County Animal
Rescue Foundation, Anderson County Health Coalition, Head Start / Early Head Start Policy Committee,
and ActiveAndersonTN.
3) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
Our faculty members’ close ties with public health professionals enables relevant and responsive
community and professional service opportunities for students.
Despite just starting the undergraduate degree in fall 2022, through our AHD partnership and
strong community ties, undergraduates have been engaged in community and professional
service, especially within the local community.
Weaknesses
The MPH distance education students are dispersed throughout the country, which makes it
challenging for our program to expose them to community and professional service.
The PhD program in Public Health Sciences does not have a formal community or professional
service component. Our PhD students are not typically trained to be local public health
166
community service and very often are forced due to the nature of doctoral work to relocate for
post-doctoral fellowships and faculty positions. Some of the Department of Public Health faculty
involve their PhD students in their community engaged research (i.e., Dr Laurie Meschke and Dr.
Jennifer Jabson Tree). But these activities are not structural components or requirements of the
doctoral program. This is an area of weakness that could be improved.
Plans
During 2023, pursue potential to hire a jointly funded coordinator position, shared equally with
Knox County Health Department, to connect students with professional and community service
and cultivate internship and volunteer opportunities.
During 2023 the PhD program committee will collaboratively consider the need for community
and professional service activities to be added to the official curriculum. This collaborative
consideration will involve reviewing the approach to these activities for PhD students in similar
public health programs at peer institutions.
167
F3. Delivery of Professional Development Opportunities for the Workforce
The program advances public health by addressing the professional development needs of the
current public health workforce, broadly defined, based on assessment activities. Professional
development offerings can be for-credit or not-for-credit and can be one-time or sustained
offerings.
1) Provide two to three examples of education/training activities offered by the program in the last
three years in response to community-identified needs. For each activity, include the number of
external participants served (i.e., individuals who are not faculty or students at the institution that
houses the program) and an indication of how the unit identified the educational needs. See
Template F3-1.
Template F3.1
Education/training activity offered
How did the unit
identify this
educational need?
External
participants
served*
Example 1
Appalachian Health Summit, April 28-30,
2022. A 3-day intensive Summit for
health care providers, health educators,
and other community stakeholders that
provided continuing education credit for
physicians (CME), nurses (CNE), social
workers, pharmacists, and health
educators (CHES). Faculty member, Dr.
Russomanno, was a planning committee
member for the Summit and the event's
Day 2 moderator. Additionally, Dr.
Russomanno and an MPH student
created and facilitated a 4-hour,
interactive workshop on Day 3, which
entailed a lecture on social determinants
of health, health disparities, and social
needs followed by an interactive board
game that was designed by the student
as part of the student’s Applied Practice
Experience.
The director of
Continuing Medical
Education at the
University of TN,
Graduate School of
Medicine (UT-GSM)
invited faculty member,
Dr. Russomanno, to
serve on the Summit
planning committee,
along with other faculty
and staff from UTK, UT-
GSM, and the University
of KY. Together, the
planning committee
identified the unique
health challenges for
Appalachian people,
which formed the basis
for the training session
topics.
87 (Summit
attendance);
32 (workshop
attendance)
Example 2
The Rural Communities Opioid
Response Program East Tennessee
Consortium (RCORP-ETC; see
https://tnopioid.utk.edu/) has been
funded by HRSA of the Department of
Health and Human Resources since
2018 and is directed by Dr. Meschke of
the Department of Public Health. In the
past three years a number of workforce
development activities have been
undertaken by RCORP-ETC and
supported by the faculty, staff, and
undergraduate and graduate students
affiliated with the Department of Public
Health. Workforce development events
have included: (1) quarterly online
RCORP-ETC meetings, (2) quarterly
A community health
needs assessment of the
ten rural, Appalachian
counties of focus, is
conducted annually. This
reflects community
needs and strengths
associated with the
prevention, treatment,
and recovery of
substance use disorder.
RCORP-ETC
meeting:
Across the 12
quarterly
training
meetings, 300
participants
attended one
or more event.
Youth
development
training: 152
participants
attended one
or more
trainings to
168
youth development training sessions,
and (3) medication to assist opioid use
disorder expansion program. The
quarterly trainings have addressed a
variety of topics associated with
reducing the health ramifications related
to substance use disorder, with an
emphasis on opioids (e.g., grandparents
as caregivers, women’s reproductive
health, faith-based support, peer
recovery support staff). In the past three
years, 19 one-hour youth development
training sessions have been provided to
professionals who serve youth.
support
evidence-
based
strategies to
work with
youth
MOUD
expansion
program: 7
mentees have
completed the
program and 2
were hired to
provide MOUD
in East
Tennessee.
Example 3
Rape Prevention Education (RPE;
https://www.tn.gov/health/health-
program-areas/fhw/rwh/rape-prevention-
and-education/rpe-prevention-
programs.html), UTK Evaluation Team:
The project is funded by a CDC award
granted to the TN Department of Health
under the direction of Dr. Meschke.
Public Health has housed this evaluation
project since 2018. To address
evaluation knowledge challenges of
program facilitators, a series of 710-
minute, asynchronous, online training
sessions were created. Topics include:
Evaluation basics, types of evaluation,
evaluation design, program fidelity,
dosage, program adaptation, process
evaluation, health equity, covid and
sexual violence, and alcohol use and
sexual violence.
A RPE readiness
assessment is
conducted and updated
annually. One
assessment component
is to determine the
facilitators understanding
of evaluation and how
training might address
challenging topics. Each
year the identified needs
guide the creation of
additional training
sessions. Currently 13
training sessions are
available with knowledge
quizzes. These were
most recently completed
in Summer 2022.
Across three
years of
implementation
79 sexual
violence
prevention
staff have
completed the
training
sessions.
2) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
Trainings events addresses a wide variety of professionals
RPE trainings are statewide
Regional events (Appalachian Summit and RCORP-ETC activities) were tailored for
Appalachian audiences
Weaknesses
Events are not consistently linked to continuing education units
Plans
RCORP-ETC will expand mentoring programs to address pharmacists’ support of MOUD and
the support of faith-based professionals in substance use disorder prevention, treatment, and
recovery.
RPE trainings will be disseminated to a broader group of practitioners in 2023
169
G1. Diversity and Cultural Competence
The school or program defines systematic, coherent, and long-term efforts to incorporate
elements of diversity. Diversity considerations relate to faculty, staff, students, curriculum,
scholarship, and community engagement efforts.
The school or program also provides a learning environment that prepares students with broad
competencies regarding diversity and cultural competence, recognizing that graduates may be
employed anywhere in the world and will work with diverse populations.
Schools and programs advance diversity and cultural competency through a variety of practices,
which may include the following:
incorporation of diversity and cultural competency considerations in the curriculum
recruitment and retention of diverse faculty, staff, and students
development and/or implementation of policies that support a climate of equity and
inclusion, free of harassment and discrimination
reflection of diversity and cultural competence in the types of scholarship and/or
community engagement conducted
1) List the program’s self-defined, priority under-represented populations; explain why these groups
are of particular interest and importance to the program; and describe the process used to define
the priority population(s). These populations must include both faculty and students and may
include staff, if appropriate. Populations may differ among these groups.
The Department of Public Health strives to serve a diverse student body, with an emphasis on
race/ethnicity given the available student data from the university. Based on available data and our
student representation to date, the department has not seen the need to set priorities in relation to
applicants’ characteristics or a particular quota. As Tennessee’s flagship and land-grant institution, the
Department of Public Health’s faculty and students would ideally reflect the state’s population
characteristics, but 2022 data place Tennessee in the lowest quartile in the nation with an overall high
school graduation rate of 88.2. In 2022, high school graduation rates reflected significant disparities by
race with 93.0% of whites graduating from high school compared to 84.9% Black and 81.9% Hispanic (TN
Commission on Children and Families, 2022). This disparity then ripples through data associated with
more advanced degrees, further challenging the population eligible for secondary and graduate
education. In 2021, about 19.2 percent of Tennessee's population aged 25 years and over held a
Bachelor's degree as their highest level of education. Disparities are reflected in the percentage of high
school graduates who go on to attend college. The 2021 data reveal 57.6% of whites attending college
compared to 44.0% and 35.0% for Blacks and Hispanic youth, respectively. The educational disparities of
earlier education challenges UTK’s ability to reflect the state population with our enrollment. Nonetheless
these data are included in the footnote of Table 1 for reference.
Table 1. Public Health Graduate (MPH, doctorate) Student Admission, Enrollment and Graduation
Number (percent) by Race, TN Resident, and Gender
Academic Year
Phase
Total
White
Black
Other
TN
Resident
Male
2017-2018
Applications
Admission
Enrollment
Graduation
88
41
58
24
35 (39.8)
20 (48.8)
45 (77.6)
18 (75.0)
4 (4.5)
4 (9.8)
4 (6.9)
3 (12.5)
49 (55.7)
17 (41.5)
9 (15.5)
3 (12.5)
26 (29.5)
17 (41.5)
40 (69.0)
16 (66.7)
17 (19.3)
5 (12.2)
5 (8.6)
4 (16.7)
2018-2019
Applications
Admission
49
38
28 (57.1)
25 (65.8)
6 (12.2)
3 (7.9)
15 (30.6)
10 (26.3)
16 (32.7)
14 (36.8)
11 (22.4)
6 (15.8)
170
Enrollment
Graduation
55
21
39 (70.9)
16 (76.2)
4 (7.3)
1 (4.8)
12 (21.8)
4 (19.0)
37 (67.3)
13 (61.9)
3 (5.5)
2 (9.5)
2019-2020
Applications
Admission
Enrollment
Graduation
57
37
62
18
31 (54.4)
25 (67.6)
45 (72.6)
12 (66.7)
5 (8.8)
3 (8.1)
5 (8.1)
2 (11.1)
21 (36.8)
9 (24.3)
12 (19.4)
4 (22.2)
21 (36.8)
18 (48.6)
46 (74.2)
13 (72.2)
21 (36.8)
13 (35.1)
13 (21.0)
1 (5.6)
2020-2021**
Applications
Admission
Enrollment
Graduation
53
36
65
29
28 (52.8)
24 (66.7)
49 (75.4)
23 (79.3)
11 (20.8)
5 (13.9)
6 (9.2)
2 (6.9)
14 (26.4)
7 (19.4)
10 (15.4)
4 (13.8)
25 (47.2)
22 (61.1)
50 (76.9)
21 (72.4)
15 (28.3)
6 (16.7)
14 (21.5)
5 (17.2)
2021-2022**
Applications
Admission
Enrollment
Graduation
134
95
91
27
72 (53.7)
62 (65.3)
63 (69.2)
21 (77.8)
16 (11.9)
10 (10.5)
11 (12.1)
4 (14.8)
46 (34.3)
23 (24.2)
17 (18.7)
2 (7.4)
78 (58.2)
65 (68.4)
73 (80.2)
22 (81.5)
28 (20.9)
18 (18.9)
18 (19.8)
10 (37.0)
2022-2023
Applications
Admission
Enrollment
Graduation
171
119
133
7***
80 (46.8)
70 (58.8)
90 (67.7)
3 (42.9)
22 (12.9)
14 (11.8)
15 (11.3)
1 (14.3)
69 (40.4)
35 (29.4)
28 (21.1)
3 (42.9)
65 (38.0)
53 (44.5)
98 (73.7)
4 (57.1)
41 (24.0)
23 (19.3)
24 (18.0)
1 (14.3)
*TN percent (2023): 76.7% White; 16.7% Black; 6.4% Other; 49% Male
**Includes DE and UTK campus
***reflects only Fall 2022 graduation
As with Public Health graduate degrees in general, the majority of our graduates are female, in both the
MPH and doctoral programs. The percentage of enrolled Black students is consistently lower than the
state demographics. We cannot report on other aspects of diversity represented by our graduate
students, as these questions are not included in the application process. Examples include sexual
orientation, social economic status, and first-generation college students. Research supports that people
respond more positively when served by medical and public health professionals who have a similar
demographic background. To create an objective to assess with data, UTK DPH will focus on enhancing
the representation of underrepresented people who are from marginalized communities, by monitoring
student representation of first-generation college students, race, and Tennessee residence. These are
the measures associated with underrepresented persons for which we have data.
With the recent expansion of faculty members in Public Health, the diversity of faculty has increased.
Public Health, in May 2023, had 10 tenure-track faculty and 5 non-tenure track faculty. Of the 15
members, 60% are White, 20% Black, 20% Asian, and some faculty identify as members of the LGBTQ+
community and/or people with disabilities. All staff members are white and female.
2) List the program’s specific goals for increasing the representation and supporting the persistence
(if applicable) and ongoing success of the specific populations defined in documentation request
1.
The disparities in education, particularly in the state of Tennessee, demand that the Department of Public
Health remain vigilant of our ability to recruit and retain students from underrepresented communities. In
Fall 2020, the Department of Public Health developed its first Diversity Action Plan (DAP), which is being
refined after feedback from the College of Education, Health, and Human Development. For faculty
recruitment and retention, the goal is to attract and retain greater numbers of individuals from
historically underrepresented populations (i.e., first in family to attend college, race, ethnicity, and
Tennessee residence). The goal for student recruitment and retention is to attract, retain, and graduate
171
increasing numbers of undergraduate and graduate students from historically underrepresented
populations and international students.
3) List the actions and strategies identified to advance the goals defined in documentation request 2,
and describe the process used to define the actions and strategies. The process may include
collection and/or analysis of program-specific data; convening stakeholder discussions and
documenting their results; and other appropriate tools and strategies.
Public Health’s actions and strategies to advance diversity and inclusion are guided by the Diversity
A
ction Plan (DAP). The Public Health DAP was revised and approved by faculty in May 2023, so the
following reflects the previous version and offers context for the May 2023 revisions. In the area of faculty
recruitment and retention, Public Health currently has three objectives:
(1) Effective Fall 2020, all interviews for open positions in public health will include
Zoom/telephone interviews of at least one candidate from a racially/ethnically diverse
background and/or other underrepresented backgrounds who meet the minimal
requirements in the final interview pool. Given recent TN legislation, UTK cannot include this
statement in our position announcements. Public Health will instead use the boilerplate
statement provided by Human Resources. Hence this objective has been deleted from our
revised DAP. However, search committee members have increased efforts to share the position
announcements in the publications that focus on underrepresented professionals in health and
the social sciences.
(2) Effective fall 2023, the Department Chair will facilitate the identification of a mentor for
underrepresented faculty or staff who will provide the needed support and guidance
leading to their academic success and professional growth. Faculty or staff from
underrepresented populations may provide their own preferred list of mentors for
department chair to consider. The Department Chair ascertains that assigned mentors will
provide the needed support and guidance and will confirm that this objective has been met at
100% within 6 months of hire. This will be more diligently implemented with new Spring 2023
hires and ideally, recent hires since 2021 will also gain this resource.
(3) Review recommendations from the biannual departmental climate survey to identify
opportunities to foster a welcoming, supportive, and inclusive work environment. We
have succeeded in conducting the survey in 2020 and 2022. The DEI committee shares the
findings are to inform students, faculty, and staff on the perceptions and experiences of our
affiliates, with an emphasis on interactions with students and faculty/staff. After the findings
were shared with students and faculty/staff in separate sessions, the audience members then
shared their reflections and strategies for improvement. These are recorded in notes and
were referred to in selecting DEI training topics and mentoring events.
Regarding student recruitment and retention, we
have two objectives.
(1) Annually, the Department of Public Health will provide two or more mentorship events to
support underrepresented undergraduate and graduate students interested in public
health and first-generation college students. Since the undergraduate program had not
started yet, the DEI Committee focused its first mentoring events on graduate students through
initiating mentoring events called, “The Guiding Collectivein Spring 2022, which entailed a panel
of alumni who identify with underrepresented communities. Internal funding from the Council for
Diversity and Inclusion was awarded to the DEI Committee by the university to provide a $125.00
stipend for each panelist. In 2023, the staff from the Office of Diversity and Engagement delivered
a training on the professional integration of DEI and provided strategies to create a personal
board of directors to support DEI and other critical professional skills.
(2) Remove the GRE as an admission requirement by Fall 2023 for Public Health PhD
program. The GRE is officially no longer an admissions requirement for the MPH program. The
elimination of the GRE requirement for the PhD program will appear in the Fall 2023 graduate
catalog. The department faculty appreciates that the GRE is not a strong indicator of academic
success in a graduate program and that the financial and time constraints can obstruct the
172
application of non-traditional students, international students, and persons experiencing economic
hardship.
As aforementioned, the Diversity Action Plan (DAP; see ERF G1.3) guides the department’s primary
efforts to promote diversity and equity. The DAP was initiated in 2020 by the Diversity and Equity (DEI)
Committee, a standing committee in the Department of Public Health composed of faculty, graduate
students, and staff affiliated with Public Health. The DEI committee has traditionally been co-led by a
faculty member (appointed) and a graduate student (volunteer) and meets every other week. The
committee first drafted the DAP in keeping with the goals of the University of Tennessee’s Strategic Plan.
Once actions and assessment items were added to the goals. The faculty chair of the committee then
presented the DAP to the faculty who provided feedback. The committee then responded to the feedback
and presented a second version which was approved by the faculty. This document was then shared on
the website and responsibilities for the execution of the DAP was assigned to various faculty members
and the DEI Committee. The DAP was revised in May 2023 in response to the feedback provided by the
college. This was subsequently approved by the faculty and has been submitted to the college for final
approval.
In addition to the DAP, the DEI Committee also initiated a Black Lives Matter statement of solidarity in Fall
2020. This was on our website until recently, when it was taken down in response to concerns about
Tennessee legislators’ scrutiny. Politics has been playing an increase role in the promotion of health
equity in the state. This has resulted in the termination of state employees, surveys of faculty and
students about their political leanings and comfort level in the classroom, and restrictions of student
learning events (e.g., Sex Week). Tennessee state law now bans the University from requiring employees
to take diversity trainings, as well as prohibits asking job applicants to provide a DEI statement or
philosophy. As such, we are in process of revising our Diversity Action Plan to comply with these new
constraints. Events such as these will most likely impact the effectiveness of health promotion and ability
to recruit faculty from underrepresented communities.
4) List the actions and strategies identified that create and maintain a culturally competent
environment and describe the process used to develop them. The description addresses
curricular requirements; assurance that students are exposed to faculty, staff, preceptors, guest
lecturers and community agencies reflective of the diversity in their communities; and faculty and
student scholarship and/or community engagement activities.
The recently revised DAP (see ERF G1.3) formally outlines the goals, objectives, and actions that the
department has adopted to create and maintain a culturally competent environment. The process by
which the DAP was developed is found in response 3 of this section. The DAP includes five goals in
keeping with UTK’s strategic plan. In addition to the two priorities mentioned in part 3, the three other
priorities include: (1) climate, (2) community engagement and outreach, and (3) curriculum. Each priority-
associated goal has a minimum of two measurable objectives, whose achievement is guided by 1-9
actions.
Curricular assignments. Optimally, as outlined in the DAP, each PUBH prefix course will include a
learning objective that reflects diversity and equity. Although a formal curriculum review has not yet been
initiated, the presence of such learning objectives and hence associated assignments by which to critique
the competency is currently in the undergraduate and graduate curriculum. Examples include:
Introduction to Public Health (PUBH 201), Health of Adolescents (PUBH 315), Suicide and Suicide
Prevention Across the Lifespan (PUBH 430), Fundamental of Program Evaluation (PUBH 537),
Assessment and Planning (PUBH 552), and Health and Society (PUBH 555). All learning objectives
included in these courses have an associated assignment to assess the objective and the students’
learning. In addition, from Fall 2021, MPH students are required to attend 6 hours of DEI (Diversity,
Equity, and Inclusion) events. This is monitored in Graduate Seminar in Public Health (PUBH 509). In
compliance with Tennessee law, the hours will no longer be required but “invited”.
Student exposure to diverse faculty, staff, preceptors, guest lecturers, and community agencies
that reflect diversity in communities. As outlined in item 1, the diversity of the faculty in Public Health is
173
robust, including three faculty members who identify with the LGBTQ+ community. Guest lecturers and
panel members from underrepresented communities are often invited to share their experience and
expertise in the classroom. For example, PUBH 201 in Fall 2022 included several practitioners, including
those from diverse communities. These included: Sarah McCall of College Student Health, and Diondre
Brown of the UT Center for Career Development and Academic Exploration. The 509 Graduate Seminar
has a guest speaker each week. In Fall 2022, a third of the speakers were Public Health practitioners.
PUBH 556 included a panel of Public Health professionals who represented the Tennessee Department
of Health, the Knox County Health Department, and an independent consultant, who is a UTK MPH
alumnus.
Faculty and student scholarship. UTK faculty have scholarship collaborations with undergraduate and
graduate students. Dissertations are one such example. Several doctoral graduates have focused on
underserved communities including rural healthcare (A. Letheren-K. Brown, advisor), food security of
person who identify as transgender and/or non-conforming (J. Russomanno J. Jabson Tree, advisor),
chronic illness in LGB community (J. Patterson J. Jabson Tree), and Cuban medical training for US
students (D, Kirkland – L. L. Meschke, advisor). These topics have also been the focus of national
conference presentations and peer-reviewed publications.
Community engagement activities. As shared earlier, the UTK Department of Public Health engages
the community by incorporating their expertise in the classroom and through service-learning
opportunities. In addition, the faculty and staff also serve the community of Knoxville and the state.
DEI Book Club. In 2022-2023 the DEI committee reintroduced a book club that was open to Public
Health faculty, staff, and graduate students. In Fall 2022, 10 participants read and discussed the book,
“The Beauty Bias: The Injustice of Appearance in Life and Law” by Deborah L. Rhode was read and
discussed. In Spring 2023, we are reading “Dignity: Its Essential Role in Resolving Conflict” by Donna
Hicks and 12 book club members attended. The DEI Committee was awarded $400 from the UTK Center
of Diversity and Inclusion and $161.70 from the College of Education, Health and Human Sciences to
cover the cost of books for all attendees.
Equity, Inclusion, and Justice Institute. One activity has cross-cutting influences across all DAP
goals. In Summer 2021, the College of Education, Health, and Human Sciences initiated the Equity,
Inclusion, and Justice (EIJ) Institute. Dr. Jabson Tree had been trained as a trainer of this NIH-affiliated
program and successfully brought this resource to UTK. In the past two years (2021, 2022, 2023), the
Department has had 5 faculty members, 2 doctoral students, and 2 staff trained in an intensive 10-day
summer program. Attendance of this program, based on program evaluation, has implications for climate,
curriculum, professional development, and the promotion of equity and inclusion.
5) Provide quantitative and qualitative data that document the program’s approaches, successes
and/or challenges in increasing representation and supporting persistence and ongoing success
of the priority population(s) defined in documentation request 1.
Impact of DEI Committee membership. Graduate student members of the DEI committee reflected on
the impact of membership on their professional development. A second-year MPH student member
shared:
Being a part of the DEI committee has dramatically impacted my professional development.
As a health policy and management concentration, the work that we have done within our
DEI group has better prepared me for my career. I have learned the importance of building
an equitable and safe environment, especially within organizational settings. For example, I
am prepared to acknowledge and address biased policies and practices without hesitation.
In addition, DEI helped me understand the significance of workforce diversity and how
critical it can be in addressing community health needs. My DEI experiences have only
solidified my need to promote equity so underserved individuals can receive the tools they
need to have a happy and healthy life. I am so honored to work alongside and learn from
the unique experiences of the incredible individuals on our DEI team. I would like to see the
DEI committee grow. We are a small team as of right now, and we could do more within our
174
department and the community if we had more individuals. As public health professionals,
we must understand the history and experiences of those facing inequities to better serve
these individuals going forward. The public health DEI committee is a great asset in that
way, and I would like to see this highlighted even more going forward. I would like to see
the DEI committee grow. We are a small team as of right now, and we could do more within
our department and the community if we had more individuals. As public health
professionals, we must understand the history and experiences of those facing inequities to
better serve these individuals going forward. The public health DEI committee is a great
asset in that way, and I would like to see this highlighted even more going forward.
Another member of the DEI committee shared:
Since serving on the DEI committee, I have had the opportunity to meet and work with a
group of remarkable individuals, each of whom has extraordinary experiences and
backgrounds they bring to the table. I am fortunate to be in the position of disseminating
information about DEI while also having the opportunity to present on Neurodiversity for our
incoming cohort during orientation. The DEI committee has been a wonderful experience!
The knowledge, values, and learning experience I have gained during this time of service
have provided me with more tools and insights that will stay with me as I continue to grow
personally and professionally.
DEI Committee Programs. Members of the Fall 2022 book club shared their assessment of their
experience in a follow up survey. The 6 respondents all agreed or strongly agreed that their participation in
the book club increased their knowledge of diversity and inclusion and enhanced their personal and
professional growth. One respondent’s comment summarized the survey responses well, “I thoroughly
enjoyed the book club and hated to miss the last one. I’ve never participated in a book club and this
challenged the way I read the book and my thought processes. I hope that it continues.”
For the past three years, the DEI committee has also provided 2-hour training at the new graduate student
orientation and in the graduate seminar (PUBH 509). A third (n=13) shared their assessments of the
trainings in a brief survey administered in December 2022. More than 90% of the participants had attended
the bystander intervention training related to sexual violence prevention and 75% had attended two or
more of the three events. All rated the trainings as good or excellent with 80% selecting “excellent.” All
respondents agreed or strongly agreed that the presentations increased their sense of belonging and
knowledge of diversity and equity. It is the DEI committee’s intention to continue with these training
opportunities.
In Spring 2022 the DEI committee also initiated the Guiding Collective, a mentoring program with a focus
on diversity, equity, and inclusion. The first event was a 4-member alumni panel of black MPH graduates
who pursued different professional experiences. The audience of 52 people included faculty members and
graduate students. Of these, 15 participants completed the evaluation survey and a third either identified
with the BIPOC or LGBTQ+ communities or chose not to disclose. Those who responded to the survey
were appreciative of the event and the information shared. The importance of self-advocating and
networking were the primary takeaways. The Public Health Guiding Collective looks forward to organizing
future events to better promote equity in employment and health promotion. This event provided $125
stipends to the presenters, through a $500 award from the Council for Diversity and Inclusion.
6) Provide student and faculty (and staff, if applicable) perceptions of the program’s climate
regarding diversity and cultural competence.
2020 and 2022 Climate Surveys. The DEI initiated a climate survey in 2015 to better understand the
experiences of graduate students, faculty and staff associated with the department. The results of the
climate survey serve to inform all people affiliated with UTK Public Health of the strengths and challenges
experienced in the department and how perceptions may differ by self-identified affiliation with a
marginalized group.
175
Given the opportunities for improvement, a climate survey was subsequently administered to Public
Health affiliated staff, faculty, and graduate students in 2020 and 2022. The tool was kept brief in
response to the university request, as UTK intended to administer a longer climate survey for the
university in both years, but this did not occur. In comparing the two years of data, for marginalized
respondents, the percentage of positive agreement for interactions with both students and faculty/staff
increased in the desired direction across all themes comparing 2020 and 2022. For non-marginalized
respondents, the percentage of positive agreement for interactions with students increased or decreased
depending on the topic (see ERF G1.6 Climate Survey Results, Tables 2 and 3). Although the data are
cross-sectional, the findings imply that the climate of the UTK Public Health program is becoming more
inclusive and welcoming, but room for improvement remains.
7) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
The DEI committee has been very active in promoting the retention of students through
committee membership, providing 6 hours of training events annually, and assessing climate
every other year.
The climate survey was initiated in Fall 2015 and was repeated in 2020 and 2022. The findings
are very promising that the DEI promotion efforts have been beneficial.
Faculty and staff are very committed to enhancing their awareness and practice of DEI promotion
strategies as exemplified in their involvement in the summer justice institute, participation in the
DEI committee, and inclusion of DEI-related learning objectives in course syllabi and products.
We have a very solid foundation on which to build.
Faculty and staff are sensitive and responsive to the impact of external events (i.e., mass
shootings) that affect the mental health and well-being of all students, particularly marginalized
groups (i.e., LGBTQ, People of Color) through actions such as listening groups, including with the
Dean and other administrators, shared meals, social events, and other strategies to connect and
support underrepresented students.
Weaknesses
Less attention has been devoted to the recruitment of diverse students, however across the past
five years, the public health MPH and doctorate graduates from underrepresented communities
has exceeded that of the state.
Compared to the state of Tennessee, the Black community remains underrepresented in our
graduates from the MPH and doctoral program. The majority of Tennessee’s Black community is
in Shelby County in the city of Memphis. This is a 5-hour 45-minute drive from Knoxville, which
may discourage application and enrollment as more local options are available (e.g., Memphis
State). The nascent distance education MPH program may address this disparity. The University
of Memphis offers an MPH program on the west side of the state.
Tabling banners and posters currently focus on the university as a whole, not the department. As
funds are secured, the intention will be to highlight faculty and students of the department in our
materials.
Given the quantity and quality of contributions of the DEI committee, the number of members of
students and faculty would ideally be higher. More members could more effectively address the
number of trainings, climate survey, continuous quality improvement, and the opportunity to
further enhance the Guiding Collective.
176
Plans
The following strategies will be undertaken to enhance UTK Public Health’s efforts and climate associated
with DEI.
The DEI committee will be expanded to include UTK undergraduates with a major in Public
Health. This will require a change to the by-laws of UTK Public Heath as the currently listed name
is not the Diversity, Equity, Inclusion committee (section 3.3.1.7)
Continue to implement the DPH Diversity Action Plan and monitor metrics and benchmarks.
Continue administration of the UTK Public Health climate survey to support continuous quality
improvement in DEI efforts and outcomes
177
H1. Academic Advising
The program provides an accessible and supportive academic advising system for students. Each
student has access, from the time of enrollment, to advisors who are actively engaged and
knowledgeable about the program’s curricula and about specific courses and programs of study.
Qualified faculty and/or staff serve as advisors in monitoring student progress and identifying and
supporting those who may experience difficulty in progressing through courses or completing
other degree requirements. Orientation, including written guidance, is provided to all entering
students.
1) Describe the orientation processes. If these differ by degree and/or concentration, provide a brief
overview of each.
Public Health (BSPH) Degree
In the fall, public health faculty, in collaboration with the College advising center
(https://cehhsadvising.utk.edu/academic-advising/), and university Center for Career Development and
Academic Exploration (https://studentsuccess.utk.edu/career/), conduct two interest meetings via zoom
and in-person for students who are interested in declaring the public health major to learn about required
courses as well as discuss what students can do with a public health degree. Students receive links to the
current catalog requirements, as well as a link to the google form to declare a public health major. After a
student declares the public health major, they receive an email from the Advising center with a link to sign
up for an advising appointment. During the spring, the public health faculty holds an orientation for newly
declared public health majors to answer any questions that students may have.
MPH Program
Campus-based MPH
All newly admitted campus-based students are invited to a formal student orientation the week before Fall
semester begins. This orientation is designed for students admitted into the program beginning in Fall and
any part-time students admitted in the preceding Spring semester. The orientation is an all-day event (9a-
4p) that covers an overview of the program and expectations, faculty introductions and diversity, equity,
and inclusion training. Our Public Health Graduate Student Association members also organize a panel of
current students that provide a Q&A session to incoming students.
Distance MPH
All newly admitted distance education students are invited to a formal student orientation in the week
preceding their semester of admittance (Fall and/or Spring). Given these students are not necessarily
local to Knoxville, the orientations are held virtually. This orientation lasts one hour and is designed to
introduce distance education students to the program and to the distance education faculty members.
Distance education students are also provided additional resources including a Student Advising Canvas
site that lists important forms, deadlines, and events throughout the semesters. The Distance education
student advising Canvas site is updated regularly by our Distance Education program coordinator to
ensure consistency and accuracy.
PhD Program in Public Health Sciences
All newly admitted campus-based students are invited to a formal student orientation the week before Fall
semester begins. This orientation is designed for students admitted into the program beginning in Fall and
any part-time students admitted in the preceding Spring semester. The orientation is an all-day event (9a-
4p) that covers an overview of the program and expectations, faculty introductions and diversity, equity,
and inclusion training. Our Public Health Student Association members also organize a panel of current
students that provides a Q&A session to incoming students.
2) Describe the program’s academic advising services. If services differ by degree and/or
concentration, a description should be provided for each public health degree offering.
BSPH Program
178
The College of Education, Health, and Human Sciences (CEHHS) Office of Advising and Student
Services provides academic advising for the initial two years of undergraduate public health study. For
the final two years, a staff coordinator/advisor in the Department of Public Health provides advising. The
undergraduate program director reviews and approves course substitutions, in collaboration with the
CEHHS Advising Office. The undergraduate program director and committee member(s) meet with the
CEHHS advisors annually to explain public health curricular changes and give advisors insight into public
health career paths so that advisors can help guide public health majors academic planning. There is
ongoing, regular communication between the program director and the college advisors.
MPH Program
Each concentration is comprised of a minimum of 3 faculty members. Students are assigned a
concentration-specific faculty advisor on admission. In addition, distance education students can access
an advising Canvas site updated regularly by our Distance Education program coordinator to ensure
consistency, accuracy, and 24/7 access.
Each advisor is responsible for guiding students through our program’s course offerings and assists
students with building their personal agendas based on their graduation timeline. Students may choose to
change advisors on approval from the program director. The most common reason for a change in
advisor is when a student changes concentration. Students are allowed to change their concentrations,
again with the acceptable rationale in the form of a revised personal statement. In most situations, to
change concentration, students will initiate communication with their respective advisors addressing the
nature and feasibility of re-direction. Students will then be referred by their advisors to the program
director for further discussion and permission. Once the student is approved to change, he or she is
assigned a new advisor from within the concentration.
Throughout the MPH course of study, the program director, faculty advisors, and the Applied Practice
Experience (APEx) coordinator encourage students to communicate through e-mail, telephone, or face-
to-face to review, update, and refine their resume, engage in career planning, define immediate career
objectives, explore engagement in service and research activities, and discuss long-term career goals.
The faculty advisor is expected to provide appointments for students who need an extended advising
session. In most situations, faculty members also provide informal advising opportunities prior to and after
classes. The program director provides advising across the concentrations, serves as a back-up when the
student’s advisor is off campus and works with individual faculty advisors as needed to clarify and resolve
specific advising issues.
In addition to the individualized APEx discussions offered by faculty advisors, the APEx coordinator
provides an information and planning session for all students one semester prior to the start of the field
practice. The session guides students regarding participating in an interview in the proposed field setting,
interacting effectively with preceptors, establishing field practice objectives, selecting competencies to
develop, and adhering to the milestones required to achieve excellent performance.
As outlined in our Department of Public Health (DPH) Graduate Student Handbook (ERF H1.2 Graduate
Handbook_2023-24 p. 17-18), responsibilities of the advisee are:
Contact the faculty advisor to schedule an appointment prior to registration for classes for the
subsequent semester.
Consult the University registration website (https://onestop.utk.edu/class-registration/). This site
also has a link to the Timetable of Classes.
Consult the University Graduate School website (https://gradschool.utk.edu/). This site provides
information on procedures and deadlines for graduation. In particular, students have found the
“Steps to Graduation for Graduate Students” very helpful
(https://gradschool.utk.edu/graduation/steps-to-graduation/).
Notify the faculty advisor and the MPH Program Director of any change in your address or
telephone number.
As outlined in our Graduate Student Handbook (p. 20), responsibilities of the advisor are:
Schedule advising appointments when contacted by the advisee.
179
Assist the advisee in the development of a plan of study that is commensurate with the advisee's
background, interests, and goals that comply with the approved curricula and policies.
Provide guidance to the advisee on selection of committee members.
Assist the advisee in meeting Graduate School requirements and deadlines.
Coordinate written and oral examinations, as required by the specific programs in which the
advisee is a candidate.
Provide guidance and assistance in the selection of an Applied Practice Experience site.
3) Explain how advisors are selected and oriented to their roles and responsibilities.
BSPH Program
For the BSPH program, the CEHHS Office of Advising Services employs a team of professional advisors
who are trained to advise undergraduate public health majors (freshmen and sophomores). Juniors and
seniors will be advised by a dedicated public health staff advisor. The advisor will be trained by the BSPH
program director and CEHHS advising team.
MPH Program
The MPH program offers five concentrations of study: Community Health Education (CHE), Epidemiology
(EPI), Health Policy and Management (HPM), Nutrition (NUTR), and Veterinary Public Health (VPH). With
guidance from the program director, faculty members within each concentration are responsible for the
evaluation of application materials. Based on faculty recommendations, the program director makes the
final decision on admission that is electronically submitted to the Graduate School, and the applicant is
notified by letter. In the letter, the program director shares the name and email address of the assigned
faculty advisor and encourages the applicant to make early contact. The program director initiates the
advisor assignment for admitted students. The advisor assignment is based on concentration of study,
each student’s interest as expressed in the application materials, their educational background, workload
equity, and past and/or current professional experience. Under most circumstances, faculty members
send a welcoming email within two weeks upon receiving the notification of the assigned advisee.
To ensure consistency in advising, each faculty advisor has access to an electronic Graduate Advising
Guide (ERF H1.3 Graduate Advising Guide 2023 and H1.3 MPH Course Schedule) and is provided a
copy via email each academic year. All faculty and staff also have access to a departmental SharePoint
site that contains important documents, forms, and resources useful in student advising.
PhD Program Public Health Sciences
Prior to enrolling in the PhD program, each student is assigned to a primary advisor (major professor)
based on matching with research interests. Upon enrollment and after the new student orientation, each
faculty member meets with assigned doctoral students. PhD students may change major
professors/advisors at any time when necessary, such as redirection of research, faculty turnover, or
other changes. This is done with input from the student, primary advisor, program director, and
prospective new advisor.
Additionally, doctoral students receive advising from their dissertation committee. After doctoral students
complete 18 hours of credit hours, they form a dissertation committee for advising and providing peer
review. The dissertation committee is made up of four faculty members including the major professor, two
additional faculty members from the department of public health, and one external faculty member from a
department external to the department of public health. Dissertation committees can also be revised as
needed based on changing academic needs and conditions.
To ensure consistency in advising, each faculty advisor has access to an electronic Graduate Advising
Guide (H1. Graduate Advising Guide 2023) and is provided a copy via email each academic year.
180
4) Provide a sample of advising materials and resources, such as student handbooks and plans of
study, that provide additional guidance to students.
CEHHS BSPH Advising Form (ERF H1.4 BSPH Advising Form)
CEHHS BSPH Curriculum Sheet (ERF H1.4 BSPH Curriculum Sheet)
Undergraduate public health course schedule by semester (scroll to bottom of page):
https://publichealth.utk.edu/undergraduate-programs/bs_public_health/
MPH Concentration Curriculum Sheets (ERF H1.4 MPH Curriculum Sheets)
MPH Advising Guide (ERF H1.3 MPH Course Schedule)
2022-2023 Graduate Student Handbook; p.19-20 (ERF H1.2 Graduate_Handbook_2022)
This document is also publicly available on our departmental website:
https://publichealth.utk.edu/current-students/forms_docs/
(Graduate Student Handbook)
Graduate Advising Guide (ERF H1.3 Graduate Advising Guide_2023)
5) Provide data reflecting the level of student satisfaction with academic advising during each of the
last three years. Include survey response rates, if applicable.
BSPH Program
The BSPH program is in its first year of existence (started fall 2022) and is currently developing a student
satisfaction survey. This survey will assess student satisfaction with advising in the 2023/2024 academic
year.
MPH Program
We assess student satisfaction with advising on our annual MPH Student Survey (distributed each April).
On our annual survey, students are asked “How satisfied are you with your interaction with faculty
Quality of faculty advising.” This question is rated on a 5-point Likert scale (1=not very satisfied; 5=very
satisfied).
Results pertaining to student satisfaction with academic advising for the past 4 academic years (2018-
2019; 2020-2021; 2021-2022; 2022-2023) are included below. Data from the 2019-2020 academic year
are not available as a student satisfaction survey was not distributed due to COVID-19.
Academic Year
Mean Score
Comments
2019-2020
No data to report. No survey was conducted
due to the start of the COVID-19 pandemic.
2020-2021 (n=21)
3.8
Students in this cohort primarily had to attend
classes via Zoom due to COVID-19, which
could have contributed to the lowered ratings.
2021-2022 (n=46)
4.2
This is the first year that we had student
representatives from both the campus-based
and distance education programs.
2022-2023 (n=40)
4.4
Mean score increased, and all but two students
were satisfied with faculty advising. The two
who were less than satisfied would like faculty
to be more proactive in reaching out to
students for advising.
PhD Program in Public Health Sciences
The PhD program is in its second year of existence and has not yet developed a student satisfaction
survey. This survey is in development and the goal is to assess student satisfaction with advising in the
2023/2024 academic year.
181
6) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
We have added several new faculty members beginning in the 2021-2022 academic year, which
allows for greater disbursement of academic advisees in the MPH program. This will allow faculty
members to work more closely with advisees throughout their program trajectory.
In August 2022, we added a new staff position that is primarily responsible for coordinating Applied
Practice Experiences (APEx). Having a dedicated position for coordinating student APEx
placements will reduce the burden of advisors to assist students with internship opportunities.
From the point of application, PhD students are paired with and work closely with a faculty advisor.
In this work, they develop a mentoring relationship, complete development plans, create a
mentoring map, and begin developing academic and professional socialization for successful
doctoral training and professional experiences.
For undergraduates, the CEHHS Advising Center offers professionally trained advising services.
CEHHS advisors are Master’s prepared individuals who specialize in providing academic advising.
Weaknesses
The PhD program lacks a mechanism (i.e., survey) to assess advising satisfaction.
The BSPH program does not have a position dedicated to or trained in advising within the
department, nor have we had upper classmen to advise since the program just started in fall 2022.
Plans
In the 2023/2024 academic year, the BSPH and PhD programs will develop and implement a
survey for students to describe their satisfaction with advising.
By fall 2023, we will hire a coordinator who will be trained to provide academic advising to BSPH
juniors and seniors.
182
H2. Career Advising
The program provides accessible and supportive career advising services for students. All
students, including those who may be currently employed, have access to qualified faculty and/or
staff who are actively engaged, knowledgeable about the workforce and sensitive to their
professional development needs; these faculty and/or staff provide appropriate career placement
advice, including advice about enrollment in additional education or training programs, when
applicable. Career advising services may take a variety of forms, including but not limited to
individualized consultations, resume workshops, mock interviews, career fairs, professional
panels, networking events, employer presentations and online job databases.
The program provides such resources for both currently enrolled students and alumni. The
program may accomplish this through a variety of formal or informal mechanisms including
connecting graduates with professional associations, making faculty and other alumni available
for networking and advice, etc.
1) Describe the program’s career advising and services. If services differ by degree and/or
concentration, a brief description should be provided for each. Include an explanation of efforts to
tailor services to meet students’ specific needs.
UT’s Center for Career Development and Academic Exploration (CCDAE) provides undergraduate and
graduate students, as well as alumni, a comprehensive array of career advising services. Services
include individualized consultations, resume workshops, mock interviews, career fairs, professional
panels, networking events, and employer presentations. The CCDAE also provides students and alumni
access to many online job databases, such as Handshake and Career Shift. Services are available in-
person and online. The CCDAE website is here https://studentsuccess.utk.edu/career/
BSPH Degree
All undergraduate public health students complete the Introduction to Public Health (PUBH 201) course,
which includes a module on careers and health professionals. Also, undergraduate students are
encouraged to join the university’s Public Health Student Association (PHSA), which helps
undergraduates connect with graduate public health students who may provide insight into career paths.
Undergraduates are exposed to networking with guest speakers, which is built into most undergraduate
courses. During the last semester internship, students gain direct insight into their selected career path.
BSPH majors are invited to attend selected Professional Development webinars hosted by the MPH
program.
MPH Degree
Our MPH program offers in-depth career advising to MPH students, which begins during the new student
orientation where students are advised to seek out opportunities during the MPH to network with guest
speakers and community partners through class projects and other service-learning activities. Our
graduate seminar (PUBH 509, 1 credit), facilitated by the MPH program director, features a series of
strategically selected public health professionals who infuse career guidance into their presentations to
MPH students. The MPH intern coordinator offers two career guidance sessions in the fall to help first
year students identify and plan their career paths with a focus on using the Applied Practice Experience
(APEx) as a springboard toward next steps, as well as a session for 2
nd
year MPH students to identify and
confirm their APEx field sites.
PhD in Public Health: Population Health Sciences Degree
Every PhD student must enroll in and complete PUBH 609, Doctoral Seminar, twice in their doctoral
program, In the seminar, PhD students complete a range of career development activities, including but
not limited to negotiating authorship, creating an effective curriculum vitae, leadership approaches,
creating writing routines and plans, and job market preparation. In the first semester of PUBH 609, PhD
students also complete the Individual Development Plan (IDP). This plan is a formal document completed
by the PhD student and highlights their strengths and areas in need of additional, specific, scholarly, and
183
professional development. Students then present their IDP to their primary advisor for discussion and
development planning. The IDP is to be reviewed annually by PhD student and advisor for continued
planning and tracking. Also, every spring, the PhD Program Director coordinates an annual review of
doctoral students with faculty and students to assess progress towards degree completion and career
goals. Each PhD student’s advisor synthesizes feedback and shares with their advisee in an annual letter
of progress.
2) Explain how individuals providing career advising are selected and oriented to their roles and
responsibilities.
In addition to the career advising that every faculty member provides, particularly for doctoral students,
the CCDAE (Center for Career Development and Academic Exploration) employs career coaches for
each discipline on campus, which includes a career coach assigned to public health. The CCDAE career
coach is a Master’s prepared individual who specializes in supporting students to explore majors and
careers, as well as connect them with opportunities. Currently, Diondre Brown, is the career coach
assigned to public health (dbrow17[email protected]u,
https://studentsuccess.utk.edu/career/quick-tea
m-
directory/). The UT DPH partners with the CCDAE career coach to foster relationships with public health
employers, often through MPH alumni connections. Also, the CCDAE provides faculty and staff with a
centralized webpage (https://studentsuccess.utk.edu/career/faculty-and-s
taff/) to help faculty and staff
know how to support students’ career advising needs and where to refer them for additional guidance.
3) Pr
ovide three examples from the last three years of career advising services provided to students
and one example of career advising provided to an alumnus/a. For each category, indicate the
number of individuals participating.
Example 1: Undergraduate public health program. On October 28, 2022, the CCDAE public health
career, Diondre Brown, led the PUBH 201: Introduction to Public Health discussion class to help students
explore careers in health and public health. Mr. Brown led 61 undergraduate students through a highly
interactive, personalized self-assessment and planning process to help students identify their career
and/or graduate school plans. By the end of the session, students had a draft personal statement that
could be used to apply for graduate school or tailored for a cover letter for a professional position.
Example 2: MPH program. The spring 2022 Graduate Seminar in Public Health offered two sessions
that specifically provided career guidance. The speakers included Quinten Ash, MPH CDC Emergency
Response Operations Coordinator Infection Control Prevention and Control Team who discussed “Your
Net Worth is your Network!”. During his session Mr. Ash described his career path, starting as a student
in the UT MPH program. He identified and provided contact information for opportunities at the CDC. On
March 31, Marsha Marsh, retired career CDC professional, presented a session titled “"Do Something to
Make a Difference in the World, not just to Make a Living". Ms. Marsh also described her career at the
CDC with encouraging words for the students. She provided information on international opportunities for
students and encouraged them to contact her personally for more information. Both sessions were very
well received by the students, reflecting value and motivation for seeking opportunities at the CDC.
The MPH Applied Practice Experience coordinator organized and hosted three professional development
workshops in Spring 2023 semester that were attended by both on-campus and distance education MPH
students on Zoom. These sessions addressed topics of career readiness including how to develop useful
resumes and cover letters, public health job searching strategies, and information on two public health
certifications: Certified Health Education Specialist (CHES) and Certified in Public Health (CPH). MPH
faculty, alumni, and staff from the Center for Career Development were involved in providing guidance
and career preparation to students during these workshops.
Example 3: PhD program. In the Fall semester, 2022, all PhD students who had not advanced to
candidacy, or who had not previously enrolled in PUBH 609, Doctoral Seminar, were required to enroll in
and complete two semesters of PUBH 609. In the fall of 2022, 13 PhD students enrolled. The objective of
the weekly seminar sessions is to expose doctoral students to additional career development
opportunities to prepare them for future professional placements. Therefore, Dr. Jabson Tree (as Director
184
of the PhD Program) led students through 15 weeks of professional development and career advising.
These one-hour, weekly, sessions included career development discussions and activities about
developing a research program, negotiating authorship for articles and manuscripts, creating a scientific
writing routine, pros and cons of post-doctoral training, leadership, and equity and inclusion topics and
principles in public health. At the end of the course, PhD students had a complete Individual Development
Plan that they presented and discussed with their primary faculty advisors. This plan was then used to
guide career development activities.
Alumni example: Our MPH APEx coordinator maintains a private LinkedIn group for MPH alumni,
whereby alumni and the coordinator post open positions and conduct career-related networking. The
group, which started in 2015, includes 200 members. The private group allows current students to see
example career paths and helps alumni keep in touch. Prior to the LinkedIn group, the department used
to disseminate jobs to alumni via a listserv; however, based on alumni feedback, the listserv was
eliminated and replaced with a more interactive, social media style professional networking that allows
alumni to connect and reconnect throughout the course of their careers.
A significant way faculty support alumni in their career path is by providing references to prospective
employers. For example, four faculty members have provided almost 50 references for new positions,
post-docs, or other educational programs for graduates of the Public Health programs during 2022.
4) Provide data reflecting the level of student satisfaction with career advising during each of the last
three years. Include survey response rates, if applicable.
We assess student satisfaction with career advising in our annual MPH Student Survey (distributed each
April). On our annual survey, students are asked “How satisfied are you with the guidance on field
practice and career planning.” This question is rated on a 5-point Likert scale (1=not very satisfied;
5=very satisfied).
Results pertaining to student satisfaction with career planning for the past 4 academic years (2018-2019;
2020-2021; 2021-2022; 2022-2023) are included below. Data from the 2019-2020 academic year are not
available as a student satisfaction survey was not distributed due to COVID-19.
Academic Year
Mean Score
Comments
2018-2019 (n=28)
3.29
2019-2020
No data to report. No survey was conducted
due to the start of the COVID-19 pandemic.
2020-2021 (n=21)
3.0
Students in this cohort primarily had to attend
classes and receive advising via Zoom due to
COVID-19, which could have contributed to the
lowered ratings.
2021-2022 (n=46)
3.8
This is the first year that we had student
representatives from both the campus-based
and distance education programs.
2022-2023 (n=30)
3.77
Comparable to prior year.
PhD Program:
Currently the PhD program does not have a satisfaction survey for alumni or to current students.
Therefore, we do not have data to present regarding alumni satisfaction with student experiences in the
PhD program.
5) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
185
The university’s comprehensive career center offers all students and alumni many tools and
resources to assist throughout the lifespan.
Our MPH program has long-standing relationships with public health employers, as well as a
strong alumni base that spans the last 50+ years.
Intentional career-focused sessions for MPH students both stand-alone and integrated into
courses.
Weaknesses
Due to retirements and turnover in recent years, many faculty are new to the area and getting to
know university advising and career resources, as well as establishing community relationships
to serve students career advising needs.
Our undergraduate program is brand new and thus lacks data on student satisfaction with career
guidance.
There is no student nor alumni survey of experiences in the PhD program.
Plans
By December 2023, the BSPH program will hire a jointly funded coordinator, shared with the
Knox County Health Department. The coordinator will give career guidance to undergrads and
oversee the undergraduate internship.
During the 2023/2024 academic year, the undergraduate program will develop and implement a
student satisfaction survey.
The PhD program will establish and implement a student satisfaction survey and alumni
satisfaction survey with experiences in the PhD program, during the 2023/2024 academic year.
The APEx coordinator plans to facilitate four to six professional development workshops
annually between fall and spring semester.
186
H3. Student Complaint Procedures
The program enforces a set of policies and procedures that govern formal student
complaints/grievances. Such procedures are clearly articulated and communicated to students.
Depending on the nature and level of each complaint, students are encouraged to voice their
concerns to program officials or other appropriate personnel. Designated administrators are
charged with reviewing and resolving formal complaints. All complaints are processed through
appropriate channels.
1) Describe the procedures by which students may communicate complaints and/or
grievances to program officials, addressing both informal complaint resolution and formal
complaints or grievances. Explain how these procedures are publicized.
Public health faculty interactions with students are based on respect, honesty, and fairness. Faculty seek
to handle potential misunderstandings on a timely basis from the most direct point of concern. The
recommended procedure for the student is to seek resolution (informal complaints) with the involved
faculty member, followed by consultation with the faculty advisor/major professor. Guided by the program
culture of advocacy for students, Public Health faculty are responsive to student suggestions and
requests, recognizing the experience, maturity, and different needs of working students. Informal
complaints may be made to the MPH or PhD program director and/or the Department Head. Resolution is
prioritized and ideally achieved to the affected parties' satisfaction before moving to the formal grievance
process.
If a student should become dissatisfied with advising, instruction, or other areas related to degree pursuit,
notification as a formal complaint may be made to the MPH or PhD program directors for resolution of the
issue or concern, subsequently to the department head, and then to the associate dean of the college.
The University of Tennessee Graduate Student’s Responsibility, Rights to Appeal and Graduate Council
Appeal Procedure can be obtained at the Graduate School or at
https://gradschool.utk.edu/graduate-
council/appeals-committee/the-university-of-tennessee-graduate-council-appeal-procedure/ and shared
via faculty advisors. If not resolved by the program, department or college, the student may file a formal
complaint with the graduate school.
A gr
aduate student may appeal three types of academic decisions to the Graduate Council through the
Graduate Council Appeals Committee: (1) grievances concerning the interpretation of and adherence to
university, college, and department policies and procedures; (2) grievances concerning grades; and (3)
grievances concerning academic penalties imposed for academic and/or research misconduct.
1. Students with grievances concerning the interpretation of and adherence to university, college, and
department policies and procedures as they apply to graduate education may file a formal complaint
with the Graduate Council through the Assistant Dean of the Graduate School, but only after
grievances have been duly processed, without resolution, through appropriate appeals procedures at
the department and college levels. The initial appeal must be at the lowest level (i.e., at the
department or college where the policy or procedure exists) and must be filed no later than 10
business days after the incident that occasions the appeal. If the department head or dean of college
does not respond within 10 business days of receiving the student’s written appeal, the student has
the right take the appeal to the next level.
2. Students with grievances concerning grades may file a formal complaint with the Graduate Council
through the Graduate Council Appeals Committee, but only after grievances have been duly
processed, without resolution, through appropriate appeals procedures at the instructor, department
and college levels. Students may appeal grades only on the basis of one or more of the following
allowable grounds: (1) A clearly unfair decision (such as lack of consideration of circumstances clearly
beyond the control of the student, e.g., a death in the family, illness, or accident); (2) Unacceptable
instruction/evaluation procedures (such as deviation from stated policies on grading criteria,
incompletes, late paper examinations, or class attendance); (3) Inability of the instructor to deal with
187
course responsibilities; or (4) An exam setting which makes concentration extremely difficult. The initial
grade appeal must be filed no later than 10 business days after the final grade has been issued.
3. Academic penalties may result from academic or research misconduct. These penalties can be
appealed to the Graduate Council Appeals Committee. Students with grievances concerning such
academic penalties may file a formal complaint with the Graduate Council through the Graduate
Council Appeals Committee. The Graduate Council Appeals Committee cannot reverse the outcome
of a research misconduct process, a student conduct process, or any disciplinary sanctions that result
from those processes; thus, students may not use the Graduate Council Appeals Committee to appeal
these decisions. The initial appeal of the academic penalty must be filed no later than 10 business
days after the conclusion of the student conduct process and the issuance of the academic penalty.
Students with grievances related to race, sex, color, religion, national origin, age, disability, or veteran
status have the right to file a formal complaint with the Office of Equity and Diversity, 1840 Melrose
Avenue. These types of complaints are not addressed by the Graduate Council Appeals Committee.
Department guidance on filing complaints and grievances are published in the Graduate Handbook
(see ERF H3.1 Sections 11 C and D),
Undergraduate Program
The process for grade appeals for undergraduate is articulated in the Undergraduate Catalog
https://catalog.utk.edu/content.php?catoid=34&navoid=4710#stud_righ_resp
.
All Programs
The student handbook, Hilltopics, can be accessed at https://hilltopics.utk.edu/
. The pages of the
website include links covering every element of student life at UT. Specific to complaints
https://hilltopics.utk.edu/process-for-handl
ing-complaints/ students are encouraged to work through
respective campus channels (instructor, advisor, department, college, etc.) before contacting the
University of Tennessee system. Complaints not resolved at the campus level may be directed to the
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Student Success.
Complaints regarding distance education offered by any University of Tennessee institution to students
in other states may also be reported to the UT Vice President for Academic Affairs and Student
Success. Alternatively, complaints regarding distance education programs offered to students in other
states may be reported through the applicable state’s process if a separate complaint process is listed
at wcet.wiche.edu/advance/state-approval-complaint.
2) Briefly summarize the steps for how a formal complaint or grievance is filed through
official university processes progresses. Include information on all levels of
review/appeal.
Graduate Appeals Process
Department Appeals Process
The purpose of this process is to provide graduate students in the Department of Public Health an
opportunity to resolve academic complaints that may interfere with, terminate, or impede progress
toward academic or professional degree goals. The complaints may include adverse outcomes on
qualifying exams, course grades, or other academic decisions.
Step 1
The student should first consult and attempt to resolve the concern with the faculty member
associated with the concern and their academic advisor. If the resolution is not satisfactory, the
student can appeal the resolution with the MPH or PhD committee.
188
Step 2
The second process must be initiated within 30 days after the student receives the initial decision by
faculty member in consultation with the academic advisor. If an MPH or PhD committee faculty
member(s) is/are involved in making the initial academic decision, an alternate faculty member from
the Department of Public Health will be asked by the director of the MPH or PhD committee or by the
department chair to join the process.
Step 3
Provided a mutually satisfactory resolution cannot be reached at the Program level, the complaint may
be brought to the Department Head. The process must be initiated within 30 days after the student
receives the decision from the MPH or PhD committee. It is the responsibility of the Department Head
to determine the circumstances surrounding the academic decision in consultation with faculty
member(s), the academic advisor and the director of the MPH or PhD committee.
Step 4
If all departmental appeal processes resulted in an unsatisfactory outcome and the student wishes to
pursue the appeal further, the student may appeal in writing to the Dean of the College of Education,
Health and Human Sciences (CEHHS), however this step can only occur when the remedies afforded
at departmental level have been exhausted.
Step 5
If the College level appeal process resulted in an unsatisfactory outcome, students can file a formal
complaint with Graduate Council Appeals Committee following Graduate Council Appeal Procedure.
A student wishing to initiate an appeal should contact the Graduate School’s Assistant Dean and
Director of Student Services at gradscho[email protected]du
. The Assistant Dean will guide the student through
the process and coordinate with the Graduate Council Appeals Committee to ensure the appeal is
heard. A student with a grievance concerning policies or procedures, grades, or academic penalties
must abide by the following three step procedure in order for an appeal to be considered.
1. Bef
ore appealing to the Graduate Council Appeals Committee, the student must first follow and
exhaust the appeal procedures at the department and college level. For grade appeals, the
student must confer with the faculty member who issued the grade and if no resolution is achieved
appeal to the department head. For appeals related to departmental policy, the student must
appeal to the director of graduate studies for the program and if no resolution is achieved appeal
to the department head.
2. If the issue remains unresolved with the department head, the appeal is denied, or the issue is
determined to be outside the purview of the department, the student may appeal in writing to the
dean of the college within 10 business days of the department head’s decision. In cases when a
student is appealing the interpretation of a college policy or procedure, the student may begin by
appealing directly to the dean of the college.
3. If the student wishes to appeal the decision of the college, the student may file a formal appeal
with the Graduate Council Appeals Committee through the Assistant Dean of the Graduate School
within 10 business days of the college dean’s decision.
The following steps are followed in the appeals process:
1. Student initiates the appeal with the Graduate School.
2. Graduate School Appeals Committee Chair appoints an appeals panel to consider the case.
3. Appeals panel recommends to the Graduate School Dean whether or not to move the appeal
forward.
4. If the appeals panel recommends that the appeal move forward, a Hearing Committee is
convened.
5. Hearing Committee makes recommendation to the Graduate School Dean.
189
6. Graduate School Dean issues a decision.
The University of Tennessee Graduate Student’s Responsibility, Rights to Appeal and Graduate Council
Appeal Procedure can be obtained at the Graduate School or at https://gradschool.utk.edu/graduate-
council/appeals-committee/the-university-of-tennessee-graduate-council-appeal-procedure/.
Undergraduate Complaints and Grievances
According to the Undergraduate Catalog (https://catalog.utk.edu/) if a student believes that their end-of-
term grade has been reduced for nonacademic reasons, such as the student’s race, gender, religion, age,
national origin, sexual orientation, or similar demographic characteristics, the student should first inform the
department head of the department offering the course, and then consult with the university’s Office of
Equity and Diversity.
St
udents are also referred to Hilltopics, the student handbook described above, for complaints. Students
are encouraged to work with their instructors, advisors and/or department head for complaints.
Key links include:
Process for handling complaints: https://hilltopics.utk.edu/process-for-handling-complaints/
Resources for students questions and concerns: https://hilltopics.utk.edu/resources/
Site to register unresolved complaints with the Provost’s office:
https://aass.tennessee.edu/student-grievances/#acadaffairs
3) List any formal complaints and/or student grievances submitted in the last three years.
Briefly describe the general nature or content of each complaint and the current status or
progress toward resolution.
We have had no formal grievances or complaints in the past three years.
4) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
Well defined grievance process at the department and University level for graduate programs.
Responsive faculty.
Weaknesses
The undergraduate student complaint process is not yet described on the department’s website
as the program just started in August 2022.
Plan
Add an explanation of the undergraduate student complaint procedures and associated links to
our department’s website to make it easier for students to find and understand the process.
190
H4. Student Recruitment and Admissions
The program implements student recruitment and admissions policies and procedures designed
to locate and select qualified individuals capable of taking advantage of the program’s various
learning activities, which will enable each of them to develop competence for a career in public
health.
1) Describe the program’s recruitment activities. If these differ by degree (e.g., bachelor’s vs.
graduate degrees), a description should be provided for each.
Recruiting was challenging for most of the assessment period due to COVID-19 restrictions on travel and
face-to-face engagement. That said, we have pursued several opportunities that take advantage of the
virtual format. We conduct recruiting efforts for all degrees (our new BSPH recruiting was initiated in fall
2022). A number of materials have been developed to inform prospective applicants of the options
available to them in our programs. These materials include hard copy brochures and handouts that
describe our program’s offerings and concentrations, an informational booth, a regularly updated website
and a virtual open-house. Each is intended to provide prospective students with information regarding the
curriculum, application process, and funding opportunities.
Graduate Degrees
Our informational booth is used at local, state, and national conferences to provide a broad range of
prospective students access to materials that describe degree offerings, and to individual DPH faculty
members and students who can answer questions and speak on behalf of the program. For example, the
informational booth and its accompanying materials were used at the Tennessee Public Health
Association’s annual meeting in Murfreesboro, Tennessee (September 2022) and the APHA Annual
Meeting (November 2022). The informational booth is also used at annual health sciences job and
graduate program fairs hosted by the University of Tennessee. When prospective students visit the booth,
current faculty members and students make every effort to explore future public health career
opportunities with the visitor and to provide them the information they need to make a sound decision
regarding attendance at the University of Tennessee’s DPH. Information can be immediately accessed
through QR codes on booth displays. A brochure for the MPH and dual degrees (Resource File H4.1) is
available at the booth and by request via email and telephone. The DPH also takes part in University-
sponsored career fairs. This allows contact with undergraduate students exploring health-related
graduate studies. Members of the Public Health Student Association (PHSA) along with faculty members
staff the booth. While more informal, all faculty members attending national conferences recruit and
network for the program as opportunity presents. Comprehensive information regarding program
requirements is available on our website, a constantly evolving resource designed to grow and change in
response to the needs of our students and applicants. Currently the UT DPH website homepage
(http://publichealth.utk.edu/
) provides comprehensive information including degree curriculum,
competencies for each concentration, optional certifications, and minors. A faculty member serves on the
UT Graduate School Recruiters committee. This allows the department to share opportunities for
accessing potential students.
Pr
ospective applicants contacting the DPH by email or telephone for additional information and
clarification of application procedures are directed to the appropriate faculty member, program director or
APEx coordinator. By practice, response to an e-mail is within 24-36 hours during the regular work week.
Faculty names and contact information are included on the website, for prospective students who wish to
make direct contact with faculty members in a given degree, concentration or minor. Prospective students
may also make inquiries through the Graduate Admissions Office which captures the prospective
students’ contact information. An email reply is generated through the inquiry system
(https://gradschool.utk.edu/future-students/office-of-graduate-admissions/contact-graduate-admissions/
)
and provides additional information on the program and the Department. A summary of inquiries is sent
regularly to the Program Director.
At
the time of contact with the prospective student, the importance of early application initiation is
emphasized; it is strongly recommended that applicants initiate application to the program three to four
191
months prior to the review deadline for the semester one plans to enroll. The DPH website directs
students to the graduate school website for completion of the application and inclusion of requested
materials. All program applications are completed on-line through the graduate school.
Funding is an important component of recruitment strategy. Up to ten funded assistantships are awarded
annually to qualified students. The assistantship provides a tuition waiver for two semesters plus summer
and a monthly stipend. Between 10-20 hours per week of teaching and/or other responsibilities for fall
and spring semesters are required by the position. Information about the assistantship and an application
are included in the acceptance letter sent to the applicant. The assistantships are prioritized for the
doctoral applicants and current students. Dual MS-MPH degree students are also eligible for
assistantships through the Department of Nutrition. The majority of the assistantships provided by the
Department of Nutrition are quarter time (10 hours per week) and provide a tuition waiver for two
semesters plus summer and a monthly stipend. Scholarships are awarded competitively to two public
health students each year, which are funded by the Dr. June D. Gorski Scholarship Endowment
(established 1995).
Funding may also be provided thr
ough fellowships, awarded on a competitive basis directly by the
Graduate School (https://gradschool.utk.edu/costs-and-funding/). In addition, students often seek funded
assistantships through a variety of academic and non-academic programs across the University, which
are often open to all graduate students.
Recruitment of minority students to achieve a diverse student population is supported through the
Graduate Diversity Enhancement Fellowships offered by the Graduate School
(https://gradschool.utk.edu/costs-and-funding/graduate-fellowships/endowed-graduate-fellowships/).
Recruiting for the online option of the MPH is being conducted by our contract
ed partner Noodle. As of
Summer 2023, our marketing & recruitment partnership with Noodle (https://highered.noodle.com/ ) has
generated:
5,366 unique prospects
595
started applications
172 completed applications
132 admitted students over 6 terms (FA21, SP22, SU22, FA22, SP23, SU23)
a. Marketing. Noodle has worked with MPH leadership to develop a marketing plan detailing
promotion strategy necessary to build awareness of the MPH (online) and to execute that
plan to generate a flow of quality applications from prospective MPH (online) students.
Noodle has created marketing strategies and tactics consistent with UTK's brand guidelines
(including the use of colors and logos), message, and quality standards, subject to the input
and approval of UTK's marketing and admissions teams. Further, Noodle has provided:
Market Research. Noodle has provided market research reports to UTK on the marketplace, competition,
pricing, and other factors that affect the MPH (online).
Brand and Creative Strategy, Design & Production. In partnership with MPH (online) leadership, Noodle
was responsible for brand development, creative ad production, and preparation and distribution of
promotional literature, advertising copy, design ideas and other marketing materials deemed necessary
and appropriate to promote the MPH (online).
Paid Media Strategy & Execution. Noodle developed a plan and designed data-driven media
management campaigns to target ideal prospective applicant touch points, ensuring the right prospects
see the right message. Services include:
i.Campaign and audience target configuration
ii. Media spend and marketing analytics integration
192
iii. Daily account bid management and optimization
iv.Leverage Noodle's relationship with Google, Facebook and LinkedIn for payment
and billing systems
v.Real-time analytics and weekly KPI reporting
vi.Platforms including Google Ads, Facebook, and LinkedIn. Other platforms may be
applicable for additional costs.
Digital PR Strategy & Execution. Noodle provides media and public relations services to promote MPH
(online) faculty, leadership, and the program.
Earned & Owned Media Strategy & Execution. Noodle developed an MPH (online) search engine
optimization strategy; established, developed, authored, operates, and maintains MPH (online) blog and
social media pages and accounts on behalf of UTK on various social media platforms and websites,
which includes sites like Facebook, LinkedIn, and Instagram; and established, developed, authored,
operates, and maintains MPH (online) email campaigns.
Marketing Website Design & Development. Noodle designed and published marketing websites (including
microsites, landing pages, and lead forms) for MPH (online) on behalf of UTK
Marketing Compliance. Noodle reviews and monitors all marketing materials for compliance with higher
education laws and regulations at both the state and federal level. There are various laws that protect
consumers from deceptive higher education marketing practices and the Parties must abide by those
laws, not doing so could lead to serious legal and reputational consequences.
b. Enrollment Services. Noodle counsels and recruits qualified prospective MPH (online)
students. Noodle contacts and advises prospective MPH (online) students concerning
Program requirements. Noodle facilitates the collection of admissions applications through
UTK's application system (i.e., Slate).
UTK retains sole authority and control over all admissions decisions and other academic
matters. Subject to the Program Protocols, Noodle has/will:
1. created a written recruitment plan for the MPH (online) and executes the plan;
2. hired, trained, evaluated, and managed enrollment advisors to represent UTK and
the MPH (online) accurately and responsively to prospective students;
3. been responsible for the facilitation of collecting of the student applications and
delivery through the application system designated by UTK.
Bachelor’s Degree
The Office of Undergraduate Admissions maintains a robust website https://admissions.utk.edu/ with
information for prospective students (high school students, transfer students or international students),
parents and high school counselors. Information on programs, cost, and the admissions process is
accessible from the webpage. Campus visits are conducted throughout the year and interested people
may register at the site. Virtual visits are an option. The University accepts the Common Application to
make applying easy and seamless.
The Department also conducts recruiting. A concerted effort has been made to inform the undergraduate
advising centers across campus of our new Bachelor’s degree program. Informational sessions are
conducted to allow current UT students the opportunity to meet faculty and learn about the program. The
Minor in Public Health, with a current enrollment of more than 200 students, has afforded the opportunity
to share information on the degree with students in each of the courses. The two example marketing
193
materials are available in the ERF (ERF H4.1 “What Can I Do with a Public Health Major” and “BSPH
Flyer”).
2) Pr
ovide a brief summary of admissions policies and procedures. If these differ by degree (e.g.,
bachelor’s vs. graduate degrees), a description should be provided for each. Detailed admissions
policies, if relevant, may be provided in the electronic resource file and referenced here.
Bachelor’s Degree
Admission to the undergraduate program is governed by policies of the University of Tennessee
Undergraduate Council. Specific to the BS in Public Health, admission policies and procedures were
established by the Undergraduate committee (Julie Grubaugh, director and chair). Incoming freshman
can access the application process and associated information at the Undergraduate Admissions page
(https://admissions.utk.edu/apply/first-year/
). The page provides detailed information on how to apply to
the University, on applying for financial aid, admission requirements and communicating with the
admission process using the Go Vols Portal. Once admitted to the CEHHS BS in Public Health program,
students must meet progression requirements. The progression requirements are as follows. A 2.8
cumulative GPA after Term 4. Students admitted to the program must maintain a minimum cumulative
GPA of 2.8 while in the program. Students must earn a grade of C or better in all Public Health courses.
Students who do not meet milestones for the program will be re-directed to other options. Students are
advised for the first 4 terms by the Academic Advising Office in the College of Education, Health and
Human Sciences. After Term 4, students are assigned a departmental advisor. All advisors monitor the
progression requirements.
MPH
Program
Admission to MPH program (on campus or via distance education) is governed by policies of the
University of Tennessee Graduate Council. Specific to reviewing applicants to the MPH program,
admissions policy and procedures were established by the MPH Academic Program Committee
(MPH/APC). The MPH program admission requirements are listed in detail on our website
(https://publichealth.utk.edu/welcome-prospect/
) Admission requirements include:
a 3.0 cumulative undergraduate GPA,
3.0 GPA for any previously taken graduate courses,
three recommendations preferably from academic persons or others who can assess the
applicants capacity for graduate work,
a personal career and goals statement,and
application fully complete by stated deadlines.
An applicant first submits an application for admission to the graduate school, a processing fee, and
official transcripts from each university attended to the Office of Graduate Admissons
https://gradschool.utk.edu/admissions/
which determines that the applicant has earned credits from
accredited universities and achieved a minimum grade point average of 2.7 on a 4.0 scale. Following
graduate school approval, the student’s application and transcripts are routed electronically using the
Slate System to graduate program liaisons to secure a program recommendation.
The D
PH office creates a hard copy of the applicant file, which includes the graduate school information
including program specific information submitted by the applicant. An electronic applicant file is created
and stored on a password protected server within Slate. These hard copy and electronic applicant
materials include an admissions data form, three rating forms from previous supervisors or professors,
statement of educational and career goals, and a resume or record of employment experience for the
past 10 years. If the applicant’s file is complete by the announced deadline for the term of planned
enrollment, review of the electronic application is conducted by a three-person faculty committee based
on the requested concentration of study. The MPH program director serves as a member of each of three
faculty review committees (CHE, EPI, HPM, VPH), to ensure consistency in review actions. Application
review is finalized electronically by the MPH program director using the Slate System by making a
recommendation of admission action to the Office of Graduate Admissions. An applicant may be fully
admitted, admitted with prerequisite courses assigned, or denied admission. Official notification of
admission status must be conveyed by the graduate school. However, the applicant is informed of the
194
program’s recommendation of admission to the graduate school by email letter from the program director.
The letter also provides the academic advisor's name and identifies any prerequisite courses assigned as
a condition of admission. If a file remains incomplete after the established deadline, the program director
advises the graduate admissions office of “no action taken” via the Slate System.
PhD Program
Admission to the PhD in Public Health Sciences is governed by the policies of the University of
Tennessee Graduate Council. Specific to the DPH PhD, the admission requirements are as follows:
Meet requirements for admission to the University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Graduate School.
GPA of at least 3.20 (on a 4.00 scale) on Master’s level coursework, shown in official transcripts.
GRE requirement temporarily suspended due to COVID-19. A minimum of 40th percentile on
all sections of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE).
For international students, a satisfactory score on the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) or the International English Language Testing System (IELTS), as defined by the
Graduate School.
Three letters of reference completed within the past 12 months by faculty members, academic
advisors, or employers or professional colleagues. At least two letters must be from persons able
to assess academic capacity.
A personal statement to demonstrate the evolution of your interest in public health and how the
PhD program will prepare you to work in the field of public health.
Identification of a faculty mentor, initiate correspondence with the faculty mentor and confirm they
are invited join their lab, and a description of how that faculty member’s research and practice will
help them achieve their career goals. Your research interests must be a close match with the
faculty member’s areas of expertise. This should be included as part of the personal
statement. Visit the directory for a list of faculties who are currently accepting PhD students.
A sole-authored writing sample that has not been peer-reviewed demonstrates skill in
professional, research, or academic writing.
A current curriculum vitae.
Ability to clearly articulate a defined career pathway, which incorporates research experience and
skills, upon interview.
In addition to the requirements, the program also articulates preferences for admission. Preference is
giv
en to applicants with the following attributes:
MPH degree from a CEPH accredited school or program of Public Health.
Public health or relevant work experience at local, state, or federal level.
Applicants without the MPH degree may be admitted to the PhD program. For example,
exceptional applicants who meet one of the following requirements may also be considered for
admission:
o Applicants with a master’s degree or an advanced professional degree in a field related
to public health from an officially recognized domestic or international institution; the
aforementioned graduate degree must be conferred prior to enrollment to PhD; or
o Applicants without a graduate degree must have at least two years of full-time work
experience in public health or a related field.
The requirements and preferences for the PhD program are on our website
(htt
ps://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/phd/).
Once the application deadline has been reached, applications are reviewed by the full PhD Committee. A
determination is made for accepting, accepting with financial support or denial. If an applicant has not
identified a faculty mentor and the committee determines the applicant to be prepared to participate in the
program, the application is circulated to all faculty accepting new doctoral students for consideration.
195
3) Provide quantitative data on the unit’s student body from the last three years in the format of
Template H4-1, with the unit’s self-defined target level on each measure for reference. In addition
to at least one from the list that follows, the program may add measures that are significant to its
own mission and context.
Quantitative scores (e.g., GPA, SAT/ACT/GRE, TOEFL) for newly matriculating
students
Percentage of designated group (e.g., undergraduate students, mid-career professionals,
multi-lingual individuals) accepting offers of admission
Percentage of priority under-represented students (as defined in Criterion G1) accepting
offers of admission
Percentage of newly matriculating students with previous health- or public health-related
experience
Number of entering students with distinctions and/or honors from previous degree (e.g.,
National Merit Scholar)
Percentage of multilingual students
Outcome Measures for Recruitment and Admissions
Outcome Measure
Target
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
1. Average UG GPA of enrolled
MPH students by Calendar Year
3.0
2020 (28)*
3.41
2021 (54)*
3.44
2022 (91)*
3.41
2. Enroll new MPH students for
the distance education option
(start Fall 2021) (FA-SP-SU)
Y1 59
Y2 105
Y3 120
2021-22
44
2022-23
56
2023-24
In progress
3. Enroll new PhD students
Y1 6
Y2 10
Y3 13
2020-21
8
2021-22
6
2022-23
6
4. Enroll new BSPH students
Y1 20
Y2 35
Y3 60
2022-23
26
2023-24
36
2024-25
TBD
*Includes all UG GPAs, a student may have more than 1
Year 1, 2, and 3 are designated based on what is relevant to each degree level.
4) If applicable, assess strengths and weaknesses related to this criterion and plans for
improvement in this area.
Strengths
Programs attract well-prepared applicants.
Growth is steady.
BSPH enrollment exceeds projections.
For undergraduates, university and CEHHS professional recruiters, are including a focus on
recruiting underrepresented students.
Weaknesses
Actuals are below targets for distance MPH. This was not particularly surprising as the lag in
getting changes to the Graduate Catalog make the information accessible only in the first year of
the program. Recruiting was conducted on the website, during conferences, meetings, and
networking.
Below target for 3
rd
year of PhD.
196
No budget for recruiting
The program does not utilize SOPHAS due to financial constraints.
Plan
Develop a PhD student recruiting plan with an associated budget.
197
H5. Publication of Educational Offerings
Catalogs and bulletins used by the program to describe its educational offerings must be publicly
available and must accurately describe its academic calendar, admissions policies, grading
policies, academic integrity standards and degree completion requirements. Advertising,
promotional materials, recruitment literature and other supporting material, in whatever medium it
is presented, must contain accurate information.
1) Provide direct links to information and descriptions of all degree programs and
concentrations in the unit of accreditation. The information must describe all of the
following: academic calendar, admissions policies, grading policies, academic integrity
standards and degree completion requirements.
Department of Public Health Degree Programs and Concentrations
Degree
Program
Concentra
tion
Website Link
Bachelor of
Science in
Public Health
(BSPH)
Population
Health
Sciences
https://publichealth.utk.edu/undergraduate-
programs/bs_public_health/
https://publichealth.utk.edu/welcome-prospect/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/utkpubh
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/utkpubh/
Five year
Accelerated/Co
mbined BSPH-
MPH
Population
Health
Sciences
and any
MPH
concentrati
on
https://catalog.utk.edu/preview_program.php?catoid=43&poid
=29573
Five year
Accelerated/Co
mbined BS or
BA and public
health minor -
MPH
Any
undergrad
major with
public
health
minor and
any MPH
concentrati
on
https://catalog.utk.edu/preview_program.php?ca
toid=43&poid=25951
Campus-Based
Master of Public
Health (MPH)
https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/mph/
https://publichealth.utk.edu/welcome-prospect/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/utkpubh
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/utkpubh/
Community
Health
Education
(CHE)
https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/mph/che-2/
Epidemiolo
gy (EPI)
https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/mph/epi/
Health
Policy and
Manageme
nt (HPM)
https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/mph/hpm/
198
Nutrition
(NUTR)
https://publichealth.utk.edu/mph-nutr/
Veterinary
Public
Health
(VPH)
https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/mph/vph/
Online Master of
Public Health
(MPH)
https://onlinemph.publichealth.utk.edu/
https://volsonline.utk.edu/
https://publichealth.utk.edu/welcome-prospect/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/utkpubh
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/utkpubh/
Community
Health
Education
(CHE)
https://onlinemph.publichealth.utk.edu/community-health-
education/
Health
Policy and
Manageme
nt (HPM)
https://onlinemph.publichealth.utk.edu/health-policy-and-
management/
Veterinary
Public
Health
(VPH)
https://onlinemph.publichealth.utk.edu/veterinary-public-
health/
Master of
Science-
Nutrition/Master
of Public Health
(MS/MPH)
https://nutrition.utk.edu/master-of-science-nutrition-master-of-
public-health-ms-mph/
https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/dual/
Doctor of
Veterinary
Medicine/Master
of Public Health
(DVM/MPH)
https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/dual/
https://vetmed.tennessee.edu/admissions/dvm-dual-degrees/
Doctor of
Philosophy in
Public Health
Sciences (PhD)
https://publichealth.utk.edu/degree-programs/phd/
Policies and Procedures
Academic Calendar
https://publichealth.utk.edu/current-students/links/
https://registrar.utk.edu/calendar/academic-calendars/
Admission Policies
https://publichealth.utk.edu/apply/
https://admissions.utk.edu/
https://gradschool.utk.edu/admissions/
Degree Completion
Requirements
Undergraduate Catalog:
https://catalog.utk.edu/preview_program.php?catoid=43&poid=26059
Graduate Student Handbook: https://publichealth.utk.edu/current-
students/forms_docs/
199
Graduate Catalog: https://catalog.utk.edu/index.php
Grading Policies
Undergraduate Catalog: https://catalog.utk.edu/index.php?catoid=43
Academic Policies and Requirements for Undergraduate Students:
https://catalog.utk.edu/content.php?catoid=34&navoid=4710
Graduate Catalog: https://catalog.utk.edu/index.php
Academic Policies and Requirements for Graduate Students:
https://catalog.utk.edu/content.php?catoid=35&navoid=4802
Academic Integrity
Standards
Undergraduate Catalog: https://catalog.utk.edu/index.php?catoid=43
Academic Policies and Requirements for Undergraduate Students:
https://catalog.utk.edu/content.php?catoid=34&navoid=4710
Graduate Catalog: https://catalog.utk.edu/index.php
Academic Policies and Requirements for Graduate Students:
https://catalog.utk.edu/content.php?catoid=35&navoid=4802